Course Catalog - NetCom Learning

Course Catalog November 2017 to July 2018

NetCom LEARNING

TM

Passionate about

Learning

TM

NetComLearning.com Call Us: (888) 563-8266

AVAI L ABL ENOW »

Bui l di nganI nnovat i ve L ear ni ngOr gani z at i on AF r amewor kt oBui l daS mar t er Wor k f or ce, Adapt t oChange, andDr i veGr owt h. ANEW BOOKF ROM RUSSEL LSARDER,CEO ATNET COM L EARNI NG

Bui l di nganI nnov at i v eLear ni ngOr gani z at i ons howsy ouhowt oc r eat et hi sc ul t ur ei ny ouror gani z at i on, wi t hdet ai l ed ex pl anat i ons , pr ac t i c al ex ampl es , ands t epby s t epi ns t r uc t i onss oy ouc anget s t ar t edr i ght away . Wr i t t enbya r ec ogni z edt hought l eaderi nt het r ai ni ngi ndus t r y , t hi si nf or mat i v eandi ns i ght f ul gui dei sy ourr oadmapt oamor e ef f ec t i v eor gani z at i on. Youwi l l di s c ov erhowt o: At t r ac t , r et ai n, andmot i v at et hebes t empl oy ees Bec omeamor ei nnov at i v eandagi l eor gani z at i on r eat eac ul t ur eof c ont i nuouss el f i mpr ov ement »C nc our agel ear ni ngat al l l ev el sandt r ans l at ei t i nt oac t i on »E » »

BUYNOW

Pr ai s ef orBui l di nganI nnov at i v eLear ni ngOr gani z at i on: " Thet r uehear t beat of c ompet i t i v eadv ant agei sl ear ni ng… t heabi l i t yt ol i v et hel ear ni ngi nr eal t i me, appl yt hat l ear ni ngt odr i v eex c ept i onal per f or manc e, andt eac ht hat appl i c at i ont oot her s . Rus s el l Sar der , ourmos t pas s i onat eCEOof Lear ni ng, under s t andst hi sbec aus ehehas l i v edi t i nhi sbus i nes sandi nhi sl i f e. Bui l di nganI nnov at i v eLear ni ngOr gani z at i ont ak esusdeepi nt ot hehear t beat of l ear ni ngt odel i v ergr eat er v al uef orourbus i nes s eswhi l ewegr owgr eat erv al uewi t hi nour s el v es . " —Ros eannaDeMar i a, For merChi ef Lear ni ngOf f i c erat Mer r i l l L y nc h " T os uc c eedi nt oday ' st ur boc har gedenv i r onment , or gani z at i onsmus t i nnov at i v el yl ear n. Sar der ' sbooki nc or por at est hebes t i deasof l eader s f r omar oundt hewor l dands k i l l f ul l yc r af t st hemi nt oahi ghl ypr ac t i c al nar r at i v et hat enabl esr eader st obui l dt hei rowni nnov at i v el ear ni ng or gani z at i ons . Thi sbookwi l l bec omeac l as s i c . " —Dr . Mi c hael Mar quar dt , Pr es i dent of t heWor l dI ns t i t ut ef or Ac t i onLear ni ng, Pr of es s orat Geor geWas hi ngt onUni v er s i t y

NetCom LEARNING

TM

Learning Programs

Google Adwords and Analytics

SMART SMART SFTI SMART SFTT SMART Collaboration

K ey: Technical Disciplines Help Desk

Development

Networking

Design

Security

Dr afting

Virtualization

Business Prod .

Database

PM / Soft Skills

Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Table of Contents Adobe Acrobat ........................................................... 3 Adobe After Effects .................................................... 3 Adobe Animate CC ..................................................... 4 Adobe Audition .......................................................... 5 Adobe Captivate......................................................... 5 Adobe ColdFusion ...................................................... 6 Adobe Dreamweaver ................................................. 7 Adobe Flash................................................................ 7 Adobe Illustrator ........................................................ 8 Adobe InDesign .......................................................... 9 Adobe Photoshop .................................................... 10 Android and iPhone ................................................. 11 Apple Final Cut Pro X................................................ 12 Apple Logic Pro X ..................................................... 13 Apple macOS Sierra.................................................. 13 Apple Technician ...................................................... 14 Autodesk AutoCAD .................................................. 15 Autodesk Fusion....................................................... 17 Autodesk Inventor ................................................... 18 Autodesk Naviswork .................................................... 20 Autodesk Revit ......................................................... 20 AWS Architecting ..................................................... 23 AWS Developing....................................................... 24 AWS Essentials ......................................................... 24 AWS Operations ....................................................... 25 AWS Speciality Technical Courses............................ 25 Blue Coat .................................................................. 26 CAP: Certified Authorization Professional ............... 27 CEH & CNDA ............................................................. 27 Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) ....... 28 Certified Information Privacy Professional (CIPP) ... 29 Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) ... 32 Check Point .............................................................. 34 CICS .......................................................................... 35 CISA .......................................................................... 36 Cisco Cloud Track ..................................................... 36 Cisco Collaboration Track......................................... 37 Cisco Data Center Track ........................................... 39 Cisco Design Track.................................................... 42 Cisco Routing & Switching Track .............................. 45 Cisco Security Track ................................................. 49 Cisco Specialist ......................................................... 50 Cisco Wireless Track................................................. 64 CISM ......................................................................... 67

Citrix NetScaler ........................................................ 67 Citrix Provisioning Services ...................................... 70 Citrix ShareFile ......................................................... 71 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop ................................ 71 Citrix XenMobile ...................................................... 74 Citrix XenServer ....................................................... 75 Cognos ..................................................................... 75 CompTIA A+ ............................................................. 77 CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) .... 81 CompTIA CTT+ ......................................................... 82 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) ................... 83 CompTIA Linux+ ....................................................... 83 CompTIA Network+ ................................................. 84 CompTIA Security+ .................................................. 88 CompTIA Server+ ..................................................... 90 Crystal Reports......................................................... 90 Cyber Security Nexus (CSX)...................................... 91 Dassault Systemes SOLIDWORKS............................. 92 EC-Council Certified Network Defender (CND)........ 93 EC-Council Certified Security Analyst / Licensed Penetration Training (ECSA/LPT) ............................. 93 F5 Networking ......................................................... 94 Google AdWords & Google Analytics ...................... 94 Google Cloud ........................................................... 96 IBM Business Process Management ........................ 98 IBM Cloud ................................................................ 99 IBM DataBase .......................................................... 99 IBM iOT .................................................................. 100 IBM Rational Software ........................................... 101 IBM Security Systems ............................................ 101 IBM Server ............................................................. 102 IBM Storage Track.................................................. 104 IBM System ............................................................ 104 Information Management ..................................... 105 ITIL Expert .............................................................. 107 ITIL Foundation ...................................................... 108 ITIL Intermediate ................................................... 110 ITIL Practitioner ..................................................... 122 Lotus ...................................................................... 123 Mainframe Servers ................................................ 124 Microsoft .NET Framework / Visual Studio ........... 125 Microsoft Access .................................................... 131 Microsoft Azure ..................................................... 133 Microsoft BizTalk Server ........................................ 135

Call to register: 888-563-8266

1

NetCom Learning™ Microsoft Cloud ..................................................... 138 Microsoft Dynamics 365 ........................................ 140 Microsoft Dynamics AX .......................................... 141 Microsoft Dynamics CRM....................................... 144 Microsoft Excel....................................................... 147 Microsoft Exchange Server .................................... 150 Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) ........ 152 Microsoft Lync Server ............................................ 152 Microsoft Office 365 .............................................. 153 Microsoft Outlook .................................................. 154 Microsoft PowerPoint ............................................ 156 Microsoft PowerShell............................................. 158 Microsoft Project ................................................... 159 Microsoft SharePoint ............................................. 159 Microsoft SharePoint EndUser............................... 164 Microsoft Skype For Business ................................ 164 Microsoft Skype for Business ................................. 165 Microsoft SQL Database......................................... 166 Microsoft SQL Server ............................................. 167 Microsoft System Center Manager ........................ 172 Microsoft Virtualization ......................................... 176 Microsoft Windows................................................ 177 Microsoft Windows Server .................................... 179 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 ........................... 186 Microsoft Word...................................................... 188 Midrange Servers (System i) .................................. 190

2

Oracle Database..................................................... 190 Oracle E-Business Suite.......................................... 192 Oracle Operating Systems ..................................... 194 Oracle Primavera ..................................................... 195 PMI Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) ................. 195 Project Management Professional (PMP) .................... 196 QuickBooks ............................................................ 196 Rational .................................................................. 197 Salesforce Authorized Courses .............................. 198 SAP BI ..................................................................... 202 SAP BO ................................................................... 203 SAP HANA .............................................................. 205 SAP Mobile............................................................. 206 SAP Netweaver ...................................................... 207 SAP Sales & Distribution ........................................ 207 SAP SCM & EHS ...................................................... 208 SAS Business Intelligence....................................... 208 SAS Programming, BASE ........................................ 209 Soft skills, Leadership & Management .................. 210 Symantec ............................................................... 210 Tableau Courses..................................................... 211 TOGAF .................................................................... 213 UNIX Servers (System p) ........................................ 213 Vendor Neutral – Technical ................................... 214 Veritas .................................................................... 219 VMware ................................................................. 219

For more schedules visit www.netcomlearning.com

Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Adobe Acrobat

Adobe After Effects

Acrobat Fundamentals: An Introduction to Acrobat DC

Advanced Adobe After Effects CC

16 Hours | $1,195

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules

Schedules 03/26/2018 – 03/27/2018 05/31/2018 – 06/01/2018

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/06/2018

In this course, you will get an excellent overview of how to convert your work into Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) using Adobe Acrobat. You will learn to use Acrobat cross-platform capabilities to distribute your documents efficiently without sacrificing the original design. You will learn how to incorporate text, notes, graphics, movies, and links to the Internet. You will gain an excellent understanding of the menu and tools in Acrobat and be able to use Acrobat at a high level of efficiency.

In advanced course designed for videographers, graphic artists, and animators with experience using Adobe After Effects, the standard for motion graphics and compositions in the TV and film industries, you will learn to incorporate text, graphics, and effects into your movies. Upon completion of this course, you will have an excellent understanding of the menu and tools in After Effects, and you’ll be able to use the program with a high level of efficiency.

Intermediate Adobe After Effects CC

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/24/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/26/2018 – 07/27/2018

In this course designed for videographers, graphic artists, and animators with intermediate-level Adobe After Effects experience, you will learn how to incorporate text, graphics, and effects to your movies. Upon completion of this course, you will have an excellent understanding of the menu and tools in After Effects and be able to perform work with a high level of efficiency.


3

NetCom Learning™

Introduction to Adobe After Effects CC

Adobe Animate CC

Schedules

Animate CC Fundamentals: An Introduction to Animate CC

24 Hours | $1,495

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

16 Hours | $1,195

03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/23/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/25/2018

Schedules 03/08/2018 – 03/09/2018 06/14/2018 – 06/15/2018

After Effects CC software lets you deliver cinematic visual effects and motion graphics faster than ever before with new Global Performance Cache. Extend your creativity with built-in text and shape extrusion, new mask feathering options. Get into motion graphics – come learn what After Effects CC can do!

Adobe Animate CC provides a comprehensive authoring environment for creating interactive and media-rich applications. Animate CC is widely used to create engaging projects integrating video, sound, graphics, and animation. You can create original content in Animate CC or import assets from other Adobe applications such as Photoshop or Illustrator. Animate CC lets you easily design animation add video and sound, then use a language to integrate sophisticated interactivity. With Animate CC you have the opportunity to use HTML5 or ActionScript as the interactive language. There is also the chance to Preview the new standard WebGL. Use Animate CC to build innovative and immersive Web sites, to create stand-alone applications for the desktop, or to create apps to distribute to mobile devices running on the Android or the iOS system. With extensive controls for animation, intuitive and flexible drawing tools, and a powerful object-oriented coding language, Animate CC delivers one of the only robust environments that let your imagination become reality.

4


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Adobe Audition

Adobe Captivate

Audition Fundamentals: An Introduction to Audition CC

Adobe Captivate – Beyond the Essentials

Schedules

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,495

16 Hours | $1,195

12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017

12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017

01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018 04/26/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/28/2018 – 06/29/2018

Adobe Audition CC software delivers the cross-platform tools that video and film professionals, broadcast engineers, and audio specialists need for recording, editing, mixing, creating soundtracks, and restoring audio. A new, high-performance audio playback engine drastically speeds up operation; enables work on multiple simultaneous audio and multitrack files; and allows effects, noise reduction, and audio sweetening processing in the background. Royalty-free content makes creating sound beds, scores, and soundscapes easy. Native 5.1 surround sound capability and roundtrip editing with Adobe Premiere Pro CC software promote a smooth video production workflow, while Open Media Format (OMF) and XML support project exchange with Avid Pro Tools and third-party NLEs.

This course is a continuation of the concepts covered in Captivate Essentials – An Introduction to Captivate. In this course you will fine-tune those concepts by learning about object styles, master slides, themes and advanced actions. You will be able to personalize your presentations with variables and branching scenarios that will help decide the best path for the learner. You will learn to make your presentations Section 508-compliant with accessibility text and closed captions. Finally, you will learn how to transform your presentations from eLearning to mLearning (mobile learning).

Adobe Captivate Essentials – An Introduction to Captivate

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 02/26/2018 – 02/28/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/25/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/27/2018

Captivate Essentials – An Introduction to Captivate is a three day course designed to teach the core Adobe Captivate skills needed to create interactive eLearning and mLearning content. By following step-by-step instructions, you will learn how to create a soft-skills lesson from scratch. You will learn to record and produce software demonstrations, and interactive training simulations.


5

NetCom Learning™

Creating Responsive Projects with Captivate

16 Hours | $1,295

Schedules

Adobe ColdFusion Advanced ColdFusion 10 Development

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules

12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course builds upon the concepts covered in Captivate Beyond the Essentials. In this course you will explore how to create responsive projects that adapt to fit any screen size, whether it be mobile, tablet or desktop. With mobile learning becoming a large percentage of eLearning, it is important to understand how to adapt your projects to this new environment. You begin by exploring the responsive interface within Captivate. You then take a look at the HTML5 environment and its benefits and limitations. You move on to create custom breakpoints and adapt project content to accommodate these breakpoints. You will learn how to control themes, styles, and content for various screens sizes. You will learn the benefits of using smart positioning for content when building projects for multiple screen sizes. You will explore how to modify non-responsive content to adapt to a responsive design. Finally, learn how to take advantage of tools for testing responsive projects.

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 03/14/2018 – 03/16/2018 06/20/2018 – 06/22/2018

Advanced ColdFusion 10 Development provides ColdFusion application developers with the knowledge and hands-on practice that they need to build, maintain, and scale effective web applications. Topics include using the Application Framework, creating advanced queries, manipulating complex data in arrays and structures, structuring your code with ColdFusion Components, gracefully handling errors and exceptions, encapsulating your user-interface with custom tags, leveraging external Java code libraries, and creating highly interactive interfaces using Flash Forms. It includes optional content on exposing and reusing application functionality as web services and working with XML documents. This course focuses on creating and delivering scalable and well-performing applications.

Fast Track to ColdFusion 10

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/13/2018

Fast Track to ColdFusion 10 is a 3-day course that provides experienced Web developers with the knowledge and hands-on practice they need to start building and maintaining dynamic and interactive Web applications using ColdFusion 10.

6


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Adobe Dreamweaver

Adobe Flash

Dreamweaver Fundamentals: An Introduction to Dreamweaver CC

An Introduction to Flash CC

32 Hours | $1,750

Schedules

32 Hours | $1,750

Schedules 02/19/2018 – 02/22/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/12/2018 05/29/2018 – 06/01/2018

02/12/2018 – 02/15/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/05/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/24/2018

Adobe Dreamweaver CC web design software provides an intuitive visual interface for making and editing HTML websites and mobile apps. This course will provide web designers with the knowledge and hands-on practice they need to build and manage professional websites.

Adobe Flash Professional CC provides a comprehensive authoring environment for creating interactive and media-rich applications. Flash is widely used to create engaging projects integrating video, sound, graphics, and animation. You can create original content in Flash or import assets from other Adobe applications such as Photoshop or Illustrator, quickly design animation and multimedia, and use Adobe ActionScript 3.0 to integrate sophisticated interactivity. Use Flash to build innovative and immersive Web sites, to create stand-alone applications for the desktop, or to create apps to distribute to mobile devices running on the Android or the iOS system. With extensive controls for animation, intuitive and flexible drawing tools, and a powerful object-oriented coding language, Flash delivers one of the only robust environments that let your imagination become reality.


7

NetCom Learning™

Adobe Illustrator Adobe Illustrator CC Advanced

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules

Adobe Illustrator Fundamentals: An Introduction to Illustrator CC

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017

11/16/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017

02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/28/2018

02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/29/2018 – 03/30/2018

05/14/2018 – 05/16/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/25/2018

05/17/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/26/2018 – 07/27/2018

Adobe Illustrator CC is an essential design tool for anyone who needs to express ideas visually in print, on the web, and in any other medium. In this course, which is a combination of Adobe Certified Instructor-led demonstration and hands-on practice, you will learn the advanced techniques of working with Illustrator CC so that you can incorporate visual effects into your workflow.

Adobe Illustrator CC is an essential design tool for anyone who needs to express ideas visually in print, on the web, and in any other medium. In this three-day course, you will get a thorough overview of the interface, tools, and features of Illustrator CC. You will learn, step-by-step, the key techniques, as well as tips and tricks, for working in Illustrator CC. In this combination of instructor-led demonstration and hands-on practice led by Adobe certified instructors, you will learn the basics of working with Illustrator CC so that you can incorporate visual effects into your workflow.

Adobe Illustrator CC Combo

40 Hours | $2,690

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

This package is a combo of two courses (1) Adobe Illustrator Fundamentals: An Introduction to Illustrator CC, (2) Illustrator CC Advanced

8


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Adobe InDesign

Adobe InDesign Fundamentals: An Introduction to InDesign CC

Adobe InDesign CC Advanced

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017

01/22/2018 – 01/24/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018

01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/16/2018

04/30/2018 – 05/02/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/11/2018

05/03/2018 – 05/04/2018 07/12/2018 – 07/13/2018

Adobe InDesign CC software speaks the language of professional designers, delivering unparalleled creative freedom, productivity, and precision for designing superb pages. It works seamlessly with Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator, providing a single integrated design environment that doesn’t interrupt your creative process. InDesign CC Advanced course provides a thorough overview of the interface, the tools, the features, and the production tips for page layout and design using InDesign.

Adobe InDesign CC software speaks the language of professional designers, delivering unparalleled creative freedom, productivity, and precision for designing superb pages. It works seamlessly with Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator, providing a single integrated design environment that doesn’t interrupt your creative process. Adobe InDesign CC course provides a thorough overview of the interface, the tools, the features, and the production tips for page layout and design using InDesign.

Adobe InDesign CC Combo

40 Hours | $2,690

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

this package is a combo of two courses (1) InDesign Fundamentals: An Introduction to InDesign CC, (2) InDesign CC Advanced.


9

NetCom Learning™

Adobe Photoshop Adobe Photoshop CC Advanced – Web and Video

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

Photoshop Fundamentals: An Introduction to Photoshop CC

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/09/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/18/2018

02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/20/2018

Photoshop CC Advanced – Web and Video course provides a thorough overview for experienced users who wish to further their effectiveness on Photoshop. This class is aimed at the Photoshop professional who needs to enhance their knowledge to work with web and video images more effectively.

An Introduction to Photoshop CC course provides a thorough overview of the interface, the tools, the features, tricks, and tips for using Photoshop CC.

Adobe Photoshop CC Advanced: Print and Photography

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/20/2018

Photoshop CC Advanced: Print and Photography course provides a thorough overview for experienced users who wish to further their effectiveness on Photoshop CC. The course trains photographers and designers how to catalogue their work as well as how to enhance their photographs.

10


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Android and iPhone Android Programming with Java Basics

*Students are expected to bring their own Apple laptops or Mac Mini for the iPhone programming class

Schedules

*Students should have basic background for the iPhone class.

56 Hours | $3,800

12/04/2017 – 12/10/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/11/2018

programming

*An Apple Developer’s license is a desired requirement, which can be obtained by following instructions here: Apple Developer Program

04/09/2018 – 04/15/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/17/2018

The Android platform is the fastest growing mobile development platform in the world. With Android phones being produced by all of the major phone manufacturers, and the addition of new tablet devices, the platform will only continue to grow. NetCom’s 7-day Android Programming course will teach application development for the Android Development using the Java Programming Language and the Eclipse Development Environment. This course will include basic application development including use of the Android phone camera, geolocation tools, and playing audio and video files.

iPhone / iPad Programming

56 Hours | $3,800

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/17/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/18/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/22/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/24/2018

In this course participants will learn to create applications for the popular Apple iPhone. This class first reviews the Objective C programming language and then discusses the important primary skills used by iPhone programmers. By the end of this course, participants will be able to create full iPhone applications that make use of the iPhone OS including the built in camera, geolocation and the accelerometer.

Mobile Development Professional Combo

112 Hours | $7,600

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/17/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/18/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/22/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/24/2018

NetCom’s two week Mobile Development Professional is an intensive hands-on instructor led approach to developing mobile applications for both Android programming and iPhone programming. The class also includes creating sample applications from scratch for both Android and iPhone classes for a 360 degree hands-on experience. Android Programming – Week 1 (7 days):The Android platform is the fastest growing mobile development platform in the world. With Android phones being produced by all of the major phone manufacturers, and the addition of new tablet devices, the platform will only continue to grow. NetCom’s 7-day Android Programming course will teach application development for the Android Development using the Java Programming Language and the Eclipse Development Environment. The first day will be devoted towards covering Object Oriented Java, which is the backbone of our Android Development course.


11

NetCom Learning™ iPhone/iPad Programming – Week 2 (7 days): In this course participants will learn to create applications for the popular Apple iPhone. This class first reviews the Objective C programming language and then discusses the important primary skills used by iPhone programmers. By the end of this course, participants will be able to create full iPhone applications that make use of the iPhone OS including the built in camera, geolocation and the accelerometer. The first day will be devoted towards covering Objective C, laying down the foundation for our iPhone Development course. • Students are expected to bring their own Apple laptops or Mac Mini for the iPhone programming class • Intel Based Mac with OSX 10.7 or better operating system installed • Everyone needs the latest XCode installed which is available from the Appstore. XCode must be installed before class begins. • Students should have basic background for the iPhone class.

Apple Final Cut Pro X FCP 101 – Introduction to Final Cut Pro X

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules 02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/18/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/20/2018

This course teaches all the tools and techniques that make FCPx 10.3 one of the best editing tools in the business. Students will learn basic editing functions while becoming familiar with the user interface. Starting with media management, importing and basic video editing techniques, and working all the way through Final Cut Pro’s powerful advanced features such as effects, titles and color correction. Students will work with dramatic real-world media to learn the practical techniques used daily in editing projects.

programming

• An Apple Developer’s license is a desired requirement which can be obtained at http://developer.apple.com/programs/register/.

12


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Apple Logic Pro X

Apple macOS Sierra

Logic 101 – Introduction to Logic Pro X

Mac Integration Basics 10.12

Schedules

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,495

12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017

8 Hours | $595

12/01/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/18/2018

This course introduces students to the primary features and basic user interface of Logic Pro X. Students learn how to generate a customized audio and midi configuration that will seamlessly integrate with their own personal production studio. Students also create their own song using Logic Pro’s comprehensive array of software instruments, Apple Loops and DSP effects. In-depth lessons will cover MIDI and audio recording, streamlined editing and arrangement techniques, user defined key commands, automation, scoring to picture and surround mixing.

03/22/2018 – 03/22/2018 05/17/2018 – 05/17/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/19/2018

Mac Integration Basics is a one-day course designed for individuals bringing a Mac computer into an education or small business environment that is predominantly Windows-based, and for those who need to prepare for the Mac Integration Basics Certification exam.

macOS Support Essentials 10.12

24 Hours | $1,895

Schedules 12/06/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/24/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/28/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/23/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/25/2018

Sierra 101 macOS Support Essentials 10.12 course that provides an in-depth exploration of troubleshooting on macOS Sierra. This course is designed to give students a tour of the breadth of macOS Sierra and the best methods for effectively supporting users of macOS Sierra systems.


13

NetCom Learning™

Sierra 100: Introduction to macOS 10.12

8 Hours | $595

Schedules

Apple Technician Apple Service Fundamentals

16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules

01/19/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/23/2018 – 03/23/2018

01/04/2018 – 01/05/2018 02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

05/18/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/20/2018 – 07/20/2018

Introduction to macOS 10.12 is a one-day preliminary course for those new to macOS who need to prepare for the macOS Support Essentials course, or other technical macOS training courses. This course focuses on getting to know the foundations of macOS, with topics ranging from efficient window and application management to system customization. You’ll also learn how to configure user accounts and manage files.

Sierra 201: OS X Server 5 Essentials

24 Hours | $1,995

Apple Service Fundamentals is a course that teaches students the skills they need to handle face-to-face customer interactions involving all Apple devices. Successful completion of the Apple Service Fundamentals Exam (SVC-16A) fulfills the prerequisite for Apple Certified Mac Technician (ACMT) 2016 and Apple Certified iOS Technician (ACiT) 2016 certification. Interactive discussions and hands-on exercises guide students through the best way to manage customer interactions, the required safety precautions, and basic troubleshooting skills. Students’s knowledge and skills are tested and reinforced by working through real-world scenarios and role-playing.

Schedules 12/13/2017 – 12/15/2017

OS X Server 5 Essentials is a three-day course designed to give technical coordinators and entry-level system administrators the skills, tools, and knowledge to implement and maintain a network that uses macOS Server 5. Students learn how to install and configure macOS Server 5 to provide network-based services, such as file sharing, authentication, and printing. Tools for efficiently managing and deploying macOS Server 5 and software updates are also covered.

14


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Autodesk AutoCAD AutoCAD Civil 3D 2017: Fundamentals

32 Hours | $1,395

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,225

Schedules 11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/06/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017

The AutoCAD Civil 3D 2017: Fundamentals is designed for Civil Engineers and Surveyors who want to take advantage of the AutoCAD Civil 3D software’s interactive, dynamic design functionality. The AutoCAD Civil 3D software permits the rapid development of alternatives through its model-based design tools. You will learn techniques enabling you to organize project data, work with points, create and analyze surfaces, model road corridors, create parcel layouts, perform grading and volume calculation tasks, and layout pipe networks.

AutoCAD Civil 3D Grading

AutoCAD Electrical Fundamentals – NFPA

This AutoCAD Electrical training course covers the indispensable core topics for working with the AutoCAD Electrical software. In this training course, you will learn how to use many of the powerful electrical drawing creation tools in the AutoCAD Electrical software. You will create schematic drawings (ladder logic and point to point), panel drawings, and PLC-I/O circuits using automated commands for symbol insertion, component tagging, wire numbering, and drawing modification. In addition, you are introduced to methods of customizing AutoCAD Electrical symbols, circuits, and databases. Other topics covered include titleblock linking, reporting tools, templates, and project files.

16 Hours | $825

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Combo

The AutoCAD Civil 3D software supports a wide range of civil engineering tasks and creates intelligent relationships between objects. The AutoCAD Civil 3D Grading training course is recommended for users that are required to create site grading plans using the AutoCAD Civil 3D software. This training course is also ideal for managers that require a basic overview and understanding of this aspect of the AutoCAD Civil 3D software. Users use feature lines and grading tools to create a commercial site containing a parking lot, building pad, pond, and simple sewage lagoon. An existing road has been included in the survey and a survey team collected the existing conditions. Users also work on a residential site to grade a small subdivision for proper grading of each lot.

64 Hours | $3,985

Schedules 11/01/2017 – 11/22/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/07/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/25/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/13/2018

NetCom Learning’s Authorized AutoCAD course is taught by industry experts and Autodesk Certified instructors to give you the best of concepts, procedures, and real world best practices. This combo starts from the essential elements of drawing using AutoCAD, extending to the concepts beyond the basics and explaining how to practice proficiency in the use of AutoCAD software.


15

NetCom Learning™ NetCom is an Autodesk Authorized Learning Center utilizing official Autodesk curriculum.

Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 1: Essentials

24 Hours | $1,495

- Books - Labs

Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 2: Intermediate

16 Hours | $995

Schedules

Schedules

11/01/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/01/2017 – 11/03/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018

11/13/2017 – 11/14/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018

02/26/2018 – 02/28/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/18/2018

04/19/2018 – 04/20/2018 06/07/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/26/2018 – 07/27/2018

06/04/2018 – 06/06/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/25/2018

Learn to design and shape the world around you using the powerful, flexible features found in AutoCADﾂｮ design and documentation software, one of the world’s leading 2D and 3D CAD tools. In this course, you will learn to navigate the AutoCAD user interfaces and use the fundamental features of AutoCAD. You will learn to use the precision drafting tools in AutoCAD to develop accurate technical drawings and you will also discover the ways to present drawings in a detailed and visually impressive way.

Discover the powerful tools and techniques for drawing, dimensioning, and printing 2D drawings in this course that enables you to reuse content and extract information from your drawings. With an understanding of the tools and concepts you’ll learn in class, you can begin to streamline the design process and become more productive with AutoCAD.

Learning Modalities

- Online Training

- Instructor-led Classroom Training

- Corporate Training

- Online Training

- Onsite Training


- One-on-One Training

- Onsite Training

What’s Included


- Facilitated Training

What’s Included

- Books


- Labs

16

Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 3: Advanced

24 Hours | $1,495

Schedules

Autodesk Fusion Autodesk Fusion 360 Essentials for Existing 3D CAD Users

8 Hours | $425

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

Schedules 01/30/2018 – 01/30/2018

03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/25/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/13/2018

AutoCAD 2017: Advanced introduces advanced techniques and teaches you to be proficient in your use of the AutoCAD software. This is done by teaching you how to recognize the best tool for the task, the best way to use that tool, and how to create new tools to accomplish tasks more efficiently.

This course is designed for users that are new to Autodesk Fusion 360 but have a strong working knowledge in other 3D CAD applications. In this course students will learn the fundamental functions required to quickly get started using Fusion 360 to create part designs and associated documents.

Learning Modalities

Autodesk Fusion 360 Intermediate


Schedules

- Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books

8 Hours | $425

01/31/2018 – 01/31/2018 04/04/2018 – 04/04/2018

This course builds on the skills learned in the Fusion 360 Essentials training course. In this intermediate level course, students will learn the fundamental skills and workflows required to utilize more advanced functions such as; rendering, animation of assemblies, testing models via simulations, and creating outputs for CAM and 3D printers. The training will also show how to collaborate your designs and how to access additional resources for making your designs.

- Labs


17

NetCom Learning™

Autodesk Inventor Autodesk Inventor 2017: Advanced Assembly Modeling

24 Hours | $1,225

Schedules 12/13/2017 – 12/15/2017

This Autodesk Inventor training course builds on the skills acquired in the Autodesk Inventor Introduction to Solid Modeling and Autodesk Inventor Advanced Part Modeling training courses to take students to a higher level of productivity when creating and working with assemblies. You begin by focusing on the Top-Down Design workflow. You learn how tools are used to achieve this workflow using Derive, Multi-Body Design, and Layouts. Other topics include model simplification tools, Positional and Level of Detail Representations, iMates and iAssemblies, Frame Generator, Design Accelerator, and file management and duplication techniques. A chapter has also been included about the Autodesk Inventor Studio to teach you how to render, produce, and animate realistic images. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training

Prerequisites The class assumes mastery of Autodesk Inventor basics as taught in Autodesk Inventor Introduction to Solid Modeling. Autodesk Inventor Advanced Part Modeling knowledge is recommended. The use of Microsoft Excel is required for this training course.

Autodesk Inventor 2017: Advanced Part Modeling

16 Hours | $825

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/12/2017

The goal of this Autodesk Inventor training course is to build on the skills acquired in the Autodesk Inventor Introduction to Solid Modeling training course by taking students to a higher level of productivity when designing part models using the Autodesk Inventor software. In this training course, the student considers various approaches to part design. Specific advanced part modeling techniques covered include multi-body design, advanced lofts, advanced sweeps, coils, generative shape design, surface modeling, and Freeform modeling. Material aimed at increasing efficiency includes: iFeatures for frequently used design elements, iParts for similar designs, and how to work with imported data. The course also covers some miscellaneous drawing tools such as custom sketches symbols, working with title blocks and borders, and documenting iParts.

- One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training

Autodesk Inventor 2017: Introduction to Solid Modeling

40 Hours | $2,495

- Books - Labs

18

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

The Autodesk Inventor 2017: Introduction to Solid Modeling training course from NetCom Learning is suitable for all the 3D CAD applicants who are looking to learn in-depth about solid modeling and parametric design. Utilizing Autodesk-authorized course curriculum, the experienced instructors will impart all the essential knowledge about the features and techniques of the Inventor. The Autodesk Inventor 2017 Introduction to Solid Modeling classes help learners explore various Inventor tools for implementing best practices in parametric design philosophy. Through hands-on learning environment, learn about the best use approaches for maintaining highest standard of product design and simulation. The Autodesk Inventor training helps learners gain necessary skills and prepare for Autodesk Inventor certification examinations. Learners will be gain insightful knowledge about the 3D CAD software program, modeling and generative shape design, and its effective utilization across different industries.

Autodesk Inventor 2017: Sheet Metal Design

16 Hours | $825

Schedules

- Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Prerequisites - Prior knowledge of 3D solid part modeling using the Autodesk Inventor software - Familiarity with the Microsoft Windows operating system - A background in designing and drafting 3D parts is recommended - Knowledge of sheet metal processing is an asset, but not required

11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017

The Autodesk Inventor 2017 Sheet Metal Design course introduces the concepts and techniques of sheet metal modeling with the Autodesk Inventor software. This course follows the typical stages of using the Autodesk Inventor software. That is, to create and edit sheet metal parts, generate flat patterns, and document the designs in drawings. Learning Modalities


19

NetCom Learning™

Autodesk Naviswork

Autodesk Revit

Autodesk Navisworks 2017 Essentials

Autodesk Revit 2017 Architecture: Site and Structural Design

24 Hours | $1,495

8 Hours | $500

Schedules

Schedules

11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017

11/01/2017 – 11/01/2017

This Autodesk Navisworks course instructs students in best approaches to combine 3D geometry from cross disciplines into one scene to enable effective model reviews. Through a hands-on, practice-intensive curriculum, students acquire the knowledge needed to review and markup the model, use TimeLiner, Animator, Scripter, Quantification, Autodesk Rendering, as well as the Clash Detective tools within the Autodesk Navisworks software. Using the functionality of the Autodesk Navisworks Simulate, and Manage features, students learn how to open, review, quantify, and run object-interference checks on 3D models. Students also learn how to link to task-scheduling files and create 4D construction simulations. Using the Animator and Scripter tools, students create interactive animations. In addition, students learn how the Autodesk Rendering tools can help them create photorealistic images and animations. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs

20

The main purpose of the Autodesk Revit Architecture software is to design buildings: walls, doors, floors, roofs, and stairs. However, architects also frequently need to add site and structural information. The Autodesk Revit 2017 Architecture: Site and Structural Design student course covers the elements and tools that are used to create topographic surfaces for site work and add structural elements.

Autodesk Revit Architecture 2017 Fundamentals

32 Hours | $1,999

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/01/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/15/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/26/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/07/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/19/2018

This course is designed to teach you the Autodesk Revit functionality as you would work with it throughout the design process. You begin by learning about the user interface and basic drawing, editing, and viewing tools. Then you learn design development tools including how to model walls, doors, windows, floors, ceilings, stairs and more. Finally, you learn the processes that take the model to the construction documentation phase Autodesk Revit 2017 Architecture Fundamentals training course is designed with an objective to


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

enable the participants to create full 3D architectural project models and set them up in working drawings. Learning Modalities

- Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training



- Online Training

What’s Included

- Corporate Training - Facilitated Training

- Onsite Training

- Books


- Labs

What’s Included - Facilitated Training

Autodesk Revit MEP 2017 Fundamentals

- Books - Labs

32 Hours | $1,999

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/18/2018

Autodesk Revit BIM Management 2017: Template and Family

16 Hours | $995

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/28/2017

The objective of the Autodesk Revit 2017 BIM Management: Template and Family Course is to enable users who have worked with the software to expand their knowledge in setting up office standards with templates that include annotation styles, preset views, sheets, and schedules, as well as creating custom system, in-place, and component families. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training

To take full advantage of Building Information Modeling, the Autodesk Revit 2017 MEP Fundamentals course has been designed to teach the concepts and principles of creating 3D parametric models of MEP system from engineering design through construction documentation. The course is intended to introduce students to the software’s user interface and the basic HVAC, electrical, and piping/plumbing components that make the Autodesk Revit software a powerful and flexible engineering modeling tool. The course will also familiarize students with the tools required to create, document, and print the parametric model. The examples and practices are designed to take the students through the basics of a full MEP project from linking in an architectural model to construction documents.


21

NetCom Learning™ Learning Modalities



- Online Training

- Online Training



- Onsite Training

- Onsite Training



What’s Included

What’s Included



- Books

- Books

- Labs

- Labs

Autodesk Revit Structure 2017 Fundamentals

32 Hours | $1,999

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017

To take full advantage of Building Information Modeling, the Autodesk Revit 2017 Structure Fundamentals course has been designed to teach the concepts and principles from building design through construction documentation using the Autodesk Revit 2017 Structure software. This course is intended to introduce students to the user interface and the basic building components of the software that makes it a powerful and flexible structural modeling tool. The goal is to familiarize you with the tools required to create, modify, analyze, and document the parametric model. Learning Modalities

22


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

AWS Architecting Advanced Architecting on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017

recommended design patterns to help students think through the process of architecting optimal IT solutions on AWS. Case studies throughout the course showcase how some AWS customers have designed their infrastructures and the strategies and services they implemented. This course leads to AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate Certification

Building on concepts introduced in Architecting on AWS, Advanced Architecting on AWS training is intended for individuals who are experienced with designing scalable and elastic applications on the AWS platform. Building on concepts introduced in Architecting on AWS, this course covers how to build complex solutions which incorporate data services, governance, and security on AWS. This course introduces specialized AWS services, including AWS Direct Connect and AWS Storage Gateway to support Hybrid architecture. It also covers designing best practices for building scalable, elastic, secure, and highly available applications on AWS. This course leads to AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Professional Certification

Architecting on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017

Architecting on AWS training covers the fundamentals of building IT infrastructure on AWS. The course is designed to teach solutions architects how to optimize the use of the AWS Cloud by understanding AWS services and how these services fit into cloud-based solutions. This course emphasizes AWS cloud best practices and


23

NetCom Learning™

AWS Developing

AWS Essentials

Developing on AWS

AWS Business Essentials

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules

Schedules

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017

12/01/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/05/2018 – 01/05/2018

01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018

Developing on AWS helps developers understand how to use the AWS SDK to develop secure and scalable cloud applications. The course provides in-depth knowledge about how to interact with AWS using code and covers key concepts, best practices, and troubleshooting tips. This course leads to AWS Certified Developer – Associate Certification

AWS Business Essentials helps IT business decision makers understand the benefits of cloud computing and how a cloud strategy can help you meet your business objectives. In this course we discuss the advantages of cloud computing for your business and the fundamentals of AWS, including financial benefits. This course also introduces you to successful cloud adoption frameworks so to help you consider the AWS platform within your cloud computing strategy.

AWS Technical Essentials DevOps Engineering on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

8 Hours | $650

Schedules 11/03/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/17/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/08/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/22/2017 – 12/22/2017

DevOps Engineering on AWS demonstrates how to use the most common DevOps patterns to develop, deploy and maintain applications on AWS. The course covers the core principles of the DevOps methodology and examines a number of use cases applicable to startup, small-medium business, and enterprise development scenarios. This course leads to AWS Certified DevOps Engineer – Professional Certification

24

8 Hours | $695

01/05/2018 – 01/05/2018 01/19/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/16/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/02/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/23/2018 – 03/23/2018

AWS Technical Essentials course introduces you to AWS products, services, and common solutions. It provides IT technical end users with basic fundamentals to become more proficient in identifying AWS services so that you can make informed decisions about IT solutions based on your business requirements and get started working on AWS.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

AWS Operations DevOps Engineering on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

AWS Speciality Technical Courses Data Warehousing on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

DevOps Engineering on AWS demonstrates how to use the most common DevOps patterns to develop, deploy and maintain applications on AWS. The course covers the core principles of the DevOps methodology and examines a number of use cases applicable to startup, small-medium business, and enterprise development scenarios. This course leads to AWS Certified DevOps Engineer – Professional Certification

Systems Operations on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/24/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

Data Warehousing on AWS training introduces you to concepts, strategies, and best practices for designing a cloud-based data warehousing solution using Amazon Redshift, the petabyte-scale data warehouse in AWS. This course demonstrates how to collect, store, and prepare data for the data warehouse by using other AWS services such as Amazon DynamoDB, Amazon EMR, Amazon Kinesis Firehose, and Amazon S3. Additionally, this course demonstrates how to use business intelligence tools to perform analysis on your data.

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Systems Operations on AWS training is designed to teach those in a Systems Administrator or Developer Operations (DevOps) role how to create automatable and repeatable deployments of networks and systems on the AWS platform. The course covers the specific AWS features and tools related to configuration and deployment, as well as common techniques used throughout the industry for configuring and deploying systems. This course leads to AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate Certification

Security Operations on AWS

24 Hours | $2,050

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

In this Security Operations on AWS training, you will learn how to efficiently use AWS security services for optimal security and compliancy in the AWS cloud. This course focuses on the AWS-recommended best practices that you can implement to enhance the security of your data and systems in the cloud. The course highlights the security features of AWS key services including compute, storage, networking, and database services. This course also refers to the common security control objectives and regulatory compliance standards. Additionally, you will examine


25

NetCom Learning™ use cases for running regulated workloads on AWS across different verticals, globally. You will also learn how to leverage AWS services and tools for automation and continuous monitoring-taking your security operations to the next level.

Blue Coat Blue Coat Certified Proxy Administrator (BCCPA)

24 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

The Blue Coat Certified ProxySG Administrator (BCCPA) course is intended for IT professionals who wish to master the fundamentals of the Blue Coat ProxySG.

Blue Coat Certified Proxy Professional (BCCPP)

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules 11/09/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018

The Blue Coat Certified ProxySG Professional (BCCPP) Course is intended for IT professionals who wish to master the advance features of the Blue Coat ProxySG.

26


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CAP: Certified Authorization Professional CAP Certification Course

CEH & CNDA EC-Council CEH: Certified Ethical Hacker v9 & CNDA: Certified Network Defense Architect

40 Hours | $2,499

24 Hours | $1,650

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Schedules

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018

02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018

This course is designed for the information security practitioner who champions system security commensurate with an organization’s mission and risk tolerance while meeting legal and regulatory requirements. The Certified Authorization Professional (CAP) certification course conceptually mirrors the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) system authorization process in compliance with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, Appendix III. Gain the skills needed to categorize, implement, authorize, assess, continuously monitor (real-time risk management), and select security controls for information systems that meets federal mandates on requirements and process guidelines. Background information related to how the federal RMF was developed, the expectations set by Congress and OMB, as well as the manner in which the RMF integrates with other information and business processes

04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

EC-Council’s Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) is the most renowned and desired professional credential in the network security domain. A Certified Ethical Hacker finds vulnerabilities in systems and network by way of scanning, penetrating and testing. They use hacking techniques, tools and knowledge like a hacker but in a lawful and legitimate manner for security purpose. This helps them to secure the entire IT architecture against any kind of malicious attacks. EC-Council CEH: Certified Ethical Hacker v9 & CNDA: Certified Network Defense Architect certification course at NetCom Learning is the most advanced and extensive ethical hacking course, which includes all the 18 core modules of information security domain. The vendor-neutral CEH certification training is imparted by expert trainers using authenticated and comprehensive course curriculum. The CEH V9 classes includes hands-on exercises, assessments and real-life projects which helps the learner to understand the complex security concepts in-depth. The EC-Council CEH V9 training courses are designed and imparted keeping the network security measures across all-level organizations in mind.


27

NetCom Learning™

EC-Council Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) v9 iClass|iWeek

40 Hours | $2,899

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

EC-Council CEH: Certified Ethical Hacker v9 iClass|iWeek, a live on-line instructor led training (ILT), provides a comprehensive ethical hacking and network security-training program to meet the standards of highly skilled security professionals. Hundreds of SMEs and authors have contributed to the content presented in the CEHv9 courseware. CEH is the worlds most advanced ethical hacking course with 18 of the most current security domains any ethical hacker will ever want to know when they are planning to beef up the information security posture of their organization. The goal of this course is to help you master an ethical hacking methodology that can be used in a penetration testing or ethical hacking situation. You walk out the door with ethical hacking skills that are highly in demand, as well as the globally recognized Certified Ethical Hacker certification! This course prepares you for EC-Council Certified Ethical Hacker exam 312-50. What’s Included - Instructor-led live online training Official courseware - Access to EC-Council’s official Online lab environment (iLabs) - Certification Voucher

Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) Prep Course

16 Hours | $2,595

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/29/2018 – 03/30/2018

Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) Prep Course, you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other internet-related technologies. You will learn how to create a privacy program at an organizational level, develop and implement a framework, and establish metrics to measure program effectiveness. In an interactive format applying practices to a real-world scenario, you will review privacy program practices through the privacy life cycle: assess, protect, sustain and respond. What’s Included - Authorized courseware - Exam voucher - IAPP Membership

28


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Certified Information Privacy Professional and Manager U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPM) Prep

24 Hours | $3,595

Schedules

Certified Information Privacy Professional and Manager U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPM) Prep

01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

Certified Information Privacy Professional U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US) + Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM), you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. The structure of US law, the enforcement of US privacy and security laws, and information management from a US perspective will be discussed as well as the limitations on private-sector collection and usage of data. This course will also provide an introduction to workplace privacy considerations and US state laws related to marketing, financial data, data security and breach notification. You will learn how to create a privacy program at an organizational level, develop and implement a framework, and establish metrics to measure program effectiveness. In an interactive format applying practices to a real-world scenario, you will review privacy program practices through the privacy life cycle: assess, protect, sustain and respond. What’s Included - Authorized courseware - Exam voucher - IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Professional (CIPP) 24 Hours | $3,595

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

Certified Information Privacy Professional U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US) + Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM), you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. The structure of US law, the enforcement of US privacy and security laws, and information management from a US perspective will be discussed as well as the limitations on private-sector collection and usage of data. This course will also provide an introduction to workplace privacy considerations and US state laws related to marketing, financial data, data security and breach notification. You will learn how to create a privacy program at an organizational level, develop and implement a framework, and establish metrics to measure program effectiveness. In an interactive format applying practices to a real-world scenario, you will review privacy program practices through the privacy life cycle: assess, protect, sustain and respond.


29

NetCom Learning™ What’s Included

You will learn the need and importance for privacy in the IT environment with impacts such as regulatory activities, security threats, advances in technology and the proliferation of social networks. This course will provide an introduction to privacy laws, regulations, and standards impacting privacy in IT and the risks inherent in the IT environment. You will also learn about the importance of personally identifiable information and methods for ensuring its protection.

- Authorized courseware - Exam voucher - IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Professional and Technologist U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPT) Prep

24 Hours | $3,595

- Authorized courseware - Exam voucher

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018

- IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Professional U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US) + Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT), you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. The structure of US law, the enforcement of US privacy and security laws, and information management from a US perspective will be discussed as well as the limitations on private-sector collection and usage of data. This course will also provide an introduction to workplace privacy considerations and US state laws related to marketing, financial data, data security and breach notification.

30

What’s Included

Certified Information Privacy Professional Canada (CIPP/C)

16 Hours | $2,595

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

In this CIPP/C course, you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. You will gain an introduction to the Canadian legal system and statues related to privacy in the private


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

sector. Key concepts and practices related to the collection, retention, use, disclosure, and disposal of personal information by federal, provincial and territorial governments will be discussed. You will also learn about compliance practices related to private, public, and health-sectors.

responsibilities, information security, and compliance monitoring and workforce management.

What’s Included

- Exam voucher

- Authorized courseware

- IAPP Membership

What’s Included - Authorized courseware

- Exam voucher - IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Professional US Private-Sector (CIPP/US) Prep Course

Certified Information Privacy Professional US Government (CIPP/G) Prep Course

16 Hours | $2,595

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/08/2018 – 03/09/2018

In this CIPP/G course, you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. You will gain an introduction to US government privacy definitions and principals as well as a discussion around privacy and in the intelligence community. You will learn how to adequately protect government information, leadership

16 Hours | $2,595

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018

Certified Information Privacy Professional US Private-Sector (CIPP/US) Prep Course, you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn about common principles and approaches to privacy as well as the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered, which includes frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. The structure of US law, the enforcement of US privacy and security laws, and information management from a US perspective will be discussed, as well as the limitations on private-sector collection and usage of data. This course will also provide an introduction to workplace privacy considerations and US state laws related to marketing, financial data, data security, and breach notification.


31

NetCom Learning™ What’s Included - Authorized courseware - Exam voucher - IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) Certified Information Privacy Professional and Technologist U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPT) Prep

24 Hours | $3,595

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018

Certified Information Privacy Professional U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US) + Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT), you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. The structure of US law, the enforcement of US privacy and security laws, and information management from a US perspective will be discussed as well as the limitations on private-sector collection and usage of data. This course will also provide an introduction to workplace privacy considerations and US state laws related to marketing, financial data, data security and breach notification. You will learn the need and importance for privacy in the IT environment with impacts such as regulatory activities, security threats, advances in technology and the proliferation of social networks. This course will provide an introduction to privacy laws, regulations, and standards impacting privacy in IT and the risks inherent in the IT environment. You will

32


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

also learn about the importance of personally identifiable information and methods for ensuring its protection. What’s Included

identifiable information and methods for ensuring its protection. What’s Included - Authorized courseware

- Authorized courseware

- Exam voucher

- Exam voucher

- IAPP Membership

- IAPP Membership

Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) Prep Course

16 Hours | $2,595

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018

Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) Prep Course, you will gain foundational knowledge on concepts of privacy and data protection laws and practice. You will learn common principles and approaches to privacy as well as understand the major privacy models employed around the globe. An introduction to information security concepts and information security management and governance will be covered including frameworks, controls, and identity and access management. You will also learn about online privacy as it relates to using personal information on websites and other Internet-related technologies. You will learn the need and importance for privacy in the IT environment with impacts such as regulatory activities, security threats, advances in technology and the proliferation of social networks. This course will provide an introduction to privacy laws, regulations, and standards impacting privacy in IT and the risks inherent in the IT environment. You will also learn about the importance of personally


33

NetCom Learning™

Check Point CCSA+CCSE: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator and Engineering Bundle (R80.10)

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

CCSA+CCSE: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator and Engineering Bundle (R80.10) course covering Check Point Security Administration & Engineering (R80.10) provides you with an understanding of the basic concepts and skills necessary to configure Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades. CCSA-R80.10: The goal of this course is to provide an understanding of basic concepts and skills necessary to configure Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades. CCSE-R80.10: The goal of this course is to provide an understanding and skills necessary to configure and optimally manage Check Point Next Generation Firewalls.

CCSA+CCSE: Check Point Security Administration and Security Engineering Bundle (R77.30 GAiA)

Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades. During this course, you will configure a Security Policy and learn about managing and monitoring a secure network, upgrading and configuring a Security Gateway, and implementing a virtual private network. This part prepares you for CCSA certification. The advanced part of the course provides you training on how to build, modify, deploy and troubleshoot Check Point Security Systems on the GAiA operating system. Hands-on lab exercises teach how to debug firewall processes, optimize VPN performance and upgrade Management Servers. This advanced part prepares you for CCSE certification.

CCSA: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator (R80.10)

24 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 02/26/2018 – 02/28/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/28/2018

The goal of CCSA: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator (R80.10) course is to provide an understanding of basic concepts and skills necessary to configure Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades.

40 Hours | $5,000

CCSA: Check Point Security Administration (R77.30 GAiA)

Schedules 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018

24 Hours | $3,000

This special CCSA and CCSE bundle covering Check Point Security Administration & Engineering (R77.30 GAiA) provides you with an understanding of the basic concepts and skills necessary to configure

34

Schedules 02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Check Point Security Administration (R77.30 GAiA) provides you with an understanding of the basic concepts and skills necessary to configure Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades. During this course, you will configure a Security Policy and learn about managing and monitoring a secure network, upgrading and configuring a Security Gateway, and implementing a virtual private network.

CICS CICS V5 Fundamentals

24 Hours | $2,100

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017

In this course, you learn about the basic concepts and facilities of IBM CICS Transaction Server V5. After completing this course, you have the prerequisite knowledge for all of the follow-on CICS application and systems programming courses that IBM Training offers.


35

NetCom Learning™

CISA

Cisco Cloud Track

CISA Certification Course

40 Hours | $2,795

Schedules

Understanding Cisco Cloud Fundamentals v1.0 – CLDFND (Associate)

40 Hours | $4,295

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

Schedules In this course, you will perform evaluations of organizational policies, procedures, and processes to ensure that an organization’s information systems align with overall business goals and objectives. You will evaluate the security and controls of business structure and governance methods; the policies, procedures, and guidelines used; and the overall security of the business environment. Also, this course will help you prepare for the ISACA CISA certification exam. CISA Certification acts as a career differentiator for security professionals or IT managers who wish to enhance their marketability and credibility. This is an ideal path for those looking at a long term career in Information Systems Auditing. This course is highly recommended for IS/IT auditors, IT managers, Audit Managers, Security Managers, System Analysts, Consultants, and even CIOs and CTOs.

36

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

Understanding Cisco Cloud Fundamentals v1.0 – CLDFND course is designed to provide aspirants with the necessary knowledge, skills and abilities (KSA) to perform foundational tasks related to Cloud computing. It teaches the characteristics and deployment models of a Cloud network. Exam Format Exam Number: 210-451 Associated Certifications: CCNA Cloud Duration: 90 Minutes (55 – 65 questions) Register: Pearson VUE


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Cisco Collaboration Track Implementing Cisco Collaboration Applications v1.0 – CAPPS (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,545

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Integrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications (CAPPS) v1.0 is a five-day course that prepares the learner for integrating Cisco Unity Connection, Cisco Unity Express, Cisco Unified IM and Presence, and video into a Collaboration deployment. It describes voice messaging deployment scenarios, Cisco Unified Presence features, and troubleshooting mechanisms as well as Cisco Unified IM and Presence and Cisco Jabber integration options with Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Exam format

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices (CICD v1.0) course focusing on providing the skills and knowledge necessary to implement Cisco Unified Communications (UC) solutions. It covers administration of end-user interfaces, telephony and mobility features, and Cisco UC solutions maintenance., including: Cisco Unified Communications Manager Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express Cisco Unity Connection Cisco Unified Communications Manager IM and Presence Service

Exam Number: 210-060 CICD

Associated Certifications: CCNP Collaboration

Register with: Pearson VUE

40 Hours | $3,795

Exam format

Exam Number: 300-085 CAPPS

Duration: 75 minutes (55-65 questions)

\Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices v1.0 – CICD (Associate)

Associated Certifications: CCNA Collaboration Duration: 75 minutes (55-65 questions) Register with: Pearson VUE


37

NetCom Learning™

Implementing Cisco IP Telephony and Video, Part 1 – CIPTV1 (Professional)

Implementing Cisco IP Telephony and Video, Part 2 – CIPTV2 (Professional)

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $3,595

40 Hours | $3,595

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Implementing Cisco IP Telephony & Video, Part 1 (CIPTV1) v1.0 is a five-day course that prepares the learner for implementing a Cisco Collaboration solution at a single site environment. This course focuses primarily on Cisco Unified Communications Manager Version 10.x, which is the call-routing and signaling component for the Cisco Collaboration solution. Lab exercises included in the course help learners to perform post installation tasks, configure Cisco Unified Communications Manager, implement MGCP and H.323 and, SIP trunks, and build dial plans to place single site on-cluster and off-cluster calling for voice and video. Learners will also implement media resources, audio and video conferencing, and describe QoS.

Implementing Cisco IP Telephony Video, Part 2 (CIPTV2) v1.0 is a five-day course that prepares the learner for implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco VCS-C, and Cisco Expressway series in a multisite voice and video network. It covers globalized call routing, URI call routing, global dial plan replication based on the ILS, Cisco Unified SRST, mobility features, call admission control, integration of Cisco VCS and Cisco Unified Communications Manager, and Cisco Mobile Remote access on Cisco Expressway Series. Exam format Exam Number: 300-075 CIPTV2 Associated Certifications: CCNP Collaboration Duration: 75 minutes (55-65 questions)

Exam format Exam Number: 300-070 CIPTV1


Associated Certifications: CCNP Collaboration Duration: 75 minutes (55-65 questions)

Troubleshooting Cisco IP Telephony and Video – CTCOLLAB (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,545

Register with: Pearson VUE Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

38


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Troubleshooting Cisco IP Telephony and Video (CTCOLLAB) v1.0 is a five-day course that prepares the learner for troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco VCS-C, and Cisco Expressway series in a multisite voice and video network. The course teaches troubleshooting methodology, triage, resources, tools, and fixes at the integrated system or solution level for Cisco Collaboration Solutions. It covers troubleshooting of Cisco Unified Communications Manager, VCS Control and VCS Expressway, issues with Call Setup, issues with ILS, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Mobility Features, Cisco TelePresence Management Suite, and issues with Voice Quality and Media Resources. Exam format Exam Number: 300-080 CTCOLLAB Associated Certifications: CCNP Collaboration Duration: 75 minutes (55-65 questions) Register with: Pearson VUE

Cisco Data Center Track Designing Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCID (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

The course includes information on designing data centers with Cisco components and technologies. It covers network designs with virtualization, Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies and routing protocols, and data center interconnect design options. Also covered are device virtualization technologies, including virtual switches, virtual routers, and virtual firewalls. Storage and SAN design is covered. Design practices for the Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) solution based on Cisco UCS B-Series and C-Series servers and Cisco UCS Manager are covered. Network management technologies. Exam Format Exam Number: 300-160 DCID Associated Certifications: Duration:

90 minutes (60-70 questions)

Exam Registration:


CCNP Data Center

Pearson VUE

39

NetCom Learning™

Implementing Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCII (Professional)

40 Hours | $4,395

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

The focus of this skills-building course is implementation of LAN, SAN, and Data Center Unified Fabric using Cisco MDS switches, Cisco Nexus switches, and Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extenders (FEXs). The course provides rich, hands-on experience with implementing Cisco data center infrastructure.

The focus of this skills-building course is on deploying, securing, operating, and maintaining the Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) and UCS C-Series Rack Servers for use in data centers. The extensively hands-on course covers configuring and managing Cisco UCS servers using unified I/O networking for LAN and SAN connectivity, virtualizing server hardware identifiers to enable rapid recovery of server operating system images, automating UCS deployments using UCS Central Software and Cisco Integrated Management Controller (IMC) Supervisor, configuring fault tolerance, implementing role-based access control (RBAC), backing up and restoring system configurations, and using the monitoring and troubleshooting tools in Cisco UCS Manager and Cisco IMC. Exam Format

Exam Format

Exam Number: 300-175 DCUCI

Exam Number: 300-165 DCII

Associated Certifications:

Associated Certifications: Duration:

CCNP Data Center


Exam Registration:

40 Hours | $4,395

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

40


Exam Registration:

Pearson VUE

Pearson VUE

Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Computing v6.0 – DCUCI (Professional) Schedules

Duration:

CCNP Data Center

Implementing Cisco Data Center Virtualization and Automation v6.0 – DCVAI (Professional)

40 Hours | $4,395

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

Implementing Cisco Data Center Virtualization and Automation (DCVAI) v6.0 is designed to help students prepare for the Cisco CCNP Data Center certification and for professional-level data center For more schedules visit www.netcomlearning.com

Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

roles. The focus of this skills-building course is on the implementation and deployment automation of Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (ACI) and Cisco Nexus switches. The course provides rich, hands-on experience in building a data center solution based on Cisco ACI. Learners are introduced to the automation capabilities offered by Python and RESTful APIs in combination with Cisco ACI and Cisco Nexus switches. Exam Format

Duration:

Duration:

CCNA Data Center


Exam Registration:

Pearson VUE

40 Hours | $4,495

CCNP Data Center


Exam Registration:


Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies v6.0 – DCICT (Associate)

Exam Number: 300-170 DCVAI Associated Certifications:

Exam Number: 200-150 DCICN

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Pearson VUE

Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking v6.0 – DCICN (Associate)

40 Hours | $4,495

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking (DCICN) v6.0 course is designed to help students prepare for the Cisco CCNA Data Center certification and for associate-level data center roles. The course covers foundational knowledge, skills, and technologies including network protocols and host-to-host communication, data center networking concepts and technologies, data center storage networking, and Cisco UCS architecture.

The Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies (DCICT) v6.0 course introduces students to Cisco technologies and products that are deployed in the data center: network virtualization, network technologies, unified computing, automation and orchestration, and the Cisco Application-Centric Infrastructure (Cisco ACI). The introductory level of knowledge that is provided in these courses is targeted for individuals who can perform basic configuration tasks. The hands-on lab exercises focus on configuring features on Cisco Nexus Operating System (Cisco NX-OS), Cisco Unified Computing System (Cisco UCS), and Cisco UCS Director. Exam Format Exam Number: 200-155 DCICT Associated Certifications: Duration:

CCNA Data Center


Exam Registration:

Pearson VUE

Exam Format


41

NetCom Learning™

Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCIT (Professional)

40 Hours | $4,395

Cisco Design Track CCDA v3.0 Prep Boot Camp

24 Hours | $1,950

Schedules

Schedules

12/02/2017 – 12/03/2017 01/27/2018 – 01/28/2018

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

02/17/2018 – 02/18/2018 03/24/2018 – 03/25/2018

The focus of this skills-building course is troubleshooting of LAN, SAN, Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric, Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS), and Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (ACI). The course provides rich, hands-on experience in resolving problems on Cisco MDS switches, Cisco Nexus switches, Cisco fabric extenders (FEXs), Cisco UCS, and Cisco ACI. Exam Format

05/12/2018 – 05/13/2018 06/23/2018 – 06/24/2018

The CCDA certification (Cisco Certified Design Associate) includes major updates and follows the updated for associated exam of CCDA 200-310. However, note that this course might not not cover all items listed on to the extent that the exam expects of the candidate. Students, in order to pass the exam, need to carefully study and gain clear understanding of knowledge and skills listed.

Exam Number: 300-180 DCIT Associated Certifications: Duration:

CCNP Data Center


Exam Registration:

Pearson VUE

Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures v3.0 – ARCH (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,145

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

In this course, you will learn the conceptual, intermediate, and detailed design of a network infrastructure that supports desired network solutions over intelligent network services in order to achieve effective performance, scalability, and availability. This is an advanced course designed for CCNA and CCDA certified personnel, or those with equivalent experience in routing and switching Cisco networks. You will learn how to apply Cisco network solution models and recommended design practices,

42


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

to provide viable and stable enterprise internet working solutions.

Duration:


Registration:

Pearson VUE

Additionally, you will learn the concepts that are necessary to design converged enterprise networks. You will also cover enterprise campus, data center, e-commerce, IP addressing and routing, security solutions, VPNs, IP multicast, and security in a borderless cloud environment.

Implementing Cisco IP Routing v2.0 – ROUTE (Professional)

Exam format

Schedules

40 Hours | $3,595

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Exam Number: 300-320 ARCH

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018


04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

Exam Registration: Pearson VUE

Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions v3.0 – DESGN (Associate)

40 Hours | $3,295

Schedules

In this course, you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to plan, implement, and monitor a scalable routed network. You will focus on routing protocols for both IPv4 and IPv6: EIGRP and OSPF for an enterprise and BGP for enterprise Internet connectivity. You will also learn how to redistribute routes, implement path control, and secure Cisco routers.

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Exam Format

02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

Exam Number – 300-101

Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions (DESGN) v3.0 course presents a structured and modular approach to designing networks that are scalable, resilient, and have well-defined failure domains. The course discusses routing and switching design of Campus and Enterprise networks in detail. Data center, wireless networking, and real-time traffic infrastructure are introduced and their effects on the core network are discussed from the design perspective.

Register with – Pearson VUE

Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks v2.0 – SWITCH (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,395

Schedules

Exam Format

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018

Exam Number: 200-310 DESGN Associated Certifications:

Duration – 120 minutes (45 – 55 questions)

CCDA Call to register: 888-563-8266

43

NetCom Learning™ 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

SWITCH v2.0, 5 day ILT, includes major updates along with several IPv6 routing topics. In this course, you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to create an efficient and expandable enterprise network. You will focus on Layer 2 and multilayer switch functions including VLANs, trunks, inter-VLAN routing, port aggregation, spanning tree, first hop redundancy, as well as network security and high availability features. Exam Format Exam Number – 300-115 Duration – 120 minutes (30 – 40 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v 3.0 – ICND1 (Entry)

40 Hours | $3,000

and fundamentals of networking and switching domain through the entry level Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 training course at NetCom. Imparted through hands-on lab exercises by the expert instructors, the ICND1 Part 1 v3.0 exam training will impart learners about installing, preparing, configuring and verifying a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The all-inclusive training also includes tutorials on establishing internet connectivity, functions of networking, performing basic troubleshooting, configuring device security, configuring static routing, and more. The Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 Certification Exam training covers all the basic fundamentals and concepts of Cisco routers and switches. Providing a foundational understanding to entry-level candidates as well as working professionals, the course prepares learners for Cisco CCNA certification. This course is also associated with CCENT certification Exam Format Exam Number – 100-105 ICND1

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017

Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching

12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

Duration – 90 minutes (45-55 questions)

01/02/2018 – 02/01/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018


Schedules

01/27/2018 – 02/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/20/2018 – 04/19/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 04/21/2018 – 05/19/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/05/2018 – 07/05/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

NetCom Learning provides the perfect platform for aspiring IT professionals to enhance their knowledge in Cisco products and technologies as a Cisco-authorized training provider. Learn the basics

44


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Cisco Routing & Switching Track CCDA v3.0 Prep Boot Camp

24 Hours | $1,950

Schedules 12/02/2017 – 12/03/2017 01/27/2018 – 01/28/2018 02/17/2018 – 02/18/2018 03/24/2018 – 03/25/2018 05/12/2018 – 05/13/2018 06/23/2018 – 06/24/2018

The CCDA certification (Cisco Certified Design Associate) includes major updates and follows the updated for associated exam of CCDA 200-310. However, note that this course might not not cover all items listed on to the extent that the exam expects of the candidate. Students, in order to pass the exam, need to carefully study and gain clear understanding of knowledge and skills listed.

CCNA Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 (Associate) Combo

80 Hours | $6,000

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/02/2017 – 02/03/2018 12/04/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/02/2018 – 03/08/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/27/2018 – 04/07/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/09/2018 03/20/2018 – 05/24/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/27/2018 04/21/2018 – 06/23/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/15/2018

NetCom Learning is a Cisco Learning Partner offering hands-on Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) Routing and Switching course. The CCNA Routing and Switching is a certification program for entry-level

network engineers that helps maximize your investment in foundational networking knowledge and increase the value of your employer’s network. CCNA Routing and Switching is for Network Specialists, Network Administrators, and Network Support Engineers with 1-3 years of experience. The CCNA Routing and Switching validates the ability to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot medium-size routed and switched networks.

CCNA v3, CCENT (ICND1, ICND2) and CCDA (DESGN) – Prep Boot Camp

84 Hours | $5,845

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/03/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/28/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/18/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/25/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/13/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/24/2018

This is a 7 day boot camp aimed towards IT professionals seeking to get their CCNA v3 and CCDA certifications. The Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) v3 Boot Camp is a thorough five day program taught by the industry’s leading and most exceptional CCIE level instructors. Prospective CCNA and CCENT students should have a background and apprentice familiarity in networking knowledge. Accredited CCNA certified professionals can install, configure, and operate LAN, WAN, and dial access services for small scale networks including but not limited to use of these protocols: IP, IGRP, Serial, Frame Relay, IP RIP, VLANs, RIP, Ethernet, access lists. The CCDA certification (Cisco Certified Design Associate) indicates a foundation or apprentice knowledge of network design for the Cisco Internetwork Infrastructure. CCDA certified professionals can design routed and switched


45

NetCom Learning™ network infrastructures involving LAN, WAN, and dial access services for businesses and organizations.

Implementing Cisco IP Routing v2.0 – ROUTE (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,595

Schedules

SWITCH v2.0, 5 day ILT, includes major updates along with several IPv6 routing topics. In this course, you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to create an efficient and expandable enterprise network. You will focus on Layer 2 and multilayer switch functions including VLANs, trunks, inter-VLAN routing, port aggregation, spanning tree, first hop redundancy, as well as network security and high availability features.

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Exam Format

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018


04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018


In this course, you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to plan, implement, and monitor a scalable routed network. You will focus on routing protocols for both IPv4 and IPv6: EIGRP and OSPF for an enterprise and BGP for enterprise Internet connectivity. You will also learn how to redistribute routes, implement path control, and secure Cisco routers.



40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules

Exam Format

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017


12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017


01/02/2018 – 02/01/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018


01/27/2018 – 02/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/20/2018 – 04/19/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018

Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks v2.0 – SWITCH (Professional)

04/21/2018 – 05/19/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/05/2018 – 07/05/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

40 Hours | $3,395

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

46

NetCom Learning provides the perfect platform for aspiring IT professionals to enhance their knowledge in Cisco products and technologies as a Cisco-authorized training provider. Learn the basics and fundamentals of networking and switching domain through the entry level Interconnecting


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 training course at NetCom.

03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018

Imparted through hands-on lab exercises by the expert instructors, the ICND1 Part 1 v3.0 exam training will impart learners about installing, preparing, configuring and verifying a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The all-inclusive training also includes tutorials on establishing internet connectivity, functions of networking, performing basic troubleshooting, configuring device security, configuring static routing, and more.

05/26/2018 – 06/23/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

The Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 Certification Exam training covers all the basic fundamentals and concepts of Cisco routers and switches. Providing a foundational understanding to entry-level candidates as well as working professionals, the course prepares learners for Cisco CCNA certification. This course is also associated with CCENT certification Exam Format Exam Number – 100-105 ICND1 Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching Duration – 90 minutes (45-55 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 04/24/2018 – 05/24/2018

The Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 2 v3.0 -ICND2 (Associate) training course is ideal for all those who have undertaken ICND1 v3.0 – Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 training. Undergoing ICND2 training will help them to advance their knowledge and skills in the domain and prepares for the CCNA Routing and Switching certification exam. Imparted by the expert trainers at NetCom Learning, the Associate-level Routing and Switching course is offered by utilizing Cisco-authorized training materials. The training provides comprehensive knowledge and skill development to learners to install, operate, configure and troubleshoot a small enterprise network. The Part 2 certification exam training guide includes understanding of QoS (Quality of Service) elements and their applicability, overview of network programmability, and understanding of software defined network architectures. The complete training is provided through intensive sessions, incorporating hands-on lab exercise environment. Exam Format Exam Number – 200-105 ICND2

Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 2 v3.0 – ICND2 (Associate)

40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/06/2018 – 02/03/2018

Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching Duration – 90 minutes (45-55 questions) Available Languages – English, Japanese Register with – Pearson VUE

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/06/2018 – 03/08/2018 03/03/2018 – 04/07/2018


47

NetCom Learning™

Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 Prep Boot Camp – CCNAX (Associate)


Schedules

Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks v2.0 – TSHOOT (Professional)

60 Hours | $3,895

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018

40 Hours | $3,595

03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017

Enhance your networking knowledge with respect to Cisco products and technologies by opting for Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 Boot Camp – CCNAX (Associate) Training Course at NetCom Learning. This is an Associate-level networking course, comprising of ICND1 and ICND2 composite course curriculum, provided through boot camp training medium. NetCom Learning offers an interactive, organized hands-on learning environment through the boot camp training to help learners enhance their skills and knowledge thoroughly. Imparted by experienced instructors, the Routing and Switching Training helps learners build their conceptual knowledge, and learn about troubleshooting common network glitches. The Cisco authorized Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 certification exam training equips the participants on installing, operating, configuring and troubleshooting basic IPv4 and IPv6 networks, WAN connection, configuring EIGRP and OSPF, and more.

02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

In this course, you will learn and practice techniques to monitor and troubleshoot routed and switched networks through extensive hands-on lab exercises. Troubleshooting methods, approaches, procedures, and tools are explored. A series of different organizations are introduced for each a set of troubleshooting scenarios that are presented. You will attempt to solve as many of the troubleshooting tickets as you can; the debrief includes review information that will help you further understand the specific issues raised in the scenarios. Exam Format Exam Number – 300-135 Associated Certification – CCNP Routing and Switching Duration – 120 minutes (15 – 25 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

Exam Format Exam Number – 200-125 CCNA Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching Duration – 90 minutes (50-60 questions)

48


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Cisco Security Track Implementing Cisco Network Security v3.0 – IINS (Associate)

40 Hours | $3,445

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

In this course, you will learn about the design, implementation, and monitoring of a comprehensive security policy using Cisco IOS security features and technologies as examples. You will also learn about security controls of Cisco IOS devices as well as a functional introduction to the Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance (ASA). This course enables you to perform basic tasks to secure a network using Cisco IOS security features, which are available through web-based GUIs on the Cisco ASA, and the command-line interface (CLI) on Cisco routers and switches. Site-to-site virtual private network (VPN) configuration is covered on both the Cisco IOS and the Cisco ASA. Modern malware examples are included in this course as are cryptographic techniques using stronger hashing and encryption algorithms. Current versions of Cisco IOS, Cisco ASA, and Cisco Any Connect are featured. Exam format Exam Number: 210-260 IINS

Implementing Cisco Threat Control Solutions v1.5 – SITCS (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,795

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018

Implementing Cisco Threat Control Solutions v1.5 – SITCS (Professional) course provides network professional with the knowledge to implement Cisco FirePOWER NGIPS (Next-Generation Intrusion Prevention System) and Cisco AMP (Advanced Malware Protection), as well as Web Security, Email Security and Cloud Web Security. You will gain hands-on experience configuring various advance Cisco security solutions for mitigating outside threats and securing traffic traversing the firewall. Exam Format Exam Number: 300-210 SITCS Associated Certifications: Duration:

CCNP Security


Exam Registration:

Pearson VUE


40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules

Associated Certifications: CCNA Security

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017


12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/02/2018 – 02/01/2018


01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/27/2018 – 02/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/20/2018 – 04/19/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018


49

NetCom Learning™

Cisco Specialist

04/21/2018 – 05/19/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/05/2018 – 07/05/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

NetCom Learning provides the perfect platform for aspiring IT professionals to enhance their knowledge in Cisco products and technologies as a Cisco-authorized training provider. Learn the basics and fundamentals of networking and switching domain through the entry level Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 training course at NetCom. Imparted through hands-on lab exercises by the expert instructors, the ICND1 Part 1 v3.0 exam training will impart learners about installing, preparing, configuring and verifying a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The all-inclusive training also includes tutorials on establishing internet connectivity, functions of networking, performing basic troubleshooting, configuring device security, configuring static routing, and more. The Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 Certification Exam training covers all the basic fundamentals and concepts of Cisco routers and switches. Providing a foundational understanding to entry-level candidates as well as working professionals, the course prepares learners for Cisco CCNA certification. This course is also associated with CCENT certification Exam Format Exam Number – 100-105 ICND1 Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching Duration – 90 minutes (45-55 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

50

Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise, Part 1 v10.0 – AUCCE1 (Collaboration)

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise, Part 1 (AUCCE1) course is intended for system engineers and customers who will be involved with “Day 2” support of a UCCE solution deployed in a CVP comprehensive environment. You will learn the requirements for performing routine adds, moves, and changes in the inbound/outbound UCCE environment. This course is intended for those administering the solution or who may be responsible for Level 1-2 support of the solution.

Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise, Part 2 v10.0 – AUCCE2 (Collaboration)

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Part 2 (AUCCE2) is a 5 day instructor-led course for system engineers and customers who will be involved with “Day 2” support of a UCCE solution deployed in a CVP comprehensive environment. This course gives the learner an understanding of the requirements, resources and tools required to perform complex adds, moves and changes in the inbound/outbound UCCE environment. This course is intended for those performing advanced administration of the solution, or who may be responsible for Level 2-3 support of the solution. The AUCCE1 course or equivalent prior experience is a prerequisite for attending this course.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Advanced Scripting for Cisco Unified Contact Center Express v8.0 – ASCCX

40 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Building on the knowledge base and scripting experience learned in the UCCXD class, the student will explore more advanced techniques in scripting and overall Cisco Unified CCX functionality. During this five day class the students implement features that extend the functionality of Cisco Unified CCX using many of the tools that are already available in the premium version of the product. Expect to spend time exploring the Agent Desktop Interface, Desktop Administrator and the Desktop Workflow Administrator to invoke behaviors that involve Third Party applications and web based apps like “Web Callback Option” and “Leave a Message in Queue”. There will be a major focus on Scripting and Subsystem management.

Cisco Deploying Basic Wireless LANs v1.2 – (WDBWL)

24 Hours | $2,395

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Cisco Deploying Basic Wireless LANs course is designed to give you a firm understanding of the Cisco Unified Wireless Networking for enterprise deployment scenarios. In this course, you will learn the basics of how to install, configure, operate, and maintain a wireless network, both as an add-on to an existing wireless LAN (WLAN) and as a new Cisco Unified Wireless Networking solution.

This course will build on top of Wireless LAN terms, concepts, protocols, architecture and Wireless LAN Characteristics introduced in the Wireless LAN Essentials eLearning course. In this course you will investigate the components, features, and deployment aspects of the system. You will have the opportunity to reinforce what you learn with hands-on labs. This course focuses on the essential network elements of a WLAN: the access points (APs) and wireless LAN controllers (WLCs).

Cisco Nexus 9000 Design and Configuration (DCINX9K)

16 Hours | $2,295

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017 01/09/2018 – 01/10/2018 04/03/2018 – 04/04/2018 06/26/2018 – 06/27/2018

In this course, you will learn about the next-generation Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches, which are highly programmable and high density. In fact, 1/10/40G Ethernet switches offer the highest performance and extensibility to 100GE switching and lowest cost-per-port. They offer extremely high flexibility and programmability for next-generation automation and orchestration. Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches build on existing NX-OS technology to bring two new data center network deployment options to customers. You will learn about the first deployment option, known as Standalone Mode. This mode offers significant extensions to NX-OS in the area of programmability, including: • A RESTful API, Python scripting, Linux BASH access, and direct ASIC-level access for traffic flow monitoring • Support for open-systems automation and orchestration DevOps platforms, including Puppet, Chef, and Cisco’s own onePK


51

NetCom Learning™ • Support for software-defined networking (SDN) and emerging overlay network technologies, including VXLAN, OpenFlow, and the OpenDaylight Controller

Cisco UCS Director Foundation v5.4 – UCSDF (Data Center)

40 Hours | $3,995

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Cisco UCS Director Foundation (UCSDF) version 5.4 course. This training course will enable Cisco end customers and authorized Cisco System Engineers (SEs) to understand the concepts, architecture, and use cases that are related to the Cisco UCS Director deployment. This course will also prepare learners to implement basic Cisco UCS Director Deployment solutions. The focus is to ensure that students can implement the core features of the Cisco UCS Director that most implementations require. Students should already be familiar with basic Data Center Concepts.

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Administration v11.5 – UCCE-A

40 Hours | $4,395

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018

52

04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Administration (UCCE-A) course that helps prepare learners to administer the Cisco Unified CCE v11.5 solution. This course will provide the student with the basic knowledge to understand the Cisco Unified CCE deployment solution, requirements for deployment, and how to install and configure all major Cisco Unified CCE components. As a part of deployment activities, the student will understand how to install and integrate Intelligent Contact Manager (ICM) with Active Directory, how to install and integrate Cisco Unified CVP components using an IOS-based voice browser and Cisco Virtualized Voice Browser (Cisco VVB), how to install and integrate Cisco Finesse, how to install and integrate Cisco Unified Intelligence Center with Active Directory and associated Data Sources for reporting purposes, and how to install and configure Agentand IVR-based Outbound Option dialing campaigns. And finally, the student will learn how to setup and use troubleshooting tools including RTMT, System CLI, Diagnostic Framework, and ICM command-line utilities to find status information and log files, and to track a call from the point of entry to the agent desktop.

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Advanced Administration v11.5 – UCCE-AA

40 Hours | $4,395

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Advanced Administration (UCCE-AA) course that helps prepare learners to implement more advanced functions and options in the Cisco Unified CCE environment. This course will provide the student a more comprehensive look at complex topics such as advanced routing techniques, Cisco Finesse Administration, using VoiceXML applications, accessing an external database, and translation routing. This course will also provide students with the capability of implementing Cisco Options such as the Cisco Outbound Option, Courtesy Callback, and Agent Greetings and Whisper announcements. And finally, the student will learn about advanced reporting topics such as advanced administration, importing reports, and custom reporting.

and Cisco Virtualized Voice Browser (Cisco VVB), how to install and integrate Cisco Finesse, how to install and integrate Cisco Unified Intelligence Center with Active Directory and associated Data Sources for reporting purposes, and how to install and configure Agent- and IVR-based Outbound Option dialing campaigns.And finally, the student will learn how to setup and use troubleshooting tools including RTMT, System CLI, Diagnostic Framework, and ICM command-line utilities to find status information and log files, and to track a call from the point of entry to the agent desktop.

Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for Advanced Users v1.1 – CUICAU

32 Hours | $3,295

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Deployment v11.5 – UCCE-D

40 Hours | $4,395

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Deployment (UCCE-D) course that helps prepare learners to deploy the Cisco Unified CCE v11.5 solution. This course will provide the student with the underlying knowledge to understand deployment design solutions, requirements for deployment, and how to install and configure all major Cisco Unified CCE components. As a part of deployment activities, the student will understand how to install and integrate Intelligent Contact Manager (ICM) with Active Directory, how to install and integrate Cisco Unified CVP components using an IOS-based voice browser

01/09/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/06/2018 – 03/09/2018 05/01/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/26/2018 – 06/29/2018

The Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for Advanced Users v1.1 (CUICAU v1.1) course is a four-day instructor-led training (ILT) course. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8.0.4 is a comprehensive, end-to-end reporting solution, designed to simplify the task of creating and modifying reports. It also can manage disparate data sources and, at the same time, to present a consistent user interface and a common tool to access varied data across multiple Cisco product families. NOTE: If you are intending to take CUICAU, you do not need to take CUICEU, as CUICAU includes the content from CUICEU.


53

NetCom Learning™

Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for End Users v1.1 – CUICEU

16 Hours | $2,495

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017 01/16/2018 – 01/17/2018 03/13/2018 – 03/14/2018 05/08/2018 – 05/09/2018 07/10/2018 – 07/11/2018

The Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for End Users v1.1 (CUICEU v1.1) course is a two-day instructor-led training (ILT) course. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8.0.4 is a comprehensive, end-to-end reporting solution, designed to make the task of creating and modifying reports easier on the customer and, at the same time, to present a consistent user interface and a common tool to access varied data across multiple Cisco product families. NOTE: If you are intending to take CUICAU, you do not need to take CUICEU, as CUICAU includes the content from CUICEU.

Communications Manager Administration for Version 11.0 (CMA v11.0) course to system administrators and customers involved with day-to-day operation of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager 11.0 (CUCM 11) product. This course will introduce you to the CUCM 11.0 system, the basic procedures for administering IP Phones and Users, understanding the Dial Plan and implementing Features. In addition to instructor-led lecture and discussions, you will configure CUCM and Cisco IP Phones in the lab, either in a live classroom or WebEx remote classroom environment. While the Cisco Unified Communications Manager software used in the class will be version 11.0.1, the course material is applicable to versions 8.x, 9.x, 10.x or 11.x. The concepts and the lab tasks are the same for most of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager software versions.

Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers v4.0 – BGP

40 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018

Communications Manager Administration v11.0 -CMA

24 Hours | $2,695

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/04/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/25/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/16/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/27/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/18/2018

54

04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers version 4.0 provides students with in-depth knowledge of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), the routing protocol that is one of the foundations of the Internet and New World technologies such as Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS). This curriculum covers the theory of BGP, configuration of BGP on Cisco IOS routers, detailed troubleshooting information, and hands-on exercises that provide learners with the skills that they need to configure and troubleshoot BGP networks in customer environments. Different service solutions in the curriculum cover BGP network design issues and usage rules for various BGP features, preparing learners to design and


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

implement efficient, optimal, and troublefree BGP networks.

Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches v3.0 – DCNX5K

40 Hours | $3,795

Schedules

Configuring Cisco MDS 9000 Series Switches v2.0 – DCMDS(Associate)

40 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

In this course, you will learn how to install, configure, and manage the Cisco MDS 9000 Series switch platform in a scalable, highly available environment. You will learn about the features on each of the MDS 9000 Series product family of switches including the 9100, 9200, 9500, and 9700 models and the Fibre Channel, Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), and service modules supported. You will learn about SAN configuration for features such as interface configuration, Cisco N-Port Virtualizer (NPV), N-Port ID Virtualization (NPIV), virtual SAN (VSAN) and domain setup, SAN zoning, and SAN extension using FCIP and Inter-VSAN Routing (IVR). Topics introduced also include centralized SAN services using the Cisco MDS 9222i Multiservice Modular Switch and Cisco MDS 9250i Multiservice Fabric Switch for Cisco I/O Acceleration (IOA) and Cisco Data Mobility Manager (DMM), management security and role-based access control (RBAC) topics.

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches (DCNX5K) v3.1 program designed to serve the needs of systems and field engineers, consulting systems engineers, technical solutions architects, and Cisco integrators and partners who install and implement Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches and Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extenders. This course covers the key components and procedures required to configure, manage, and troubleshoot these Cisco Nexus platforms. A certification exam is not associated with this course, and Channel Partner deployment engineers will use this training as augmentation to the DCUFI course material to provide in-depth experience in implementing the Cisco Nexus family product features. This is the third release of material covering the Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches and Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender product families. The course focuses on the product hardware, its architecture, key features, and market differentiators, with extensive feature configuration and hands on labs.

Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Switches v3.1 – DCNX5K (Data Center)

40 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018


55

NetCom Learning™ Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches (DCNX5K) v3.1 is a course designed to serve the needs of systems and field engineers, consulting systems engineers, technical solutions architects, and Cisco integrators and partners who install and implement Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches and Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extenders. This course covers the key components and procedures required to configure, manage, and troubleshoot these Cisco Nexus platforms.

Configuring Cisco Nexus 7000 Switches v3.1 – DCNX7K (Data Center)

40 Hours | $3,950

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Configuring Data Center Unified Computing v3.0 – DCUCS

40 Hours | $3,695

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

56

Data Center Application Centric Infrastructure Fundamentals v2.0 – DCACIF Schedules

In this course, you will cover the key components and procedures needed to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 7000 Switch. Through hands-on labs using NX-OS version 6.2(6b) code, you will gain an understanding of the day-to-day operation of the switches, including key features and functions.

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

This course prepares individuals for implementing and maintaining Cisco UCS hardware with a strong emphasis on best practices. The Configuring Data Center Unified Computing course also addresses relevant additional features added by Version 2.1 Cisco UCS Software Release.

40 Hours | $4,595

04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Schedules

The Configuring Data Center Unified Computing course is a 5-day product training course designed to familiarize data center engineers, architects and Cisco partners with the Cisco UCS B-series and C-series products.

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

DCACIF (Data Center Application Centric Infrastructure Fundamentals) is a 5-day Instructor-led training course that is designed for systems & field engineers who install & implement the Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in ACI mode using the updated 2.0(x) version & updated Cisco Nexus 9000 hardware platform. The course covers the key components & procedures you need to know to understand, configure, manage Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in ACI mode utilizing the updated 2.0(x) version, & how to connect the ACI Fabric to external networks & services.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express v6.0 – UCCXD

Deploying OpenStack Cloud – Fundamentals v3.0 – OCDCU

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $3,750

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

24 Hours | $3,895

11/07/2017 – 11/09/2017 11/28/2017 – 11/30/2017

In this course, you’ll gain an understanding of Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (Unified CCX) product and all of its associated client applications and scripting tools. You will learn about all of the Unified CCX components, servers, deployment options, and clients. You will learn how to perform capacity planning, choose the correct product features, and install the product. Our instructors place major emphasis on the Unified CCX script editing tool, Unified CCX Editor, which allows administrators to script the contact center’s caller experience through the system, including queries, recordings, menu input, digit string input, and database operations. You will cover the Cisco Finesse Agent and Supervisor Desktops as well as the Finesse Desktop Administration tool to optimize the call agent desktop display and options, supervisor optimization of the call center, and reporting options and customizations. You will explore Automatic Speech Recognition (ASR) and Text-to-Speech (TTS) technologies, Social Miner, and Outbound Dialing technologies and you examine options for troubleshooting, reporting, and maintaining the system. Our voice network labs use the latest hardware and software and all of our IP telephony courses provide a simulated public switched telephone network (PSTN).

12/12/2017 – 12/14/2017 12/19/2017 – 12/21/2017 01/30/2018 – 02/01/2018 03/13/2018 – 03/15/2018 04/24/2018 – 04/26/2018 06/05/2018 – 06/07/2018 07/17/2018 – 07/19/2018

Deploying OpenStack Cloud – Fundamentals (OCDCU) v3.0 is course designed for Systems and Field Engineers, Consulting Systems Engineers, Technical Solutions Architects, Integrators, and Partners. The course is targeted towards individuals who are responsible for configuration and administration of an OpenStack Cloud. This course covers the key components and procedures needed to configure, and administer an OpenStack Cloud using CLI and the GUI. This course will deal with most if not all subjects referred to in the Certified OpenStack Administrator test. This course will provide hands-on lab exercises utilizing via cloud-based (virtual) servers. Students will perform hands-on lab exercises that were created to teach the necessary skills to configure and administer an OpenStack Cloud.

Deploying Unified Contact Center Enterprise v10.0 – DUCCE (Collaboration)

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (DUCCE) course that helps prepare learners to


57

NetCom Learning™ deploy the Unified CCE v10.0 solution including installation, deploying HA and using troubleshooting tools to identify issues with inbound and outbound Contact Center functionality. This course is intended for those installing the Unified CCE solution, or those providing Level 3 solution support. Students will learn enough about CCE scripting in this course to ensure system functionality only. Additional CCE scripting information and lab exercises are provided in AUCCE1 & AUCCE2.

models, SDN controller northbound and southbound APIs, how to use device APIs on various Cisco platforms, and how to get started using automation tools such as Ansible and Puppet.

Developing with Cisco Network Programmability v4.0 – NPDEV

40 Hours | $3,795

Schedules

Designing and Implementing Cisco Network Programmability v1.0 – NPDESI

40 Hours | $3,795

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

Designing and Implementing Cisco Network Programmability v.1.0 (NPDESI) is a course that addresses the evolving role of network engineers towards more programmability, automation and orchestration, enabling them to leverage the powerful level of abstraction provided by controller based architectures to create real added value. This course is aligned with the topics covered by the 300-550 NPDESI exam, leading to the Cisco Network Programmability Design and Implementation Specialist Certification. The goal of the course is to provide the student a foundation to get started with network programmability by learning how to minimize the amount of manual interactions (with the network and increase the use of scripts and automation tools to drive down operational inefficiencies. Within these goals, the learner reviews network programmability fundamentals such as using Linux and Python, common automation protocols such as NETCONF and REST, how they relate to YANG data 58

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018

Developing with Cisco Network Programmability v4.0 (NPDEV) is a 5-day course for software developers looking to automate network infrastructure and utilize APIs and toolkits to interface with SDN controllers and individual devices. This course is aligned with the topics covered by the 300-560 NPDEV exam, leading to the Cisco Network Programmability Developer Specialist Certification. Exam Format Exam Number – 600-510 NPDEV Associated Certification – Cisco Network Application Developer Specialist Duration – 75 minutes (55 – 65 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

Implementing Advanced Cisco ASA Security v2.1 – SASAA

40 Hours | $3,795

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses provides learners with the knowledge and skills to enforce security posture compliance for wired and wireless endpoints and enhance infrastructure security using the Cisco ISE.

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

Implementing Advanced Cisco ASA Security v2.1 – SASAA course provides updated training on the key features of the Cisco ASA, including the ASA FirePOWER Services Module and ASA Clustering. SASAA v2.1 course that provides updated training with labs. The labs focus on the key features of the Cisco ASA (covering up to the ASA 9.5.1 release). The goal of the course is to be able to implement the key features of the Cisco ASA, including Cisco ASA Firepower Services (including Firepower v6.0), ASA Cloud Web Security, ASA Identity Firewall, ASA Clustering and the Virtual ASA (ASAv).

Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine v2.1 – SISE

40 Hours | $3,995

Schedules

Implementing Cisco MPLS v3.0 – MPLS

40 Hours | $3,500

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This course is designed to introduce you to MPLS concepts, installation, migration, operation, inspection, and troubleshooting. You’ll start with an overview of MPLS and its operation, after which you’ll concentrate on MPLS Virtual Private Network (VPN) deployment. The MPLS fundamentals covered in this class will provide the theory and hands-on knowledge to implement, integrate, and deploy an MPLS infrastructure. The MPLS VPN lecture and labs will cover the models, diversity, implementation, troubleshooting, and flexibility of MPLS VPNs.

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Implementing Cisco Quality of Service v2.5 – QOS

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018

40 Hours | $3,445

03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018

Schedules

05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

This course discusses the Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE), a an identity and access control policy platform that provides a single policy plane across the entire organization, combining multiple services, including authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA), posture, profiling, device on-boarding, and guest management, into a single context-aware identity-based platform. The training

In this course, you will learn about QoS requirements, conceptual models such as best effort, IntServ, and DiffServ, and the implementation of QoS on Cisco platforms. The curriculum covers the theory of QoS, design issues, and configuration of various QoS mechanisms to facilitate the creation of effective administrative policies providing QoS


59

NetCom Learning™

Implementing Core Cisco ASA Security v1.0 – SASAC

focus, anyone with a desire to learn the fundamentals of these topics would benefit from this course.

Schedules

Unlike traditional server based installations, the next generation of Unified Communications applications will install in a virtualized environment (VMware ESXi) on either standalone C series servers or the integrated Cisco Unified Computing System platform. While C series servers are configured directly, Cisco UCS servers can be configured through the UCS Manager (UCSM) using Service Profiles.

40 Hours | $3,795

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

This course covers the Cisco ASA 9.0 / 9.1 core firewall and VPN features. Cisco ASA Core v1.0 is designed to teach network security engineers working on the Cisco ASA Adaptive Security Appliance to implement core Cisco ASA features, including the new ASA 9.0 and 9.1 features.

Installing Cisco UC on UCS in a Virtualized Environment v4.5 – UC-UCS

40 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

In the past two years, Cisco has made a concerted effort to move many of its applications from dedicated servers to a virtual environment. This five day training event is intended for individuals who are interested in learning the fundamentals of supporting UC applications in a UCS virtualized environment. The course will cover both the Unified Computing System B Series servers and the stand alone C Series servers. The four main areas of study will be system preparation (B series and C series), ESXi deployment, Unified Communications applications in ESXi, and the Nexus 1000v virtual Ethernet switch. While this course is written with Unified Communications as its

60

This training includes a brief discussion of the changing Data Center server environment, where the Cisco UCS system fits into this environment, and LAN and storage (SAN) considerations. An overview of the UCS products will be provided, with emphasis on the advantages the UCS Manager brings to server provisioning. Server provisioning, through the use of easy-to-configure Service Profiles, will also be covered in detail, along with supporting labs. The lab exercises will include initializing both B and C series servers. This will include the Fabric Interconnects within UCS and the CIMC for C series servers. VMware ESXi is an integral part of this installation. The various flavors of ESXi are discussed along with the features that are supported in current UC applications. The concepts and methods of virtual Ethernet traffic are covered in detail to provide a good understanding of how ESXi changes the access layer of the network and how it can be configured. The lab exercises will include installing ESXi on both UCS (B series) and C series serves. VMware vCenter, VMware networking, iSCSI SAN access and vMotion will be explored. UC on UCS specific considerations will then be covered, including design requirements, VMware OVF templates, caveats, recommendations, etc. Unified Communications installation within ESXi and migration from MCS 7800 series servers to Virtual Machines will be covered. A troubleshooting section relating to UC application in a virtual environment will also be covered. Lab exercises will include


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

installing a Cisco Unified Communications Manager subscriber in ESXi, database verification and vMotion. A frequent addition to a VMware installation is the Nexus 1000v virtual switch. The Nexus 1000v allows traditional networking personnel to have Virtual Machine level network visibility using a familiar Command Line Interface (CLI) interface. An overview of the Nexus 1000v, installation and configuration are covered in this course. Practical labs include installation of the VSM and VEM, integration with vCenter and configuration of the port profiles.

Introducing Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS Mode v1.0 – DCINX9K (Data Center)

16 Hours | $2,195

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017

Introducing Cisco Nexus 9000 and Application Centric Infrastructure (DCINX9K v1.0) (DCINX9K) is a 2-day hands-on course that focuses on deployment and operations of the Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches. Participants will learn how to configure and manage Cisco Nexus 9000 Series switches using the NX-OS CLI, Python scripts, bash shell, and NX-API. DCINX9K is designed for systems and field engineers who install and implement the Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS mode. This course covers the key components and procedures you need to know to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 9000 Switch platform.

Introducing Python and Web Services Programmability for Network Engineers v3.0 – IPWSP-NE

32 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 11/28/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/05/2017 – 12/08/2017 02/06/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/17/2018 – 04/20/2018 05/22/2018 – 05/25/2018 06/26/2018 – 06/29/2018

Introducing Python and Web Services Protocols for Network Engineers 3.0 is a course that focuses on the interoperability of Python programming with Networking to prepare the Next Generation Engineers for Software Defined Networking. This class is designed for Network Engineers and Administrators looking to add necessary programming skills in preparation for various ACI and SDN technologies as well as interacting with WEB Services on appliances such as the F5, A10, and Cisco UCS. The course has been modified to emphasize the skillset of data extraction for interacting with BIG DATA platforms.

Introduction to 802.1X Operations for Cisco Security Professionals (802.1X) v1.0

24 Hours | $2,995

Schedules 12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017 01/30/2018 – 02/01/2018 04/24/2018 – 04/26/2018 07/17/2018 – 07/19/2018

Introduction to 802.1X Operations for Cisco Security Professionals (802.1X) v1.0 is a newly created three-day course designed to prepare Cisco Channel Partners, systems engineers, and implementers with the knowledge and hands-on experience to prepare them to configure Cisco TrustSec solutions based on


61

NetCom Learning™ Cisco Identity Services module, Cisco Catalyst switches, and Cisco Wireless LAN Controllers. The goal of the course is to provide students with foundational knowledge in the capabilities and functions of the IEEE 802.1X protocol and the ability to configure the Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE) for 802.1X operation. The course will introduce the architecture, components, and features of a Cisco TrustSec network designed around the IEEE 802.1X and RADIUS protocols. The student will gain hands-on experience with configuring a network for 802.1X-based network servicesusing the Cisco ISE, Cisco Catalyst switches, and Cisco wireless products.

IPv6 Fundamentals, Design and Deployment v3.0 – IP6FD

40 Hours | $3,395

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

The IPv6 Fundamentals, Design, and Deployment (IP6FD) v3.0 course is an instructor-led course that is presented by Cisco Learning Partners to their end-user customers. This five-day course aims at providing network engineers and technicians that are working in the enterprise sector with the knowledge and skills that are needed to study and configure Cisco IOS Software IPv6 features. The course also provides an overview of IPv6 technologies, covers IPv6 design and implementation, describes IPv6 operations, addressing, routing, services, transition, and deployment of IPv6 in enterprise as well as in service provider networks, and includes case studies useful for deployment scenarios.

62

Managing Industrial Networks for Manufacturing with Cisco Technologies v1.0 – IMINS2

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Managing Industrial Networks for Manufacturing with Ciscoﾂｮ Technologies (IMINS2) Version 1.0 is a lab intensive course, which helps students with the skills required to successfully implement and troubleshoot the most common industry standard protocols while leveraging best practices needed in Security and Wireless technologies for today’s industrial networks. The IMINS2 course, developed in conjunction with Rockwell Automation, helps plant administrators, control system engineers and traditional network engineers in the manufacturing, process control, and oil and gas industries, who will be involved with the convergence of IT and Industrial networks. This course also helps you prepare for the Managing Industrial Networks for Manufacturing with Cisco Technologies Certification exam (exam ID 200-601) and (having completed required prerequisites) qualify for the Cisco Certified Network Associate Industrial (CCNA Industrial) certification. This course is job-role specific and enables you to achieve competency and skills to configure, maintain, and troubleshoot industry standard network protocols as well as wireless and security technologies to ensure that current infrastructures are maximized while developing a converged platform for flexibility to support future business outcomes. Students will be exposed to multiple industrial network technologies as well as products from Cisco and other industrial suppliers including Rockwell Automation.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Network Programmability for the Data Center v1.0 – NPDC

Unity Connection Administration v11.0 – UCA

Schedules

Schedules

32 Hours | $4,500

16 Hours | $1,995

11/14/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/19/2017 – 12/22/2017

11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/16/2017 – 11/17/2017

01/23/2018 – 01/26/2018 04/17/2018 – 04/20/2018 07/17/2018 – 07/20/2018

12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018 02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018

Network Programmability for the Data Center (NPDC) v1.0 is a four-day instructor led course. This course teaches how to automate an end-to-end Cisco Data Center consisting of Nexus 7000 and 9000 switches. This course also includes Cisco ACI and UCS platforms using state of the art Model Driven API Applying CCIE-style learning methods, the course places emphasis on learning via hands-on labs and hands-on demonstrations. The terms poof-by-Python and poof-by-JSON or XML will be used frequently throughout the course.

Network Programmability for the Enterprise v1.0 – NPEN

32 Hours | $4,500

02/22/2018 – 02/23/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/05/2018 – 04/06/2018 04/26/2018 – 04/27/2018 05/17/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/07/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/28/2018 – 06/29/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/20/2018

Unity Connection Administration (UCA) v11.0 describes Cisco Unity Connection administration features, options, and configuration settings as they apply to the administrator. The course presents Cisco Unity Connection with the focused goal of providing the administrators with the necessary skills to perform their day-to-day job functions using the Cisco Unity Connection version 11.0 system. While the Cisco Unity Connection software used in the class will be version 11.0.1, the course material is applicable to versions 8.x, 9.x, 10.x or 11.x. The concepts and the lab tasks are the same for most of the Cisco Unity Connection software versions.

Schedules 11/07/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/05/2017 – 12/08/2017 03/27/2018 – 03/30/2018 06/26/2018 – 06/29/2018

Network Programmability for the Enterprise (NPEN) v1.0 is a four-day instructor led course. This course teaches how to automate common Cisco enterprise platforms such as IOS-XE and IOS-XR routers as well as ASA firewalls. This course also includes coverage of the automation capabilities of the APIC Enterprise Module or APIC-EM. Applying CCIE-style learning methods, the course places emphasis on learning via hands-on labs and hands-on demonstrations. The terms proof-by-Python and proof-by-JSON or XML will be used frequently throughout the course.


63

NetCom Learning™

Cisco Wireless Track Deploying Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WIDEPLOY (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,695

Designing Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WIDESIGN (Professional)

40 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

In this course, you will learn how to deploy wireless networks using Cisco controller and unified switching architectures policies and best practices, as well as ensure the proper implementation of mobility standards and proper configuration of all aspects of wireless components. Hands-on labs reinforce concepts taught, including deployment of Cisco AireOS 8.0, Cisco Prime Infrastructure Release 2.2, as well as the Cisco Mobility Services Engine Release 8.0 features. Cisco CCNP Wireless certification addresses the need for designing, implementing, and operating Cisco Wireless networks and mobility infrastructures. CCNP Wireless certification emphasizes wireless networking principles and theory. Deploying Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WIDEPLOY (Exam 300-365) is a new course/exam replacing the old Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Voice Networks v2.0 – IUWVN (Exam 642-742) since September 21, 2016.

The Cisco CCNP Wireless certification addresses the need for designing, implementing, and operating Cisco wireless networks and mobility infrastructures. CCNP Wireless certification emphasizes wireless networking principles and theory. Designing Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks – WIDESIGN (Exam 300-360) is a new course/exam replacing the old Conducting Cisco Unified Wireless Site Survey – CUWSS (Exam 642-732) since September 21, 2016. Exam Format Exam Number: 300-360 WIDESIGN Associated Certifications:

Exam Format Exam Number: 300-365 WIDEPLOY Associated Certifications:

CCNP Wireless

Duration:

90 minutes (60 - 70 questions)

Registration:

Pearson VUE

64

In this course, you will learn how to design a Cisco wireless network from initial customer contact to post-deployment activities. In addition, you will learn to use the appropriate tools to assist in wireless design and management. This course is targeted toward wireless network engineers with at least three years of experience in the networking field.

CCNP Wireless

Duration:


Registration:

Pearson VUE


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals v1.0 – WIFUND (Associate)

40 Hours | $3,300

Schedules

Associated Certifications: CCNA Wireless Duration: 90 minutes (60-70 questions) Register with: Pearson VUE

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/02/2018 – 02/01/2018

Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals (WIFUND) course, designed to help students prepare for the CCNA-Wireless certification, an associate level certification specializing in the wireless field. The WIFUND course and CCNA-Wireless certification is a prerequisite to the CCNP-Wireless (Cisco Certified Wireless Professional) curriculum. The CCNA-Wireless curriculum will prepare wireless network associate for the use, positioning, planning, implementation and operation of Cisco WLAN networks. The goal of the WIFUND v3.0 is to provide students with information and practice activities to prepare them to help design, install, configure, monitor and conduct basic troubleshooting tasks of a Cisco WLAN in SMB and Enterprise installations. As an associate level, the course aims at providing entry level information, and will not specialize in any of the advanced features of the Cisco WLAN networks solutions.

Exam Number: 200-355 WIFUND

40 Hours | $3,000

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Exam format


01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/27/2018 – 02/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/20/2018 – 04/19/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 04/21/2018 – 05/19/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/05/2018 – 07/05/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

NetCom Learning provides the perfect platform for aspiring IT professionals to enhance their knowledge in Cisco products and technologies as a Cisco-authorized training provider. Learn the basics and fundamentals of networking and switching domain through the entry level Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 training course at NetCom. Imparted through hands-on lab exercises by the expert instructors, the ICND1 Part 1 v3.0 exam training will impart learners about installing, preparing, configuring and verifying a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The all-inclusive training also includes tutorials on establishing internet connectivity, functions of networking, performing basic troubleshooting, configuring device security, configuring static routing, and more. The Part 1 v3.0 – ICND1 Certification Exam training covers all the basic fundamentals and concepts of Cisco routers and switches. Providing a foundational understanding to entry-level candidates as well as working professionals, the course prepares learners for Cisco CCNA certification. This course is also associated with CCENT certification


65

NetCom Learning™ Exam Format

Exam Number: 300-370 WITSHOOT

Exam Number – 100-105 ICND1


Associated Certification – CCNA Routing and Switching

Duration:


Registration:

Pearson VUE

Duration – 90 minutes (45-55 questions) Register with – Pearson VUE

Troubleshooting Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WITSHOOT (Professional)

24 Hours | $3,695

Schedules 12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017

In this course, you will learn how to troubleshoot Cisco wireless networks. In addition, you will learn about the guidelines for troubleshooting Wi-Fi architectures of Cisco wireless components. Hands-on labs are designed to reinforce concepts such as troubleshooting Cisco AireOS Release 8.0, Cisco Prime Infrastructure Release 2.2, and Cisco Identity Services Engine (Cisco ISE) Release 1.3 features. Cisco CCNP Wireless certification addresses the need for designing, implementing, and operating Cisco Wireless networks and mobility infrastructures. CCNP Wireless certification emphasizes wireless networking principles and theory. Troubleshooting Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WITSHOOT (Exam 300-370) is a new course/exam replacing the old Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Mobility Services – IUWMS (Exam 642-747) since September 21, 2016. Exam Format

66


CCNP Wireless

Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CISM CISM Prep Course

Citrix NetScaler 24 Hours | $1,995

CNS-200: Citrix NetScaler SD-WAN Hands-on Workshop

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules

Schedules

01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

CISM certification program was developed by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association (ISACA) for experienced Information security management professionals with work experience in developing and managing information security programs and who understand the programs relationship with the overall business goals. The CISM exam is offered three times a year (June, September, and December), consisting of 200 multiple-choice questions that cover the four CISM domains. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) has accredited the CISM certification program under ISO/IEC 17024:2003, General Requirements for Bodies Operating Certification Systems of Persons.

01/16/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/20/2018 – 02/21/2018

In this CNS-200: Citrix NetScaler SD-WAN Hands-on Workshop course, you will learn the various SD-WAN implementations and deployment modes available, and how to choose the one that is right for your organization. Take a tour of the underlying architecture of SDWAN and learn how to differentiate between the various components. Understand how the different elements of SD-WAN come together to provide a better network experience. Topics include: Quality of Service, Classes of Service, Rules, Dynamic Routing, DHCP Services, Zero Touch Deployment and the SD-WAN management tools available. This workshop is meant to be an open, interactive working session. Hands-on labs to be provided.

CNS-219 Citrix NetScaler Traffic Management

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

Learn the skills required to configure and manage NetScaler Citrix Traffic Management features, including Content Switching, Traffic Optimization, and Global Server Load Balancing. At the end of the course, students will be able to configure their NetScaler environments to address efficient traffic


67

NetCom Learning™ switching and resilience requirements including Content Switching, Traffic Optimization, and Disaster Recovery.

CNS-220: Citrix NetScaler Essentials and Traffic Management

Learn the skills required to configure and manage NetScaler Traffic Management features, including Content Switching, Traffic Optimization, and Global Server Load Balancing. At the end of the course students will be able to configure their NetScaler environments to address efficient traffic switching and resilience requirements including content switching, traffic optimization, and disaster recovery.

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

CNS-221: Citrix NetScaler Unified Gateway

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

16 Hours | $2,000

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017

The course has been completely redeveloped and improves upon CNS-205: Citrix NetScaler Essentials and Networking via the following: Improved course structure and flow to focus on NetScaler essentials for the first 3 days, and traffic management for the remaining 2. • A new lab environment, redesigned and built for enhanced performance. • Incorporated course feedback that has been gathered over the last year. • New content introduced throughout the course. NetScaler Essentials (Days 1 – 3): Learn the skills required to implement NetScaler components including secure Load Balancing, High Availability, and NetScaler Management. At the end of the course students will be able to configure their NetScaler environments to address traffic delivery and management requirements including load balancing, availability, and NetScaler operation management.

12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/16/2018 03/29/2018 – 03/30/2018

Designed for aspirants with previous NetScaler experience, yet no NetScaler Gateway or Unified Gateway experience, this course is best suited for individuals who will be deploying or managing NetScaler Gateway, or Unified Gateway environments. Learn the skills required to configure and manage NetScaler Gateway and Unified Gateway features, including how to implement Gateway components including NetScaler Gateway and Unified Gateway. At the end of the course, aspirants will be able to configure their NetScaler environments to address remote access requirements for Apps and Desktops.

NetScaler Traffic Management (Days 4 – 5): 68


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CNS-222: Citrix NetScaler 12.x Essentials and Unified Gateway

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules

including types of web attacks, protections and signatures, the adaptive learning engine, AppFirewall policies and profiles, troubleshooting, and additional pertinent NetScaler security features.

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

CNS-319 Citrix NetScaler Advanced Topics – Management and Optimization

03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

16 Hours | $2,000

Expand your NetScaler knowledge and skills by enrolling in this five-day course. It covers NetScaler essentials, including secure load balancing, high availability and operations management, and also focuses on Unified Gateway, and NetScaler Gateway. You will learn to deliver secure remote access to apps and desktops integrating XenApp and XenDesktop with Unified Gateway and NetScaler Gateway. This course is best suited for IT professionals, with little or no previous NetScaler experience, who will be deploying or managing NetScaler, NetScaler Gateway or Unified Gateway environments.

CNS-318 Citrix NetScaler Advanced Topics – Secure Web Applications

24 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 02/28/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

The course has been specifically designed for individuals with previous NetScaler experience. It is more appropriate for those who are responsible to deploy and/or manage Citrix NetScaler Application Firewall (AppFirewall) in Citrix NetScaler environments.The course aims to provide the skills required to deploy and manage AppFirewall

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

CNS-319 Citrix NetScaler Advanced Topics – Management and Optimization course is designed for students with previous NetScaler experience, and best suited for individuals who will be deploying NetScaler Management and Analytics System (MAS) to administer a Citrix NetScaler environment or optimize NetScaler-managed application delivery traffic. Students will learn the skills required to deploy and utilize the NetScaler Management and Analytics System including the ability to manage multiple NetScaler platforms centrally, orchestrate configuration changes, report on transactions passing through the NetScaler environment, visualize infrastructure, and plan expansions. Students will also learn the skills required to implement features including Caching, Frontend Optimization, NetScaler Web logging, and TCP/HTTP optimization to optimize traffic managed by a NetScaler environment. At the end of the course, students will be able to automate and manage network services for scale-out application architectures with the Citrix NetScaler Management and Analytics System and optimize NetScaler-managed application delivery traffic.


69

NetCom Learning™

CNS-320: Citrix NetScaler Security, Management and Optimization

Citrix Provisioning Services

Schedules

CXD-304 Citrix Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration

40 Hours | $5,000

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

16 Hours | $2,000

02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018

Schedules 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017

This course is designed for students with previous experience NetScaler experience, and best suited for individuals who will be deploying and/or managing Citrix NetScaler Application Firewall (AppFirewall) to secure application access in a Citrix NetScaler environment, as well as NetScaler Management and Analytics System (MAS) to administer a Citrix NetScaler environment or optimize NetScaler-managed application delivery traffic. Students will learn the skills required to deploy and manage AppFirewall including types of web attacks, protections and signatures, the adaptive learning engine, AppFirewall policies and profiles, troubleshooting, and additional pertinent NetScaler security features. Students will learn the skills required for deploying and utilizing the NetScaler Management and Analytics System including the ability to manage multiple NetScaler platforms centrally, orchestrate configuration changes, report on transactions passing through the NetScaler environment, visualize infrastructure, and plan expansions. Students will also learn how to implement features including Caching, Frontend Optimization, NetScaler Web logging, and TCP/HTTP optimization to optimize traffic managed by a NetScaler environment.

12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

Improve your XenApp and XenDesktop image management and performance with Provisioning Services. Learn to install and configure a highly available Provisioning Services farm according to leading practices. In this course, you will learn about the architecture, communication, and processes that make up Provisioning Services to be successful with deploying and managing a farm. Manage and integrate vDisks and target devices with XenApp and XenDesktop for easy rollback, upgrades, and performance of Virtual Delivery Agent machines. At the end of this course you will be able to install, configure and manage the Provisioning Services solution.

At the end of the course, students will be able to configure NetScaler environments to address application services security requirements with AppFirewall, as well as automate and manage network services for scale-out application architectures with Citrix NetScaler Management and Analytics System and optimize NetScaler managed application delivery traffic.

70


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Citrix ShareFile CSF-201 Citrix ShareFile Enterprise Essentials

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules

Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop CMB-310: Citrix XenApp, XenDesktop, and Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration (Fast Track)

40 Hours | $6,000

11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017 02/22/2018 – 02/23/2018

Schedules

Designed for students with little previous ShareFile experience. Learn the skills required to implement ShareFile components including the ShareFile for Windows client, XenApp and XenDesktop client, and StorageZones. Learn to integrate ShareFile with key backend elements including Microsoft ADFS for single sign-on and understand the data flow behind it. Also learn to navigate the ShareFile control plane user interface. At the end of the course students will be able to configure and manage their ShareFile environments to address their Enterprise File Sharing and Sync requirements. Students looking to deploy or manage ShareFile in their XenApp and XenDesktop environment will find Citrix ShareFile Enterprise Essentials to be a good compliment to CXD-203 Managing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.6, or CXD-300 Deploying App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.6.

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

CMB-310 Citrix XenApp, XenDesktop, and Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration (Fast Track) course covers the major aspects of installing, configuring and managing a highly available XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x environment as well as a full Provisioning Services 7.1x environment for image management. Gain an understanding of the solution architecture and communications, and the factors that contribute to a successful deployment. This accelerated 5-day course will teach you how to deploy and deliver apps and desktops (MCS and PVS); install and configure StoreFront and Citrix Receiver; set up profile management; and configure policies, printing and basic security features. Also learn how to monitor and troubleshoot the environment with Citrix Director.

CXD-105 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Help Desk Support

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/21/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/12/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/22/2018 – 02/23/2018


71

NetCom Learning™ CXD-105 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Help Desk Support course provides help desk representatives with the skills required to effectively troubleshoot and resolve user issues faster, prevent issues from reoccurring and use the proper consoles during troubleshooting to quickly determine the root cause of user issues within a XenApp or XenDesktop 7.x environment. Students will leave class with the ability to troubleshoot user issues, including interpreting user needs, asking the proper questions to resolve common issues, and applying documentation practices when troubleshooting to ensure a smooth transition when escalation is necessary.

CXD-210 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Administration

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

CXD-250 Moving to XenApp and XenDesktop Service on Citrix Cloud

24 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/20/2018 – 02/22/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

CXD-250 Moving to XenApp and XenDesktop Service on Citrix Cloud course is designed for students with previous experience with XenApp and XenDesktop on-premises. This course introduces Citrix Cloud including architecture, communications, management, installation and configuration of the Citrix Cloud Connector. Learn about the services available in Citrix Cloud and get hands on with the XenApp and XenDesktop Service. Students will learn to deliver resources using the XenApp and XenDesktop Service and Cloud Connectors and to migrate existing on-premises infrastructure into a Citrix Cloud service through hands-on-labs. Recommended pre-requisite course: CXD-210 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Administration

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018

This course is designed for students with little or no previous XenApp or XenDesktop experience. Obtain foundational knowledge of XenApp and XenDesktop required to be successful with the platform. Learn to install, configure, and manage a highly available environment comprised of XenApp and XenDesktop controllers, StoreFront, Citrix Receiver, Director, and Profile management. Refer to the topic outline for a detailed view of topics covered in the course.

Note: This course is based on XenApp and XenDesktop 7.x CR (Current Release) and Citrix Cloud services including the hands-on labs. The Citrix Cloud services are updated frequently with new features and improvements and as such, course content may not always reflect the latest features.

CXD-303 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Optimization and Troubleshooting

24 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

72


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

Get more value out of your XenApp and XenDesktop investment through the use of Workspace Environment Management, Application Layering, advanced features, and troubleshooting tools. You’ll leave this course with a good understanding of how to manage more complex solutions such as multi-zone environments spanning multiple locations with configurations around StoreFront, the Delivery Controllers, and HDX. You’ll gain the skills to improve logon times, user personalization, and resource performance through Workspace Environment Management. Also, learn to optimize management of your app and desktop images by building and combining App Layers.

CXD-304 Citrix Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration

16 Hours | $2,000

Schedules 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018

Improve your XenApp and XenDesktop image management and performance with Provisioning Services. Learn to install and configure a highly available Provisioning Services farm according to leading practices. In this course, you will learn about the architecture, communication, and processes that make up Provisioning Services to be successful with deploying and managing a farm. Manage and integrate vDisks and target devices with XenApp and XenDesktop for easy rollback, upgrades, and performance of Virtual Delivery Agent machines. At the end of this course you will be able to install, configure and manage the Provisioning Services solution.

CXD-310 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Advanced Administration

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018

CXD-310 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Advanced Administration course is designed for students with previous experience with XenApp and XenDesktop pursuing to further their expertise with additional components and concepts. This course is ideal for students interested in getting more value out of their XenApp and XenDesktop investment through the use of Workspace Environment Management, Provisioning Services, Application Layering, and advanced troubleshooting tools. Students will also focus on additional use cases leveraging FMA zones and advanced StoreFront configurations to provide a more robust experience to a mobile workforce. Students will learn the skills required to be more efficient with XenApp and XenDesktop and be able to leverage more functionality through additional components. A deeper understanding of troubleshooting tools will help student be self-sufficient with solving issues and identifying root cause. Through Workspace Environment Management students will learn to improve logon times, user personalization, and resource performance to provide a better experience while minimizing resource requirements. Using App Layering students will learn to more optimize management of applications and images by combining layers to support end users. Students will install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot Provisioning Services. The course will focus on leading practices, design considerations, and optimizations in setting up Provisioning Services for optimal resource consumption and performance.


73

NetCom Learning™

CXD-400: Designing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules

Citrix XenMobile CXM-303: Deploying Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile

40 Hours | $5,000

02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

This course provides students with the ability to successfully assess and design a XenDesktop 7 app and desktop solution based on the top key projects and architectures that a majority of Citrix customers implement, across different industries and use cases. Students may also have an opportunity to build a design for their organization and will have access to all of the tools and reference materials required to support their work.

74

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

This course provides the skills necessary to install, configure, and integrate components in a Citrix XenMobile 10 Enterprise solution. Students with limited or no XenMobile experience will gain an understanding of the components of a XenMobile Enterprise solution and their functions. Students will deploy and configure the XenMobile Enterprise components, apply principles to enroll mobile devices, install mobile apps, and use policies to manage device and application usage in a lab environment. In addition, topics such as how to integrate additional Citrix products and applications as part of the solution and how to troubleshoot some of the most common implementation issues will be discussed.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Citrix XenServer

Cognos

CXS-301: Citrix XenServer 7.1 LTSR Administration

Essentials for IBM Cognos BI (V10.2.2)

40 Hours | $5,000

Schedules

40 Hours | $4,850

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018

Build a new skill set around Citrix XenServer 7.x focusing on the 7.1 Long Term Services Release, which delivers optimized server virtualization for all datacenter workloads. In this five-day course, you’ll learn how to install, manage, secure, size and troubleshoot an enterprise XenServer implementation. The course will walk you through configuration and administration of the environment, from architecture and virtual machines to resource pools, storage and networking. Key topics will include capabilities such as virtual CPU optimization, VM management, and high availability/disaster recovery, and features such as Intellicache and XenMotion. This course is designed for IT professionals with little or no XenServer experience.

This accelerated offering is intended for core project team members wishing to acquire a broad understanding of a Business Intelligence platform implementation. During the ILT segments, participants will perform hands-on demos and workshops that cover three essential topic areas: modeling, report authoring, and administration of a BI platform.

IBM Cognos Analytics – Author Reports Fundamentals v11.0

24 Hours | $2,100

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

This course provides professional report authors an opportunity to learn report building techniques using relational data models. Techniques to enhance, customize, and manage professional reports will be explored. Demonstrations and exercises will illustrate and reinforce key concepts during this learning opportunity.

IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2)

24 Hours | $2,100

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017

IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2) course that is designed to teach new administrators the fundamental tasks of administering servers and


75

NetCom Learning™ content in IBM Cognos BI. Through a combination of lectures and interactive exercises, students will install and configure the IBM Cognos BI software, implement security, and manage the server components. Students will also monitor and schedule tasks, create data sources, manage and deploy content, manage report content in IBM Cognos Connection.

IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2.2)

24 Hours | $2,100

Schedules

through the use of templates. The course also covers basic administrative tasks, such as scheduling reports and delivering reports in different formats (e.g. HTML, PDF, Excel). Please Note: Screen captures and labs in this course are taken from the V10.1 of the product. However, the concepts, procedures, and tasks are all applicable to a V10.2 environment and are suitable for V10.2 user education.

IBM Cognos Transformer: Design OLAP Models (v10.2.2)

32 Hours | $2,800

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

Schedules This course provides training to new administrators on the fundamental tasks of installing and configuring IBM Cognos BI, and administering servers and content in the environment. In the course, you will install and configure the IBM Cognos BI software, implement security, and manage the server components. You will also monitor and schedule tasks, create data sources, manage and deploy content in IBM Cognos Connection and IBM Cognos Administration.

12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

This course provides developers with knowledge of OLAP modeling concepts using IBM Cognos Transformer. Participants will learn how to design, build, and maintain PowerCubes for use in IBM Cognos BI so that end users can easily analyze data.

IBM Cognos Query Studio: Build Ad Hoc Reports (V10.1/10.2)

8 Hours | $795

Schedules 11/03/2017 – 11/03/2017

IBM Cognos Query Studio: Build Ad Hoc Reports (V10.1/10.2) is a one-day, instructor-led course designed for business authors who want to learn how to create, modify and organize ad hoc reports. This course covers how to use different report capabilities, how to graphically display data, and how to create reports with a consistent look and feel

76


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CompTIA A+ CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Combo

80 Hours | $4,998

Schedules 11/19/2017 – 01/28/2018 11/27/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/16/2017 – 02/17/2018 01/07/2018 – 03/11/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/15/2018 – 03/21/2018

corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional. To become certified, a student must pass two exams: CompTIA A+ exam code 220-901; and CompTIA A+ exam code 220-902.

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/03/2018 – 04/14/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/23/2018 02/25/2018 – 05/06/2018

The CompTIA Network+ certification is the sign of a competent networking professional. It is an international, vendor-neutral certification that proves a technician’s competency in managing, maintaining, troubleshooting, installing and configuring basic network infrastructure.

02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/30/2018 04/02/2018 – 06/11/2018 04/07/2018 – 06/09/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 04/23/2018 – 05/04/2018 04/29/2018 – 07/01/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 05/26/2018 – 07/28/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/20/2018

If you are getting ready for a career as an entry-level information technology (IT) professional or computer service technician, the CompTIA A+ course is the first step in your preparation. The course will build on your existing user-level knowledge and experience with personal computer (PC) software and hardware to present fundamental skills and concepts that you will use on the job. In this course, you will acquire the essential skills and information you will need to install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on PCs, digital devices, and operating systems. The CompTIA A+ course can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or

The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals. In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training


77

NetCom Learning™ - Onsite Training

06/11/2018 – 06/17/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/29/2018


NetCom Learning provides the best training for A+ and Network+ Boot Camp: In seven days you will be trained for two CompTIA A+ exams and one Network+ exam.

What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Format for A+ - Multiple choice questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 675 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-901 and 700 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-902 Exam Format for N+ - Multiple Choice Questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 720 (on a scale of 100-900)

CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Prep Boot Camp

70 Hours | $4,250

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/10/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/28/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/18/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/06/2018

78

The CompTIA A+ module can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional. The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals. In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification. The exam addresses the latest skills needed by technicians, such as basic principles on how to secure a network. The exam covers network technologies, media and topologies, devices, management, tools and security. Although not a prerequisite, it is recommended that CompTIA Network+ candidates have at least nine months of experience in network support or administration or academic training, along with a CompTIA A+ certification.


Course Catalog

CompTIA A+ Certification

Over 1,000 Courses

40 Hours | $2,499

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/16/2017 – 01/13/2018 01/07/2018 – 02/04/2018

CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional. This international vendor-neutral certification requires that you pass two exams: CompTIA A+ Essentials Exam 220-901 and Practical Application Exam 220-902.

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/15/2018 – 02/14/2018 02/03/2018 – 03/03/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018

Learning Modalities

02/25/2018 – 03/25/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018


04/02/2018 – 05/02/2018 04/07/2018 – 05/05/2018

- BootCamp Training

04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 04/29/2018 – 05/27/2018

- Online Training

05/26/2018 – 06/23/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018


06/17/2018 – 07/15/2018 06/25/2018 – 07/30/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

- Onsite Training

If you are getting ready for a career as an entry-level information technology (IT) professional or computer service technician, the CompTIA A+ Certification (900 Series) course is the first step in your preparation. The course will build on your existing user-level knowledge and experience with personal computer (PC) software and hardware to present fundamental skills and concepts that you will use on the job. In this course, you will acquire the essential skills and information you will need to install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on PCs, digital devices, and operating systems. The CompTIA A+ course can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the

- One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs A+ Exam Format – Multiple choice questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based – Number of Questions: 90 (max) – Exam Duration: 90 minutes – Pass Score: 675 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-901 and 700 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-902


79

NetCom Learning™

CompTIA Network+ Certification

40 Hours | $2,499

Schedules 12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/24/2017 – 01/28/2018 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018

BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Format for N10-006 - Multiple Choice Questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes Pass Score: 720 (on a scale of 100-900)

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/20/2018 – 02/17/2018 02/11/2018 – 03/11/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 02/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/10/2018 – 04/14/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 04/08/2018 – 05/06/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 05/07/2018 – 06/11/2018 05/12/2018 – 06/09/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 06/03/2018 – 07/01/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018 06/30/2018 – 07/28/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals. This training addresses the latest skills needed by technicians, such as basic principles on how to secure a network. It focuses on the topics covered in the exam including network technologies, media and topologies, devices, management, tools and security. In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training -

80


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP)

- BootCamp Training

CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) Certification


40 Hours | $2,499

Schedules


- Online Training

- Onsite Training

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018


03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

What’s Included - Facilitated Training

CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) is the course you will need to take if your job responsibilities include securing complex enterprise environments. In this course, you will expand on your knowledge of information security to apply more advanced principles that will keep your organization safe from the many ways it can be threatened. Today’s IT climate demands individuals with demonstrable skills, and the information and activities in this course can help you develop the skill set you need to confidently perform your duties as an advanced security professional. This course can also benefit you if you intend to pass the CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CAS-002) certification examination. CASP certification is an international, vendor-neutral exam that proves competency in enterprise security. What you learn and practice in this course can be a significant part of your preparation.

- Books - Labs Exam Format for CAS-002 - Multiple choice and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 165 minutes - Pass Score: Pass/Fail only. No scaled score.

The exam covers the technical knowledge and skills required to conceptualize, design, and engineer secure solutions across complex enterprise environments. It involves applying critical thinking and judgment across a broad spectrum of security disciplines to propose and implement solutions that map to enterprise drivers. Learning Modalities


81

NetCom Learning™

CompTIA CTT+ CompTIA Train the Trainer (CTT+) Certification

40 Hours | $2,699

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

CompTIA Certified Technical Trainer (CTT+) certification is a cross-industry credential that provides recognition that an instructor has attained a standard of excellence in the training industry. NetCom Learning’s CompTIA CTT+ is a highly interactive and participant-driven course designed to cultivate the technical training and concept delivery skills in trainers, technicians, Subject Matter Experts, presenters, sales and support staff in any organization. The participants will connect abilities, theories and situations to create their most effective instructional styles. This course is accepted by Microsoft and ProSoft towards their MCT. NetCom’s CompTIA CTT+ course is the only 5-day class that prepares you for all three CompTIA CTT+ exams. The course not only focuses on the traditional classroom style instruction, but also on delivering training virtually. NetCom has packaged this unique and comprehensive program while considering the co-existence of both classroom and virtual training style, and the growing adoption/popularity of virtual training. About the Exams:

response), and drag and drops that assesses knowledge - Number of Questions: 95 - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 655 (on a scale of 100-900) Exam Format for CTT+ Classroom Performance Based Exam TK0-202 and CTT+ Virtual Classroom Performance Based Exam – TK0 -203 - Performance-based exam in which the candidate demonstrates prescribed skills - Exam Duration: Length of instruction recording must be between 17 minutes and 22 minutes - Pass Score: 36 (on a scale of 48) CompTIA CTT+ is a qualifying certification towards your MCT status validating your instructional skills. Please note that by simply taking the CTT+ course or passing the exams won’t grant you a MCT status. You will need to meet other Microsoft requirements in addition to achieving your CTT+ certification. NetCom’s CTT+ Student Care: • Maximum of 8 students per class: Hands-On Personalized Training Care • Exam Preparation Included • We not only record your videos, but also review your video files prior to submission, and convert the files for you based on CompTIA accepted formats. • We strongly recommend preparing for all 3 exams even though only 2 exams are required for a CompTIA CTT+ certification designation. Both Classroom and Virtual based are equally important given the industry trends.

• CompTIA CTT+ Essentials (TK0-201) • CompTIA CTT+ Classroom Trainer (TK0-202) CompTIA CTT+ Virtual Classroom Trainer (TK0-203) Exam Format for CTT+ Essentials TK0-201 - Computer-based test in the form of multiple choice questions (single and multiple

82


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) Certification

40 Hours | $2,495

CompTIA Linux+ CompTIA Linux+ Certification Powered by LPI

40 Hours | $1,999

Schedules 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

Schedules

03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

CompTIA CSA+ courses launches on 15th Feb 2017 to bridge the skills gap between CompTIA Security+ and the CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) exam and creates a vendor-neutral certification. CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) is an international, vendor-neutral IT professional certification that applies behavioral analytics to improve the overall state of IT security. It validates the knowledge and skills required to configure and use threat detection tools, perform data analysis and interpret the results to identify vulnerabilities, threats and risks to an organization, with the end goal of securing and protecting applications and systems within an organization.

CompTIA Linux+ Certification Powered by LPI is aﾂvendor neutral credential. It prepares the candidate with the foundational skills and knowledge to work as a Linux administrator. Learning Linux is significant for any IT professional as it窶冱the operating system used in majority of the IT infrastructures. CompTIA Linux +Training courses at NetCom is delivered through domain experts who share real-life scenarios based on their experiences. Focus is led on Linux installation, use of commands, file system, user management, networking fundamentals, and basic security.ﾂHoning essential Linux skills with a valid certification opens up tremendous job opportunities across the world for managing and configuring web, cloud and mobile based systems and applications. CompTIA Linux+ certification is comprised of two exams LX0-103 and LX0-104. Candidates must pass LX0-103 before taking LX0-104. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training


83

NetCom Learning™

CompTIA Network+


CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Combo

What’s Included

80 Hours | $4,998


Schedules

- Books

11/19/2017 – 01/28/2018

Exam Format for LX0-103 and LX0-104 - Multiple Choice (Single Response), Multiple Response and Fill-in-the-Blank - Number of Questions: 60

11/27/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/16/2017 – 02/17/2018 01/07/2018 – 03/11/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/15/2018 – 03/21/2018 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/03/2018 – 04/14/2018

- Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 500 (on a scale of 200-800) Exam Information When you earn the CompTIA Linux+ certification, you also qualify for the LPIC-1 certification. Please note that you cannot earn LPIC-1 and then apply for Linux+. The Linux+ must be earned first. (This offer is NOT available in Japan.) Following are the steps to earn two certifications with Linux+: 1. Earn your Linux+ 2. Once you have passed both Linux+ exams, log into your CompTIA certification account. Choose Demographics | Settings. On the Settings page check the box to have your information forwarded to LPI, then click Submit.

02/12/2018 – 02/23/2018 02/25/2018 – 05/06/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/30/2018 04/02/2018 – 06/11/2018 04/07/2018 – 06/09/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 04/23/2018 – 05/04/2018 04/29/2018 – 07/01/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 05/26/2018 – 07/28/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/20/2018

If you are getting ready for a career as an entry-level information technology (IT) professional or computer service technician, the CompTIA A+ course is the first step in your preparation. The course will build on your existing user-level knowledge and experience with personal computer (PC) software and hardware to present fundamental skills and concepts that you will use on the job. In this course, you will acquire the essential skills and information you will need to install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on PCs, digital devices, and operating systems. The CompTIA A+ course can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or

84


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional. To become certified, a student must pass two exams: CompTIA A+ exam code 220-901; and CompTIA A+ exam code 220-902. The CompTIA Network+ certification is the sign of a competent networking professional. It is an international, vendor-neutral certification that proves a technician’s competency in managing, maintaining, troubleshooting, installing and configuring basic network infrastructure. The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals. In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification. Learning Modalities

- Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Format for A+ - Multiple choice questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 675 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-901 and 700 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-902 Exam Format for N+ - Multiple Choice Questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 720 (on a scale of 100-900)


CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Prep Boot Camp

- BootCamp Training

Schedules

70 Hours | $4,250

- Online Training

12/04/2017 – 12/10/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/28/2018


03/12/2018 – 03/18/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/06/2018


85

NetCom Learning™ 06/11/2018 – 06/17/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/29/2018

CompTIA A+ Certification

NetCom Learning provides the best training for A+ and Network+ Boot Camp: In seven days you will be trained for two CompTIA A+ exams and one Network+ exam. The CompTIA A+ module can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional.

40 Hours | $2,499

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/16/2017 – 01/13/2018 01/07/2018 – 02/04/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/15/2018 – 02/14/2018 02/03/2018 – 03/03/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 02/25/2018 – 03/25/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 04/02/2018 – 05/02/2018 04/07/2018 – 05/05/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 04/29/2018 – 05/27/2018 05/26/2018 – 06/23/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/17/2018 – 07/15/2018 06/25/2018 – 07/30/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification.

If you are getting ready for a career as an entry-level information technology (IT) professional or computer service technician, the CompTIA A+ Certification (900 Series) course is the first step in your preparation. The course will build on your existing user-level knowledge and experience with personal computer (PC) software and hardware to present fundamental skills and concepts that you will use on the job. In this course, you will acquire the essential skills and information you will need to install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on PCs, digital devices, and operating systems.

The exam addresses the latest skills needed by technicians, such as basic principles on how to secure a network. The exam covers network technologies, media and topologies, devices, management, tools and security. Although not a prerequisite, it is recommended that CompTIA Network+ candidates have at least nine months of experience in network support or administration or academic training, along with a CompTIA A+ certification.

The CompTIA A+ course can benefit you in two ways. Whether you work or plan to work in a mobile or corporate environment where you have a high level of face-to-face customer interaction, where client communication and client training are important, or in an environment with limited customer interaction and an emphasis on hardware activities, this course provides the background knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. It can also assist you if you are preparing to take the

The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals.

86


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CompTIA A+ certification examinations, 2016 objectives (exam numbers 220-901 and 220-902), in order to become a CompTIA A+ Certified Professional. This international vendor-neutral certification requires that you pass two exams: CompTIA A+ Essentials Exam 220-901 and Practical Application Exam 220-902. Learning Modalities

CompTIA Network+ Certification

40 Hours | $2,499

Schedules 12/02/2017 – 12/30/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/24/2017 – 01/28/2018 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/20/2018 – 02/17/2018 02/11/2018 – 03/11/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018


02/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018

- BootCamp Training

03/10/2018 – 04/14/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

- Online Training

04/08/2018 – 05/06/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018


04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 05/07/2018 – 06/11/2018

- Onsite Training

05/12/2018 – 06/09/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018


06/03/2018 – 07/01/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

What’s Included

06/30/2018 – 07/28/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

- Facilitated Training - Books - Labs A+ Exam Format – Multiple choice questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based – Number of Questions: 90 (max) – Exam Duration: 90 minutes – Pass Score: 675 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-901 and 700 out of 900 for CompTIA A+ 220-902

The CompTIA Network+ certification is an international industry credential that validates the knowledge of networking professionals. This course teaches the fundamentals of networking and prepares students for the Network+ certification exam. Through hands-on training and exercises students learn the vendor-independent skills and concepts necessary for all networking professionals. This training addresses the latest skills needed by technicians, such as basic principles on how to secure a network. It focuses on the topics covered in the exam including network technologies, media and topologies, devices, management, tools and security. In order to be certified in the latest version of CompTIA Network+, students have to pass exam N10-006: Network+ Certification. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training -


87

NetCom Learning™ BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Format for N10-006 - Multiple Choice Questions (single and multiple response), drag and drops and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes Pass Score: 720 (on a scale of 100-900)

CompTIA Security+ CompTIA Security+ Certification

40 Hours | $1,999

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/13/2018 – 02/10/2018 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 01/23/2018 – 02/22/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 02/24/2018 – 03/24/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/06/2018 – 04/05/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 04/14/2018 – 05/12/2018 04/17/2018 – 05/17/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 05/29/2018 – 06/28/2018 06/02/2018 – 06/30/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

CompTIA Security+ (Exam SY0-401) is the primary course you will need to take if your job responsibilities include securing network services, devices, and traffic in your organization. You can also take this course to prepare for the CompTIA Security+ certification examination. In this course, you will build on your knowledge of and professional experience with security fundamentals, networks, and organizational security as you acquire the specific skills required to implement basic security services on any type of computer network. This course can benefit you in two ways. If you intend to pass the CompTIA Security+ (Exam SY0-401) certification examination, this course can be a significant part of your preparation. But certification is not the only key to professional success in the field of computer security. Today’s job

88


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

market demands individuals with demonstrable skills, and the information and activities in this course can help you build your computer security skill set so that you can confidently perform your duties in any security-related role. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Format for SY0-401 - Multiple Choice and performance-based - Number of Questions: 90 (max) - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Pass Score: 750 (on a scale of 100-900) Ask us about our Security+ DOD 8570 Compliance special pricing and onsite scheduling options.

certification is not the only key to professional success in the field of computer security. Today’s job market demands individuals with demonstrable skills, and the information and activities in this course can help you build your computer security skill set so that you can confidently perform your duties in any security-related role. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training BootCamp Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Labs Exam Voucher Ask us about our Security+ DOD 8570 Compliance special pricing and onsite scheduling options.

CompTIA Security+ Certification Prep Boot Camp

40 Hours | $2,159

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/08/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/03/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/28/2018

CompTIA Security+ (Exam SY0-401) is the primary course you will need to take if your job responsibilities include securing network services, devices, and traffic in your organization. You can also take this course to prepare for the CompTIA Security+ certification examination. In this course, you will build on your knowledge of and professional experience with security fundamentals, networks, and organizational security as you acquire the specific skills required to implement basic security services on any type of computer network. This course can benefit you in two ways. If you intend to pass the CompTIA Security+ (Exam SY0-401) certification examination, this course can be a significant part of your preparation. But Call to register: 888-563-8266

89

NetCom Learning™

CompTIA Server+

Crystal Reports

CompTIA Server+ Certification

Crystal Reports 2016 Combo

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,400

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

32 Hours | $1,790

11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017 12/12/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course builds on existing professional experience with personal computer hardware support to present the next tier of skills & concepts students will use on the job when administering any type of network server.

01/15/2018 – 01/18/2018 02/27/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/29/2018

This package is a combo of Crystal Report 2016 Level: 1 & 2

Crystal Reports 2016 Level: 1

16 Hours | $895

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/28/2017 12/12/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/16/2018 02/27/2018 – 02/28/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/27/2018

Organizations use reporting tools to access data sources and generate customized reports. Crystal Reports 2016 enhances report building and report processing techniques with a variety of features that add value to a presentation. In this course, you will create a basic report by connecting to a database and modifying the report’s presentation. Information is critical to making sound business decisions. Data presented without any formatting or structure holds little or no meaning for interpretation. Crystal Reports 2016 helps you build advanced reports with ease, presenting complex information in an understandable way.

90


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Crystal Reports 2016 Level: 2

16 Hours | $895

Schedules

Cyber Security Nexus (CSX) ISACA CSX Practitioner I: Identification and Protection

11/29/2017 – 11/30/2017 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/17/2018 – 01/18/2018

40 Hours | $4,495

03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/28/2018 – 03/29/2018

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Until now, you have used Crystal Reports to build and modify reports. You want to use the advanced functionality of Crystal Reports to generate reports in the format you desire. In this course, you will create complex reports and data sources using the tools in Crystal Reports 2016. You will not only create more sophisticated reports including subreports and cross-tabs, but you will also increase the speed and efficiency of your reports by using SQL queries. Even though you are familiar with Crystal Reports, you may take some time to study its various tools that enable you to generate reports with the desired data using advanced methods such as SQL querying. This way, you won’t be slowed down by large databases or databases with which you are unfamiliar. By creating subreports, cross-tabs, and running totals, you will turn raw data into meaningful customized reports that will help your business run more smoothly. If you work with large databases, you may find yourself faced with performance issues. In this course, you will also learn to use tools that can increase the speed with which data is retrieved.

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

In this first course in the CSX Practitioner series, you will focus on gaining key cybersecurity skills and receive foundational real-world instruction on the Identify and Protect domains. You’ll learn about topics ranging from preliminary network scanning to security control implementation. Completing multiple lab-reinforced modules, you will learn how to apply industry-developed, experience-based methods to identifying key networks, and you will learn to develop appropriate protection mechanisms. In the Identify domain, you will learn to recognize, assess, and remediate specific internal and external network threats. The Protect domain offers instruction in the basic concepts, methods, and tools associated with implementing cybersecurity controls to protect a system from the identified threats.

ISACA CSX Practitioner II: Detection

40 Hours | $4,495

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018


91

NetCom Learning™ In this second course in the CSX Practitioner series, you will go deeper into skills focused in the Detect domain. You will learn the basic concepts, methods, and tools used to leverage cybersecurity controls in order to identify system events and non-event level incidents. Completing multiple lab-reinforced modules, you will gain the skills necessary to detect potential network events and incidents. You will learn about topics ranging from incident packet analysis to drafting and generating incident response reports.

ISACA CSX Practitioner III: Respond and Recover

40 Hours | $4,495

Schedules

SOLIDWORKS Advanced Part Modeling

24 Hours | $1,295

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017

The SolidWorks Advanced Part Modeling teaches you how to use multibody solids, sweeping and lofting features, and the more advanced shaping capabilities of SOLIDWORKS. The candidates must have following their computer system. Software : SOLIDWORKS 2017, JavaScript Internet- High Speed Connection(DSL or better), Badwidth – 1 Mbps or better (broadband recommended) for simultaneous screen sharing, video and audio conferencing

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

In this final course in the CSX Practitioner series, you will gain hands-on instruction in the Respond and Recover domains. With course lecture backed up by lab sequences, you will learn how to apply professional methodology to respond to and recover from network incidents or disasters. You will discover how to contain an event and protect assets and infrastructure, and you will learn the components and procedures required for a comprehensive incident response plan. In the Respond domain, you will learn the basic concepts, methods, and tools required to draft and execute comprehensive incident response plans, provide proper isolation response documentation, and document and maintain information related to incident response. In the Recover domain, you will master the basic concepts, methods, and tools required to recuperate a system or network, and you will learn how to implement continuity and contingency plans. 92

Dassault Systemes SOLIDWORKS

Operating System – Windows XP or later, Windows 2008 Server and 2008 RT or later , (Linux is not supported) Browser (any of these) – Internet Explorer v9 or later, Mozilla Firefox v34 or later, Google Chrome v39 or later Other – Microphone and speakers (built-in or USB headset) While most computers have built-in microphones and speakers, you will get much better audio quality if you use a headset or handset.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

EC-Council Certified Network Defender (CND) EC-Council Certified Network Defender (CND)

40 Hours | $3,695

EC-Council Certified Security Analyst / Licensed Penetration Training (ECSA/LPT) EC-Council Certified Security Analyst (ECSA) v9 iClass|iWeek

40 Hours | $2,899

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Certified Network Defender (CND) is a comprehensive network security certification training program. It is a skills-based, lab intensive program based on a job-task analysis and cybersecurity education framework presented by the National Initiative of Cybersecurity Education (NICE). The course has also been mapped to global job roles and responsibilities and the Department of Defense (DoD) job roles for system/network administrators. The course is designed and developed after extensive market research and surveys. The program prepares network administrators on network security technologies and operations to attain Defense-in-Depth network security preparedness. It covers the protect, detect and respond approach to network security. The course contains hands-on labs, based on major network security tools and techniques which will provide network administrators real world expertise on current network security technologies and operations.

EC-Council’s Penetration Testing Certification Training Course – ECSA v9 iClass|iWeek takes the skills taught in our CEH course to the next level by offering cyber security professionals a pen test methodology deployed through its hand-on component; EC-Council’s online cyber range. The ECSA penetration tester course was designed by professionals to teach ethical hackers how to apply their hacking skills (Not limited to but including The Five Phases of Ethical Hacking) in a pen test scenario. The scenarios cover the testing of modern infrastructures, operating systems and application environments while teaching the students how to document and write a penetration testing report. Each candidate will be required to write and submit a penetration test report which they will develop throughout the course and which will be based on the labs in the course delivered via EC-Council iLabs cyber range platform. Only candidates who can successfully complete the challenges and pass the report writing portion of the course will be allowed to take the EC-Council Certified Security Analyst (ECSA) certification exam. What’s Included - Instructor-led live online training Official courseware - Access to EC-Council’s official Online lab environment (iLabs) - Certification Voucher


93

NetCom Learning™

F5 Networking F5 Networks Administering BIG-IP

16 Hours | $2,000

Google AdWords & Google Analytics Google Analytics & AdWords Combo

32 Hours | $1,998

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/05/2017

Schedules

This course gives network administrators, network operators, and network engineers a functional understanding of the BIG-IP system as it is commonly deployed in an application delivery network. In this course, you will be introduced to the BIG-IP system, its configuration objects, how it processes traffic, and how typical administrative and operational activities are performed.

F5 Networks Configuring BIG-IP LTM: Local Traffic Manager v13

24 Hours | $2,995

01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/15/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/17/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/26/2018

This combo is comprises of the following courses (1) Introduction to Google Analytics (2) Introduction to Google Adwords.

Introduction to Google AdWords

16 Hours | $999

Schedules 11/01/2017 – 11/02/2017 01/10/2018 – 01/11/2018

Schedules 11/01/2017 – 11/03/2017

This course gives network professionals a functional understanding of BIG-IP Local Traffic Manager, introducing students to both commonly used and advanced BIG-IP LTM features and functionality. Incorporating lecture, extensive hands-on labs, and classroom discussion, the course helps students build the well-rounded skill set needed to manage BIG-IP LTM systems as part of a flexible and high

03/14/2018 – 03/15/2018 05/16/2018 – 05/17/2018 07/25/2018 – 07/26/2018

In today’s technologically connected society, people have access to information almost everywhere they go on a variety of devices. All strong marketing campaigns should incorporate some form of web-based advertising. Google AdWords is a web-based advertising tool that allows individuals and organizations to advertise on the Internet. Google AdWords is the most popular web advertising tool and operates on the largest connected set of networks, Google’s networks. Google AdWords is simple to start using, but is difficult to master. AdWords campaigns have many components that must work together well to create an effective ad campaign. Managing an AdWords campaign involves constant monitoring, analysis, and refinement to improve campaign performance.

94


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

In this course, you will create a Google AdWords account and an AdWords campaign. You will refine and optimize aspects of your AdWords campaigns from ads, to keywords, to bidding, to budgets

Introduction to Google Analytics

16 Hours | $999

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/09/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/13/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/15/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/24/2018

Although it is easy to start using Google Analytics, its robust and complex suite of tools will take time to master. In this course, you will create a Google Analytics account, create multiple web properties to monitor, and tag website pages with Google Analytics tracking code. You will then create multiple views for collecting and analyzing data, and create filters, goals, and funnels for your views. You will then use Google Analytics real-time reports and dashboards to perform quick analysis of your monitored websites. Finally, you will perform more in-depth analysis of website data by using Google Analytics reports.

Every business and organization has a web presence. It may be a single website or multiple websites, mobile applications, or any combination. However your organization presents itself on the web, managing its web presence is vital to its success. Knowing how people and customers interact with your websites and mobile applications can provide potent insights into how well the messages, pages, and other content on your website is received. By monitoring, tracking, and analyzing visitors to your website and their activities on your website, you can draw conclusions about the effectiveness of your site content, promotions, and advertising campaigns and technical details such as site architecture and navigation. Google Analytics is a robust analytics suite that is integrated with Google’s data and other application service offerings such as AdWords and AdSense. Google Analytics is free to use and easy to set up. It allows your organization to track user actions on your web properties and use Google Analytics’ rich reporting and analysis tools to analyze data, measure discrete interactions on your site, and qualify the success of your web initiatives. With Google Analytics, you can define success metrics for your website and measure that performance through data analysis. Google Analytics also lets you monitor your site in real-time, and provide alerts when events occur that are out of the norm. Call to register: 888-563-8266

95

NetCom Learning™

Google Cloud Architecting with Google Cloud Platform: Design and Process

16 Hours | $1,295

deploying practical solutions including securely interconnecting networks, customer-supplied encryption keys, security and access management, quotas and billing, and resource monitoring.

Schedules 11/09/2017 – 11/10/2017

Data Engineering on Google Cloud Platform

12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018

32 Hours | $2,495

02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/08/2018 – 03/09/2018

Schedules

This two-day instructor-led class equips you to build highly reliable and efficient solutions on Google Cloud Platform. It is a continuation of the Architecting with Google Cloud Platform: Infrastructure course and assumes hands-on experience with the technologies covered in that course. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, you will learn to design GCP deployments that are highly reliable and secure as well as how to operate GCP deployments in a highly available and cost-effective manner.

11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/25/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/22/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/22/2018

This four-day instructor-led class provides you with a hands-on introduction to designing and building data processing systems on Google Cloud Platform. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hand-on labs, you will learn how to design data processing systems, build end-to-end data pipelines, analyze data and carry out machine learning. The course covers structured, unstructured, and streaming data.

Architecting with Google Cloud Platform: Infrastructure

24 Hours | $1,995

Schedules

16 Hours | $1,495

11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017

02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018

This three-day instructor-led class introduces you to the comprehensive and flexible infrastructure and platform services provided by Google Cloud Platform. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, you will explore and deploy solution elements, including infrastructure components such as networks, systems and applications services. This course also covers

96

Data to Insights with Google Cloud Platform

12/28/2017 – 12/29/2017 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/01/2018 – 03/02/2018 03/29/2018 – 03/30/2018

Want to know how to query and process petabytes of data in seconds? Curious about data analysis that


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

scales automatically as your data grows? Welcome to the Data Insights course! This two-day, instructor-led course teaches participants how to derive insights through data analysis and visualization using the Google Cloud Platform. The course features interactive scenarios and hands-on labs where participants explore, mine, load, visualize, and extract insights from diverse Google BigQuery datasets. The course covers data loading, querying, schema modeling, optimizing performance, query pricing, and data visualization.

Google Cloud Fundamentals: Big Data and Machine Learning

8 Hours | $599

01/26/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/02/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/09/2018 – 03/09/2018

This one-day instructor-led class provides an overview of Google Cloud Platform products and services. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, you will learn the value of Google Cloud Platform and how to incorporate cloud-based solutions into business strategies.

Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals for AWS Professionals

6 Hours | $599

Schedules 12/01/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/05/2018 – 01/05/2018 02/02/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/02/2018 – 03/02/2018

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/20/2017 12/15/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/09/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/23/2018 – 03/23/2018

This one-day instructor-led course introduces participants to the big data capabilities of Google Cloud Platform. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, you will get an overview of the Google Cloud platform and a detailed view of the data processing and machine learning capabilities. This course showcases the ease, flexibility, and power of big data solutions on Google Cloud Platform.

Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals for AWS Professionals course with labs introduces AWS professionals to the core capabilities of Google Cloud Platform (GCP) in the four technology pillars: networking, compute, storage, and database. It is designed for AWS Solution Architects and SysOps Administrators familiar with AWS features and setup and want to gain experience configuring GCP products immediately. With presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, participants get details of similarities, differences, and initial how-tos quickly.

Google Cloud Fundamentals: Core Infrastructure

Understanding the Cloud Business Application & Vendor Landscape

Schedules

Schedules

8 Hours | $599

11/10/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/08/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/05/2018 – 01/05/2018

8 Hours | $1,095

11/03/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/17/2017 – 11/17/2017


97

NetCom Learning™ You know the basics of cloud technology and you窶决e ready to adopt it at your organization, but choosing a provider has proven to be confusing. With the large number of cloud providers, and many of them offering similar products and services, it is hard to determine who to trust with your data. Migrating all or part of your business to the cloud will impact your organization, and it is important to remember that the provider you choose will do the same. Through case study scenarios and hands-on exercises, this course teaches you how to research providers and differentiate between contenders. Given a list of common business needs, you will use the examples of big cloud players such as Google Cloud, Amazon Web Services (AWS), Microsoft Azure, and IBM Bluemix to research the appropriate provider to meet those needs. You will learn how to assess how well a provider fulfills required services and regulatory requirements. Once you have narrowed your field of choices, you will learn how to interpret the ratings according to given business needs. You will leave this class with the tools and information you need to map your own business requirements to one or more cloud-based solutions, do your own research, and ask the right questions to determine the solution that best meets your needs.

98

IBM Business Process Management Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5

40 Hours | $3,500

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

The course covers how to configure both Process Center and Process Server in a network deployment environment. You learn about the various deployment topologies available for both Process Center and Process Server. The course also teaches you about the selection criteria for choosing an appropriate deployment topology.

IBM Cognos Framework Manager Design Metadata Models (V10.2.2)

40 Hours | $4,000

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

IBM Cognos Framework Manager: Design Metadata Models (V10.2.2) is designed to provide you with introductory to advanced knowledge of metadata modeling concepts, and how to model metadata for predictable reporting and analysis results using Framework Manager. You will learn the full scope of the metadata modeling process, from initial project creation, to publishing of metadata to the Web, enabling end users to easily author reports and analyze data.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

IBM Cloud

IBM DataBase

Administering IBM Operational Decision Manager V8.5

Essentials for IBM Cognos Analytics (v11.0)

Schedules

Schedules

32 Hours | $2,800

12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

40 Hours | $4,495

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course introduces administrators to IBM Operational Decision Manager (ODM) V8.5. You learn the concepts and skills that are necessary to install, configure, and manage Decision Server Rules, Decision Server Events, and Decision Center.

This accelerated offering is intended for core project team members wanting to acquire a broad understanding of IBM Cognos Analytic platform implementation. During the ILT segments, participants will perform hands-on demonstrations and exercises that cover three essential topic areas: modeling, report authoring, and administration of IBM Cognos Analytics. During the WBT portion of the course, students will be required to complete 16.5 hours of eLearning (6 WBTs and 1 recording). eLearning: - IBM Cognos for Microsoft Office: Integrate with Microsoft Office (v10.1/10.2) - IBM Cognos BI Event Studio: Create and Manage Agents (v8.4/10.1) - IBM Cognos Transformer: Create PowerCubes (v10.1) - IBM Cognos Analytics for Consumers (v11.0) - IBM Cognos Analytics: Create Dashboards (v11.0) - IBM Cognos Analytics: Create Data Modules (v11.0) IBM Cognos Administration (v11.0)


Analytics:

Departmental

99

NetCom Learning™

IBM Cognos Analytics – Author Reports with Multidimensional Data (V11.0)

16 Hours | $1,595

Schedules

IBM iOT Administering IBM Web Content Manager 8.0

16 Hours | $1,400

11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017

Schedules This course is designed to guide report authors in building on their expertise with IBM Cognos Analytics by applying dimensional techniques to reports. Through interactive demonstrations and exercises, participants will learn how to author reports that navigate and manipulate dimensional data structures using the specific dimensional functions and features available in IBM Cognos Analytics.

12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017

In this class, you will learn about administration tasks and concepts.

Advanced IBM Web Content Manager 8.0 concepts

16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules

IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials v11.3

32 Hours | $2,800

12/28/2017 – 12/29/2017


Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/16/2017

Data transformation has become one of the crucial tasks while managing information and business analysis. If the data is properly transformed; an organization complete potential can be unlocked. The IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials let the enterprises to integrate the data from multiple systems and extends the metadata management scope. Also, the parallel framework enables the organization to improve the connectivity.

100


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

IBM Rational Software

IBM Security Systems

Essentials of IBM Rational Rhapsody for Systems Engineers V8.1.1

Basics of z/OS RACF Administration

32 Hours | $3,200

Schedules

40 Hours | $4,095

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

11/13/2017 – 11/16/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

In this course you learn the techniques required to use the Systems Modeling Language (SysML V1.3) and Rational Rhapsody to solve a complex system engineering problem. Through the use of hands-on exercises creating “real world” applications, you build a strong foundation in SysML and Rhapsody. The process by which models are created is explored through the creation of a “real-world” systems engineering model. The essential SysML diagrams for Requirements Analysis, System Functional Analysis, System Design Synthesis, are explored in the exercises. In this course, you learn how to use Rhapsody to build a model of a filling station. New in this version of the course is the coverage of executable token-based activity diagrams, Metrics views, OSLC-based requirements linking and SysML 1.3 Proxy Ports and Interface Blocks

This course begins with an introduction to the z/OS environment, TSO and ISPF/PDF, batch processing, and z/OS data sets. Hands-on labs allow you to gain experience with viewing and allocating data sets, submitting a batch job, and viewing job output. After the introduction to z/OS, you will then learn, through lecture and exercises, how to use basic RACF command parameters and panels to define users and groups, protect general resources, z/OS data sets, and choose a basic set of RACF options.


101

NetCom Learning™

IBM Server Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5.5

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

In this introductory course, you learn the skills that are needed to install, configure, and administer IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5.5. IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5.5 includes IBM Process Server, IBM Integration Designer, IBM Process Designer, IBM Process Center, and WebSphere Enterprise Service Bus. This course focuses on IBM Process Server, which is a high-performance business engine at the heart of business process management (BPM) and service-oriented architecture (SOA). The course covers how to configure both Process Center and Process Server in a network deployment environment. You learn about the various deployment topologies available for both environments. The course also teaches you about the selection criteria for choosing an appropriate deployment topology. You learn how Business Process Manager uses the service integration bus (WebSphere Platform Messaging) for all asynchronous communications. To build a highly available Process Server architecture, you must understand how the service integration bus works, and know how to integrate it into the design of a topology. Hands-on exercises on the Linux operating system are provided throughout the course, giving you practical experience with designing, deploying, and troubleshooting a highly available Process Server environment. Through the labs, you configure both Process Center and Process Server in a network deployment environment and verify the configuration. You deploy a basic application and use

102

it to test the capabilities of the Process Server environment. You examine applications in Process Center and deploy applications to both an online and an offline Process Server environment. Finally, you integrate the deployment manager with IBM Tivoli Directory Server and secure the environment. This course provides lab exercises running on IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5.5. The lab environment for this course uses the Linux platform.

CICS V5 CICSPlex System Manager Administration

32 Hours | $3,200

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

This advanced-level course teaches you how to install, configure, and use CICS TS System Manager components and functions.

IBM BigFix Platform Foundations

24 Hours | $2,395

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

IBM BigFix (formerly IBM Endpoint Manager) combines endpoint and security management into a single solution that enables your team to see and manage physical and virtual endpoints. Rapidly remediate, protect, and report on endpoints in real-time by automating time-intensive tasks across complex networks, controlling costs, reducing risk, and supporting compliance. This course presents basic and intermediate level knowledge to help users in administrator and operator roles of the product to develop the knowledge they need to successfully


Course Catalog leverage this environments.

Over 1,000 Courses product

in

their

managed

IBM InfoSphere Information Server Administrative Tasks V11.5

8 Hours | $700

Schedules

IBM Cognos Analytics – Enterprise Administration v11.0

24 Hours | $2,100

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

This course provides training to new administrators on the fundamental tasks of installing and configuring IBM Cognos Analytics, and administering servers and content in the environment. In the course, participants will install and configure the IBM Cognos Analytics software, implement security, and manage the server components. Students will also monitor and schedule tasks, create data sources, and manage and deploy content in the portal and IBM Cognos Administration.

11/10/2017 – 11/10/2017

This course gets those charged with administering Information Server v11.5 and its suite of many products and components started with the basic administrative tasks necessary to support Information Server users and developers. The course begins with a functional overview of Information Server and the products and components that support these functions. Then it focuses on the basic administrative tasks an Information Server administrator will need to perform including user management, session management, and reporting management tasks. The course covers both the use of Information Server administrative clients such as the Administration Console and Metadata Asset Manager and the use of command line tools such as istool and encrypt.

IBM InfoSphere BigMatch v11.4 for Apache Hadoop

16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017

The IBM InfoSphere Big Match on Hadoop course will introduce students to the Probabilistic Matching Engine (PME) and how it can be used to resolve and discover entities across multiple data sets in Hadoop. Students will learn the basics of a PME algorithm including data model configuration, standardization, comparison and bucketing functions, weight generation, and threshold.


103

NetCom Learning™

IBM Storage Track

IBM System

DFSMS Implementation

IBM Cognos Report Studio Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2)

40 Hours | $4,100

Schedules

24 Hours | $2,100

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Schedules This course provides the skills required to plan and implement Data Facility Storage Management Subsystem (DFSMS). A step-by-step implementation strategy, emphasizing coexistence considerations, is reinforced by hands-on labs. In the hands-on labs, students will be creating constructs as well as coding ACS routines. This milestone approach includes managing temporary and permanent data sets. The course also discusses exploitation of functions provided by DFSMS as the installation evolves to the DFSMS environment.

DFSMShsm Implementation

40 Hours | $4,100

Schedules

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2) training course is designed for professional report authors to learn report building techniques using relational data models, and methods of enhancing, customizing, and managing professional reports. Attendees will participate in hands-on demos and workshops that illustrate key concepts while learning how to use the product.

IBM InfoSphere Advanced DataStage – Parallel Framework v11.5

24 Hours | $2,400

Schedules

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

This course prepares you to implement and manage DFSMShsm (DFSMS hierarchical storage manager). You will learn how to automate the storage management tasks, which optimize DASD space utilization and provide data availability. You will be taught basic DFSMShsm terminology and concepts, and you will examine the functions and interfaces used to tailor DFSMShsm processing to meet your installation’s storage management requirements.

This course is designed to introduce advanced parallel job development techniques in DataStage v11.5. In this course you will develop a deeper understanding of the DataStage architecture, including a deeper understanding of the DataStage development and runtime environments. This will enable you to design parallel jobs that are robust, less subject to errors, reusable, and optimized for better performance.

Hands-on lab exercises enable you to perform a step-by-step implementation.

104


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Information Management

DB2 10 for z/OS Implementation Workshop

DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for AIX

Schedules

40 Hours | $3,350

32 Hours | $2,680

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017

This course teaches you to perform, basic database administrative tasks using DB2 10.1 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented, including using the db2diag.log file messages to direct your investigation of problems, as well as using the db2pd commands.

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course is for installers of DB2 10 z/OS and/or migration to DB2 11 for z/OS using the Install CLIST. The participants are involved in lectures that explain DB2 11 components and pointers, and the processes used to install or migrate from DB2 10 for z/OS. To reinforce the lectures, a series of labs are provided to give each participant hands-on experience installing DB2 10 for z/OS and migrating to DB2 11 for z/OS.

DB2 10.5 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows Quickstart for Experienced Relational DBAs

32 Hours | $3,200

Schedules

DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for Linux and Windows

32 Hours | $2,680

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/16/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

This course teaches you to perform basic database administrative tasks using DB2 10.1 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented including using the db2diag.log file messages to direct your investigation of problems as well as using the db2pd commands.

12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

This course teaches you to perform, basic and advanced, database administrative tasks using DB2 10.5 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented, including using various db2pd command options. Students will learn how to implement automatic archival for database logs and how to plan a redirected database restore to relocate either selected table spaces or an entire database. The REBUILD option of RESTORE, which can build a database copy with a subset of the tablespaces, will be discussed. We will also cover using the TRANSPORT option of RESTORE to copy schemas of objects between two DB2 databases. The selection of indexes to improve application performance and


105

NetCom Learning™ the use of SQL statements to track database performance and health will be covered. This course provides a quick start to DB2 database administration skills for experienced relational Database Administrators (DBA).

DB2 for LUW Performance Tuning and Monitoring Workshop – DB2 10.1

32 Hours | $2,680

different environments. This course is appropriate for customers working in all DB2 environments, specifically for z/OS, Linux, UNIX, and Windows.

IBM InfoSphere Information Analysis 9.1

32 Hours | $3,400

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

Learn how to tune for optimum performance the IBM DB2 10.1 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows relational database management system and associated applications written for this environment. Learn about DB2 10 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows in a single partition database environment. Explore performance issues affecting the design of the database and applications using the database, the major database performance parameters, and the different tools that assist in performance monitoring and tuning. Use tools in class that are common across the Linux, UNIX, and Windows environments. During labs running on DB2 10.1, develop your ability to use monitoring tools. Explain tools and DB2 utilities like RUNSTATS, REORG and db2batch to tune a database running on your local Linux workstation.

You will learn how to use the IBM InfoSphere suite to analyze data and report results to business users. Information discovered during analysis will be used to construct data rules. This course will also explore techniques for delivering data analysis results to ETL developers and show how to develop more meaningful meta data to reflect data discovery results. An information analysis methodology and a case study will be used to guide hands-on labs. This course introduces the concepts and methods used to perform information analysis. IBM InfoSphere Information Analyzer, Business Glossary, and QualityStage will be used to perform data profiling,data assessment and meta data enrichment tasks.

DB2 SQL Workshop for Experienced Users

24 Hours | $2,010

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017

This course teaches you how to make use of advanced SQL techniques to access DB2 databases in

106


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

ITIL Expert

- Online Training

ITIL-MALC: Expert Level: Managing Across the Lifecycle with Certification Exam

40 Hours | $3,095

01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

Course Preparation

03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The ITILﾂｮ Expert level certification is aimed at those who are interested in demonstrating knowledge of the ITIL Scheme in its entirety. The certificate is awarded to candidates who have achieved a range of ITIL certifications and have achieved a well rounded, superior knowledge and skills base in ITIL Best Practices. ITIL Expert Level: Managing Across the Lifecycle training will benefit you in both your personal and professional development, by aiding career advancement and progress within the IT Service Management field The ITIL Expert Level: Managing Across the Lifecycle certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs.


- Onsite Training - One-on-One Training

Schedules

Learning Modalities


- You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Certification ITIL Expert Level: Managing Across the Lifecycle (MALC) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Managing Across the Lifecycle (MALC) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format


107

NetCom Learning™ - Multiple choice examination questions

ITIL Foundation

- Number of Questions: 10

ITIL Foundation with Certification Exam

24 Hours | $2,095

- Pass Score: 35/50 or 70%

Schedules

- Exam Duration: 120 minutes

01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018

- Open/Closed Book: Closed Book

03/26/2018 – 03/28/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/13/2018

Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL MALC certificate, the participants earn five credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) Foundation certification training course from NetCom Learning provides an insight into the fundamentals of the globally adopted framework for IT Service Management. The ITIL Foundation courses focus on basic concepts of the ITIL Service Lifecycle and how it influences IT Service Management across private and public organizations. Conducted via ITILﾂｮ Foundation training online and instructor-led media, the course delivers an introduction to the five core elements of IT Service Management processes. The candidates learn about aligning IT goals with business objectives, along with improving the overall quality of operation and reducing operational costs. Learners are provided with real-world projects, assessments, and presentations to prepare competently for their ITIL Foundation certification exam. The program explains the key concepts and principles of the ITIL Service Management model, providing comprehensive coverage of the knowledge required for this entry-level qualification. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITPreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training - Corporate Training

108


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

- Onsite Training




Course Preparation


- You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions


- You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials

Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Foundation certificate, the participants earn two credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Voucher Exam Name - ITIL Foundation Certificate Exam Certification - ITIL Foundation Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Foundation exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions


109

NetCom Learning™

ITIL Intermediate ITIL-CSI: Intermediate Lifecycle: ITIL Continual Service Improvement with Certification Exam

24 Hours | $2,495

Schedules

NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training

12/13/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/31/2018 – 02/02/2018 05/09/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/27/2018 – 06/29/2018

- Corporate Training - Onsite Training

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail.

Course Preparation

The Continual Service Improvement (CSI) module is one of the certifications within the ITILﾂｮ Service Lifecycle work stream. This module focuses on the principles and techniques from the Continual Service Improvement stage of the ITIL Lifecycle, but does not go into detail about specific processes.

- You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study

ITIL Intermediate Lifecycle: Continual Service Improvement certification focuses on how organizations and individuals can strategically review the products and services they have produced following the strategy, design, transition and operation stages of the IT Service Lifecycle and offers guidance on how this process should be organized and executed. It also includes guidance on the tools and technology that can be used to support CSI activities as well as how to evaluate risks and critical success factors. The ITIL Continual Service Improvement certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam.

110



- Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Exam Name ITIL Continual Service Improvement (CSI) Certificate Exam Certification ITIL Continual Service Improvement (CSI) Certificate Exam Information


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

The ITIL Continual Service Improvement (CSI) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways:

focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail.

- On the last day of the course, in-class exam

It is part of the ITILﾂｮ Intermediate Service Capability certification stream. This stream includes other modules, namely, Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO), Service Offerings and Agreements (SOA), and Release, Control and Validation (RCV).

- In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format

ITIL Intermediate Service Capability: Operational Support and Analysis (OSA) training focuses on the implementation of OSA practices to streamline incident, access, problems, technical and IT operations and application management. ITIL Operational Support & Analysis course gains comprehensive understanding of the ITIL processes and OSA practices to ensure cost-effective IT support services in the organization and deliver standardized support services to the customers.

- Multiple choice examination questions - Number of Questions: 8 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Continual Service Improvement certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification.

The ITIL Operational Support and Analysis certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs.

ITIL-OSA: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Operational Support and Analysis with Certification Exam

40 Hours | $3,095

Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018


02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

- Onsite Training

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications

- One-on-One Training Course Preparation


111

NetCom Learning™ - You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials

- Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Operational Support and Analysis certificate, the participants earn four credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher

ITIL-PPO: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Planning, Protection, and Optimization with Certification Exam

Exam Name - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Operational Support and Analysis (OSA) Certificate Exam

- ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Support and Analysis (OSA) Certificate

Operational

Exam Information The ITIL Operational Support and Analysis (OSA) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions

112

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

Certification


40 Hours | $3,095

04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. This course is part of the ITILﾂｮ Intermediate Service Capability certification stream. The other modules in this stream are: ITILﾂｮ-RCV: Intermediate Capability: ITILﾂｮ Release Control and Validation with Certification Exam, ITILﾂｮ-OSA: Intermediate Capability: ITILﾂｮ Operational Support and Analysis with Certification Exam, and ITILﾂｮ SOA: Intermediate Capability: ITILﾂｮ Service Offerings and Agreements with Certification Exam. ITIL Intermediate Service Capability: Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO) training course focuses on the practical application of PPO practices to ensure IT service continuity, availability and


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

capacity, and information security and demand management. The program develops participants窶・understanding of the ITIL Service Design processes. This training is conducted by certified instructors through different delivery methods, including ITIL Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO) online training and classroom classes. Participants gain valuable expertise in technology architecture, processes and measurement systems, methods and metrics of IT Service Management, and prepare extensively for ITIL Certificate in Planning, Protection and Optimization. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities

- Exam Voucher Exam Name - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO) Certificate Exam Certification - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Planning, Protection and Optimization exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam


- In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online)

- Online Training

- At your convenience, at an eligible testing center


Exam Format

- Onsite Training

- Multiple choice examination questions



Course Preparation




- You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included

- Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Planning, Protection and Optimization (PPO) Certificate, the participants earn four credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

- Facilitated Training - Books


113

NetCom Learning™

ITIL-RCV: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Release Control and Validation with Certification Exam

40 Hours | $3,095

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018

- Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training - Corporate Training - Onsite Training

03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018


The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The Release, Control and Validation (RCV) module is one of the qualifications in the ITILﾂｮ Service Capability work stream. The module focuses on the practical application of RCV practices in order to enable the successful planning, testing and implementation of new services that meet the organization or users’s needs. ITIL RCV course is designed to develop organizations or individuals understanding of the ITIL Service Transition processes. It can ensure transitional changes are effectively managed, new services are validated and tested and that release and deployment fulfil organizational requirements. RCV also provides guidance on evaluating change and managing knowledge to improve decision-making processes. The ITIL Release, Control and Validation certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs.

Course Preparation - You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Exam Name ITIL Release, Control and Validation (RCV) Certificate Exam Certification ITIL Release, Control and Validation (RCV) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Release, Control and Validation (RCV) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam

Learning Modalities

114


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses


documentation that will enable you to design services that meet the needs of the organization or programme.

- At your convenience, at an eligible testing center course introduces the purpose, principles and processes of service design and will also teach you how to organize and implement this as part of overall service management as well as providing guidance on technology-related activities and considerations. It also demonstrates how service design relates to the other stages of the ITIL Service Lifecycle.

Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions - Number of Questions: 8 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Release, Control and Validation certificate, the participants earn four credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

The ITIL Service Design certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training

ITIL-SD: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Design with Certification Exam

24 Hours | $2,495

Schedules

- Online Training - Corporate Training

02/07/2018 – 02/09/2018

- Onsite Training

04/04/2018 – 04/06/2018 07/11/2018 – 07/13/2018


The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The Service Design (SD) module is one of the certifications within the ITILﾂｮ Service Lifecycle work stream. It focuses on the design of IT services and covers the architectures, processes, policies and

Course Preparation - You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials


115

NetCom Learning™ What’s Included

- Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Service Design certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

- Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher

ITIL-SO: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Operation with Certification Exam

Exam Name ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Design (SD) Certificate Exam Certification ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Design (SD) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Service Design (SD) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions - Number of Questions: 8 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits

116

24 Hours | $2,495

Schedules 01/03/2018 – 01/05/2018 04/11/2018 – 04/13/2018 05/30/2018 – 06/01/2018

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The Service Operation (SO) module is one of the certifications within the ITILﾂｮ Service Lifecycle work stream. This module focuses on the principles, processes, operational activities and functions that enable organizations and individuals to successfully manage how their products and services perform. These activities can also help improve their IT Service Management. ITIL SO module focuses on the coordination and execution of activities that enable the ongoing management and operation of the products or services developed or implemented during the service strategy, design and transition phases of the IT Service Lifecycle as well as any technology and support resources that are used to deliver them. The ITIL Service Operation certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities

Exam Information The ITIL Service Operation (SO) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam



- Online Training



Exam Format

- Onsite Training




Course Preparation




- You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included

- Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Service Operation certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification


- Exam Voucher

ITIL-SOA: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Service Offerings and Agreements with Certification Exam

Exam Name

Schedules

- Books

40 Hours | $3,095

ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Operation (SO) Certificate Exam Certification ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Operation (SO) Certificate

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications


117

NetCom Learning™ focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The Service Offerings and Agreements (SOA) module is one of the certifications in the ITILﾂｮ Service Capability work stream. The module focuses on the practical application of SOA practices in order to enable portfolio, service level, service catalogue, demand, supplier and financial management. The ITIL Service Offerings and Agreements certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training

- Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Exam Name ITIL Intermediate Service Offerings and Agreements (SOA) Certificate Exam Certification ITIL Intermediate Service Offerings and Agreements (SOA) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Service Offerings and Agreements (SOA) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam

- Online Training




- Onsite Training

Exam Format



Course Preparation





- Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits

- Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included

118

- Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Service Offerings and Agreements certificate, the


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

participants earn four credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training

ITIL-SS: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Strategy with Certification Exam

24 Hours | $2,495

- Corporate Training - Onsite Training - One-on-One Training

Schedules 01/24/2018 – 01/26/2018

Course Preparation

03/14/2018 – 03/16/2018 06/20/2018 – 06/22/2018

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. It is part of the ITILﾂｮ Intermediate Service LifeCycle stream. This stream includes other modules, namely, Service Design, Service Transition, Service Operations, and Continual Service Improvement. ITIL Intermediate Service LifeCycle: Service Strategy (SS) training prepares the candidates with the knowledge and skills to design, develop, and implement service provider strategy that aligns to the organizational strategy. Detailed information is provided to understand the principles, techniques and relationships for the creation of effective service strategies. The ITIL Service Strategy certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by the industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge to prepare for the certification exam and implement in the workplace. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs.

- You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials What’s Included - Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Exam Name - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Strategy (SS) Certificate Exam Certification - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Strategy (SS) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Service Strategy (SS) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways:


119

NetCom Learning™ - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions - Number of Questions: 8 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes - Open/Closed Book: Closed Book Credits - Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Service Strategy certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

ITIL-ST: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Transition with Certification Exam

24 Hours | $2,495

Schedules

ITIL Service Transition module will teach you how to plan and manage the move into initial operation for the new or revised resources created during the Service Strategy and Service Design stages of the ITIL Service Lifecycle. In addition to providing guidance on techniques for organizing and managing the transition, the certification also covers management of technology considerations and challenges and risks. The ITIL Service Transition certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam. NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITpreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training - Online Training

11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/17/2018 – 01/19/2018


04/25/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/13/2018 – 06/15/2018

- Onsite Training

The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The Service Transition (ST) module is one of the certifications within the ITILﾂｮ Service Lifecycle work 120

stream. This module focuses on the process and practice elements and management techniques required to build, test and implement products and services. It also demonstrates how service transition can apply to other stages of the IT Service lifecycle and can underpin decisions during the Strategy and Operations phases.

- One-on-One Training Course Preparation - You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses



- Review your ITIL Foundation course materials

- Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Service Transition certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

What’s Included

Credits

- Facilitated Training - Books - Exam Voucher Exam Name - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Transition (ST) Certificate Exam Certification - ITIL Intermediate Qualification: Service Transition (ST) Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Service Transition (ST) exam can be taken in any of the following three ways: - On the last day of the course, in-class exam - In the comfort of your home and at any time, after the course completion via PeopleCert (online) - At your convenience, at an eligible testing center Exam Format - Multiple choice examination questions - Number of Questions: 8 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70% - Exam Duration: 90 minutes


121

NetCom Learning™

ITIL Practitioner ITIL Practitioner with Certification Exam

16 Hours | $1,950

NetCom is an Accredited Training Affiliate in partnership with ITPreneurs. Learning Modalities - Instructor-led Classroom Training

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/19/2017

- Online Training

02/05/2018 – 02/06/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/22/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/10/2018


The IT Infrastructure Libraryﾂｮ (ITILﾂｮ) certification scheme, providing a modular approach to the ITIL framework, is comprised of a series of qualifications focused on different aspects of ITIL best practice to various degrees of depth and detail. The ITILﾂｮ Practitioner certification offers practical guidance on how to adopt and adapt the ITIL framework to support your business’ objectives. It is the next step after ITIL Foundation for professionals who have already learned the basics of IT Service Management (ITSM). ITIL Practitioner does not replace any of the existing ITIL certifications.

- Onsite Training - One-on-One Training Course Preparation - You will receive a course study book including case studies and sample exam questions - You should acquire and read the ITIL Service Design core publication, which you should read as part of personal study - Review your ITIL Foundation course materials

ITIL Practitioner certification covers the Continual Service Improvement (CSI) approach as the way to structure any improvement initiatives. It also covers three key areas crucial for success of any improvement initiatives:

What’s Included

- Organizational Change Management

- Exam Voucher

- Communication

Exam Name

- Measurement and Metrics.

ITIL Practitioner certification Certificate Exam

The ITIL Practitioner certificate training is available in different delivery modalities including interactive online classes and instructor-led classroom training. This training is conducted by industry experts who help the participants gain valuable practical knowledge and prepare for their certification exam.

Certification

- Facilitated Training - Books

ITIL Practitioner certification Certificate Exam Information The ITIL Practitioner exam can be taken in any of the following three ways:

122


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

- On the last day of the course, in-class exam

Lotus


Administering IBM Web Content Manager 8.0


16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017

Exam Format - Multiple choice questions based on scenario


- Number of Questions: 40 - Pass Score: 28/40 or 70%

Building the IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 Infrastructure


16 Hours | $1,200

- Open/Closed Book: Open Book Schedules

Credits

12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

- Upon successfully achieving the ITIL Practitioner certificate, the participants earn three credits toward their ITIL Expert certification

The course is designed to introduce IBM Lotus Domino system administrators to the process of establishing an IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 environment. It provides students with hands-on practice with installing Lotus Domino servers and clients; configuring users, groups, and administrative tools; and configuring, managing, and troubleshooting mail.

Developing IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2 Applications Advanced XPage Design

16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules 11/09/2017 – 11/10/2017

This advanced course builds upon the skills you obtained in the Developing IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2 Applications: Intermediate XPages through informative lectures and discussions and hands-on labs.


123

NetCom Learning™

Developing IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2 Applications Intermediate XPage Design

24 Hours | $1,950

Schedules

Mainframe Servers An Introduction to the z/OS Environment

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course is designed for this course is experienced application developers who have developed basic IBM Lotus Domino XPage applications and who need to create advanced applications using XPages. You will be able to use the features and functions of IBM Lotus Domino Designer 8.5.2 to analyze their project needs and determine whether to use form-based architecture to the XPage-based architecture, plan and style user interface enhancements, integrate their XPage application with multiple databases, and debug an existing XPage application.

IBM Domino 9 Administration Fundamentals

40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

In this course, you will be introduced to basic concepts that provide the foundation for IBM Domino and IBM Notes and practice performing basic administration tasks using the IBM Domino Administrator client and install and configure a basic infrastructure with a single domain to perform standard server maintenance and troubleshooting tasks

This course is an overview of the z/OS operating systems and services for non-MVS IS technical personnel.

Basic z/OS Tuning Using the Workload Manager

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

This course is designed for new performance analysts to learn to work with the Workload Manager (WLM) in goal mode. Learn concepts of WLM and performance management in the z/OS system using the WLM. Learn how to analyze Resource Monitoring Facility (RMF) reports and implement service definitions using the WLM Interactive System Productivity Facility (ISPF) application. The course uses z/OS hands-on lab exercises to reinforce the concepts and techniques discussed in lecture.

Exploiting the Advanced Features of RACF

32 Hours | $4,065

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017

124


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course teaches you how to implement the new facilities available in RACF. Over one-half of the class time is devoted to the RACF Remote Sharing Facility (RRSF). Through a combination of classroom lecture and hands-on lab exercises, you will learn how to establish an RRSF environment, including using RRSF facilities to administer security of remote RACF databases from a single centralized location, allowing users to synchronize password changes among several associated userids, using RRSF facilities to automatically maintain synchronization of two or more separate RACF databases, and setting up RACF security for APPC/MVS, which is used to communicate with other RACF/MVS systems in the RRSF environment. Other major functions that you will study include RACF Sysplex Data Sharing and Sysplex Communication, the RACF Remove ID Utility, RACLIST enhancements, RACF support for OpenEdition MVS, and DB2 security using RACF.

Fundamental System Skills in z/OS

40 Hours | $3,295

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course is designed to teach you the fundamental practical skills to navigate and work in a z/OS environment. This includes the use of ISPF/PDF dialogs, TSO/E commands, JCL, UNIX System Services shell, and BookManager.

Microsoft .NET Framework / Visual Studio 20480: Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 (Visual Studio 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course provides an introduction to HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript. This course helps students gain basic HTML5, CSS3 and JavaScript programming skills. This course is an entry point into both the Web application and Windows Store apps training paths. The course focuses on using HTML5, CSS3 and JavaScript to implement programming logic, define and use variables, perform looping and branching, develop user interfaces, capture and validate user input, store data, and create well-structured applications. The lab scenarios in this course are selected to support and demonstrate the structure of various application scenarios. They are intended to focus on the principals and coding components/structures that are used to establish an HTML5 software application. This course uses Visual Studio 2012, running on Windows 8. Upon passing Exam 70-480: Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3, you receive your Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Specialist certification. It also counts as credit toward MCSD: Windows Windows Store Apps using HTML5 certification, and MCSD: Web Applications.


125

NetCom Learning™

20483: Programming in C# (Visual Studio 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

20485: Advanced Windows Store App Development Using C# (Visual Studio 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

Schedules

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

This training course teaches developers the programming skills that are required for developers to create Windows applications using the C# language. During their five days in the classroom students review the basics of C# program structure, language syntax, and implementation details, and then consolidate their knowledge throughout the week as they build an application that incorporates several features of the .NET Framework 4.5. Exam 70-483: Programming in C#: counts as credit toward MCSD: Windows Metro style Apps using C#. Additionally, Upon passing Exam 70-483: Programming in C#, you receive your Programming in C# Specialist certification. It also counts as credit toward MCSD: App Builder

In this course the you will learn advanced programming practices and techniques that will help develop you Windows Store apps. In addition, you will learn how to design and develop Windows Store apps, as well as implement advanced features, such as using location information, streaming media to external devices, and integrating with online services. You will also learn how to use Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and Expression Blend tools. Exam 70-485: Advanced Store App Development using C#: counts as credit toward MCSD: Windows Store Apps using C# certification.

20486: Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications (Visual Studio 2013)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

20484: Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# (Visual Studio 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

In this course students will learn essential programming skills and techniques that are required to develop Windows Store apps. This includes a combination of both design and development skills, as well as ensuring that students are comfortable using and making the most of the Visual Studio and Expression Blend tools.

126

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

In this course, students will learn to develop advanced ASP.NET MVC applications using .NET Framework 4.5 tools and technologies. The focus will be on coding activities that enhance the performance and scalability of the Web site application. ASP.NET MVC will be introduced and compared with Web Forms so that students know when each should/could be used.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Exam 70-486: Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications counts as credit toward the MCSD: Web Applications certification.

BizTalk Server 2016 Administrator Immersion

40 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

BizTalk Server 2016 Administrator Deep Dive

40 Hours | $3,995

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Attendees of this course learn how to create and implement plans for performance tuning, scaling out, and automated monitoring. If you want to understand how to keep your BizTalk Server environments healthy, happy, and issue-free, this is the course for you. In this 5-day course, you will learn how to design and run a variety of tests in a BizTalk Server environment, including: performance testing, load testing, and integration testing. You will learn how to measure your tests and analyze your testing data so you can apply the lessons learned from your tests to configure your hardware, network, SQL Server, and BizTalk Server for ideal performance and sustained health. Furthermore, you will learn about the inner workings of BizTalk Server host instances and the databases that support BizTalk Server. At the end of this course you will be able to apply all the lessons learned to configure BizTalk Server throttling to ensure sustainable throughput. This is an advanced-level course. Attendees are expected to have a working understanding of BizTalk Server administration concepts, including: application deployment, application management, and basic troubleshooting.

There’s much more to BizTalk Server administration than checking that the computer is powered on. Learning to install, configure, deploy, and manage a BizTalk Server environment can be difficult and time consuming. Become a more effective and confident BizTalk Server Administrator in just 5 days! This course teaches everything a new BizTalk Server Administrator needs to know to “hit the ground running“: installation and configuration, disaster recovery, tracking, troubleshooting, deployment, scripting, a variety of community tools, and, of course, best practices. If it concerns a BizTalk Server administrator, we cover it. All students work with their own multi-server BizTalk Server group. If you’re a Systems Administrator who deploys and manages BizTalk Server environments, or a Systems Engineer who designs and manages enterprise infrastructure, or even a BizTalk Developer who wants to see (and support) how the other half lives, this course will equip you with the skills and knowledge you need. Attendees are expected to have hands-on experience managing a Windows-based network environment, but no prior BizTalk Server experience is required. In this course, attendees will receive live instruction from one of our expert trainers, classroom demonstrations, challenging hands-on labs, and an electronic copy of the presentation materials and lab guide with hands-on activities.


127

NetCom Learning™

Build and Release Management Using TFS 2015

16 Hours | $1,595

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017

Team Foundation Server 2015 and Visual Studio Team Services offer a completely redeveloped build system, and Microsoft is in the process of rolling out a new system for Release Management.

will focus on building and releasing .NET applications using on-premises TFS. The course covers how to install and configure your agents and agent pools to support a variety of scenarios. We will configure Continuous Integration (CI) for a web-based application that includes test execution, code coverage, test impact analysis, and much more. We then set up a multi-environment release pipeline to support the latest innovations in Continuous Delivery (CD) to help ensure reliable releases to your users.

This course focuses on building and releasing .NET applications using these new systems. It focuses on the new scriptable, cross-platform build system introduced in TFS 2015 and how to use it. The course briefly looks at the current version of Release Management for Visual Studio 2015, but then deep dives into Release Management vNext. Release Management vNext is currently in preview in Visual Studio Team Services and in TFS 2015 Update 2.

Just some of the features you’ll learn about include: configuring environments, managing variables, configuring approvers, configuring release schedules, manual intervention steps, and understanding artifacts. We also examine recently introduced features such as task versioning, variable groups, and the latest extensions from the Visual Studio Marketplace.

If you are eager to learn how to implement DevOps practices designed to streamline your build and release processes using TFS or VSTS, this is the course for you.

If you are eager to learn how to implement DevOps practices designed to streamline your build and release processes using the latest version of Team Foundation Server, this is the course for you.

The content in this course is a subset of our 3-day devOps using Visual Studio 2015’s course.

This course includes hands-on labs to reinforce practical skills and ensure you are ready to use the tools upon your return to the workplace.

This course includes hands-on labs to reinforce practical skills and ensure you are ready to use the tools upon returning to your workplace.

DevOps Using Visual Studio TFS 2015

24 Hours | $2,095

Build and Release Management Using TFS 2017

16 Hours | $1,595

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017

Team Foundation Server 2017 continues to improve on the new build and release management features introduced in TFS 2015. In this two-day course, we 128

Schedules 11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017

This course aims to help you achieve some of the key goals of DevOps namely reducing friction, increasing velocity and increasing value to your customers. The course starts by introducing DevOps and the Visual Studio 2015 product family. We’ill look at how you can reduce lead time using the Agile planning tools


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

in Visual Studio with still aligning with Enterprise goals. The course then focuses on the new scriptable, cross-platform build system introduced in TFS 2015 and how to use it. We briefly examine the current version of Release Management for Visual Studio 2015 before deep diving into Release Management vNext. Release Management vNext is in Visual Studio Team Services and TFS 2015 Update 2. The course then looks at the benefits of PowerShell and the use of Desired State Configuration (DSC) to configure the machines where you will deploy your application components. The final modules of the course look at Application Insights and how you can monitor your application.

The course also demonstrates how TFS facilitates the use of storyboards to prototype experiences, request stakeholder feedback, foster team collaboration, and generate reports. The final two modules of the course provide an overview of how testers and developers can work effectively using appropriate tools in the Visual Studio family. This course includes hands-on labs to reinforce practical skills and ensure you’re ready to use the tools on your return to your workplace. All Scrum content adheres to the latest version of the official Scrum Guide and provides helpful preparation for anyone considering gaining Scrum certification.

MCSA: Web Applications Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Managing Agile Projects Using TFS 2017

24 Hours | $2,095

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

This course provides project managers, Scrum masters and team leads the essential skills required to effectively manage a software development project using Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2017. This course focuses on Agile methodologies and includes discussions and content focused on both Scrum and Kanban practices. In this course, attendees will plan a new software development project and go through the steps to initiate the project using Visual Studio 2017. This includes recording requirements, creating a product backlog, and estimating effort for backlog items. We cover planning and running a sprint, as well as using the task board and burndown chart to track progress.

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/20/2018

This MCSA: Web Applications package is a combo of two courses: 20480: Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 (Visual Studio 2013) & 20486: Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications (Visual Studio 2013).to become an MCSA: Web Applications Certified you have to clear all the exams followed by the course mentioned above.

MCSD: Windows Store Apps Using C# (Visual Studio 2012) Combo

120 Hours | $8,835

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/15/2017


129

NetCom Learning™ MCSD: Windows Store Apps validates your skills to create rich and immersive applications that work across devices and connect to services. There are two paths to achieve a MCSD: Windows Store Apps certification, through demonstrating your skills to create metro apps using HTML, JavaScript, and CSS, or to create metro apps using C# and XAML. Customers demand beautiful, elegant apps that are alive with activity. Demonstrate your expertise at designing and developing the fast and fluid store apps that are the focal point of the user experience on Windows 8 Consumer Preview by earning the Microsoft Certified Solutions Developer (MCSD): Windows Store Apps certification. There are two paths to achieving this certification – using HTML5 or C#. When you pass exams 70-483, you satisfy the requirements for MCSD: Web Applications certification. In addition, you also receive a Microsoft Specialist certification upon passing 70-483.

Software Testing Using TFS 2017 or VSTS

24 Hours | $2,095

Schedules

The course teaches you how to design test plans that include test cases, test suites, and test configurations. Best practices are also discussed, including how you can make your tests as resilient as possible. We will examine the web-based Test & Feedback extension to improve productivity by allowing you to spend more time finding issues, and less time filing them. Attendees will learn how testers and developers can work more closely together to reduce the time it takes to find and fix software defects. Testers will learn how to manage their test plans over multiple iterations and how cloning and copying between test plans can save time and effort. We finish with a brief look at test automation and the role of testing in modern DevOps-focused organizations. This course includes hands-on labs to reinforce practical skills and ensure you’re ready to use the tools upon your return to the workplace.

TFS 2017 Configuration and Administration

32 Hours | $2,795

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

11/08/2017 – 11/10/2017

This three-day course is designed for testers who need to gain a solid practical knowledge of testing applications using Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2017 or Visual Studio Team Services. The course focuses primarily on the use of the web-based Test Hub some topics including Microsoft Test Manager 2017, which is both a stand-alone product and part of Visual Studio 2017 Enterprise edition.

130

This TFS 2017 Configuration and Administration deep dive course is designed for team members who are responsible for the installation, configuration, and administration of Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2017. This course teaches not only the technical know-how to successfully run your TFS infrastructure, but also best practices based on industry experience. This course combines both technical presentations as well as hands-on lab exercises designed to ensure attendees gain a solid, practical understanding of how to administer TFS 2017 in modern work environments.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Key topics covered in this course include product installation, configuring security & permissions, reporting, customization, and installing extensions from the Visual Studio marketplace. The course also covers both build and release management and how to configure environments to support modern DevOps best practices. If you’re responsible for looking after your organization’s TFS server, then this is the course for you.

Microsoft Access Access (2016/2013/2010) Combo

24 Hours | $1,080

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/24/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/18/2018

Updating Your TFS Administration Skills for TFS 2017

16 Hours | $1,595

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course is designed for experienced TFS administrators looking to quickly update their skills to the latest version of Microsoft Team Foundation Server. The course focuses primarily on new features in the TFS 2017 release with some coverage of features released in TFS 2015. This course combines both technical presentations as well as hands-on lab exercises designed to ensure attendees gain a solid, practical understanding of how to administer TFS 2017 in modern work environments.

05/14/2018 – 05/16/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/20/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/25/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Access (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Access. Data is everywhere. Whether you are at the grocery store, office, laboratory, classroom, or ballpark, you are awash in data: prices, schedules, performance measures, lab results, recipes, contact information, quality metrics, market indices, grades, and statistics. Your training and experience using Microsoft Access (2016/2013/2010) has given you basic database management skills, such as creating tables, designing forms and reports, and building queries. In this course, you will expand your knowledge of relational database design, write advanced queries, structure existing data, validate data entered into a database, and customize reports. Extending your knowledge of Microsoft Access will result in a robust, functional database for your users

Access 2016 Combo

24 Hours | $1,080

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Data is everywhere. Whether you are at the grocery store, office, laboratory, classroom, or ballpark, you


131

NetCom Learning™ are awash in data: prices, schedules, performance measures, lab results, recipes, contact information, quality metrics, market indices, grades, and statistics.

data management may consist of an incidental job responsibility, for example, time reporting or recording a sale. Virtually everyone is affected in some way by the need to manage data.

Your training and experience using Microsoft Access 2016 has given you basic database management skills, such as creating tables, designing forms and reports, and building queries. In this course, you will expand your knowledge of relational database design, write advanced queries, structure existing data, validate data entered into a database, and customize reports. Extending your knowledge of Microsoft Access 2016 will result in a robust, functional database for your users.

A relational database application such as Microsoft Office Access (2016/2013/2010) can help you and your organization collect and manage large amounts of data. Access is a versatile tool. You can use it as a personal data management tool (for your use alone), or you can use it as a construction set to develop applications for an entire department or organization. In this course, you will use Access to manage your data, including creating a new database; constructing tables; designing forms and reports; and creating queries to join, filter, and sort data.

Access Level 1 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules

Access Level 2 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

12/11/2017 – 12/11/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/22/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/19/2018

Schedules 12/12/2017 – 12/12/2017 01/23/2018 – 01/23/2018

03/19/2018 – 03/19/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/16/2018

02/20/2018 – 02/20/2018 03/20/2018 – 03/20/2018

05/14/2018 – 05/14/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/18/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/23/2018

04/17/2018 – 04/17/2018 05/15/2018 – 05/15/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Access Level 1 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Outlook. Data is everywhere. Whether you are at the grocery store, office, laboratory, classroom, or ballpark, you are awash in data: prices, schedules, performance measures, lab results, recipes, contact information, quality metrics, market indices, grades, and statistics. Most job roles today involve some form of data management. In the case of data workers, it may be their primary job task. For some, such as research scientists and accountants, data management may be a strong component of the job. And for others, such as sales clerks or those in the skilled trades,

132

06/19/2018 – 06/19/2018 07/24/2018 – 07/24/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Access Level 2 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Access.Your training and experience using Microsoft Access (2016/2013/2010) has given you basic database management skills, such as creating tables, designing forms and reports, and building queries. In this course, you will expand your knowledge of relational database design, write advanced queries, structure existing data, validate data entered into a database, and customize reports. Extending your knowledge of Microsoft Access (2016/2013/2010) will result in a robust, functional database for your users.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Access Level 3 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules

Microsoft Azure 10979: Microsoft Azure Fundamentals

16 Hours | $1,178

12/13/2017 – 12/13/2017

Schedules

01/24/2018 – 01/24/2018 02/21/2018 – 02/21/2018

01/04/2018 – 01/05/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/20/2018

03/21/2018 – 03/21/2018 04/18/2018 – 04/18/2018

04/09/2018 – 04/10/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/05/2018 07/30/2018 – 07/31/2018

05/16/2018 – 05/16/2018 06/20/2018 – 06/20/2018 07/25/2018 – 07/25/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Access Level 3 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Access. You have covered many of the basic functions of Microsoft Office Access (2016/2013/2010), and now you are ready to learn advanced Access features such as database management, advanced form design, packaging a database, encrypting a database, preparing a database for multi-user access, and more. Knowledge of these features separate database professionals from the casual database users or occasional designers. Today training, added to that which you’ve gained from the Microsoft Office Access (2016/2013/2010): Level 1 & 2 courses, rounds out your Access education and provides you with marketable job skills.

This course provides the underlying knowledge required by all individuals who will be evaluating Microsoft Azure, regardless of whether they are an administrator, developer, or database administrator. This course also provides the pre-requisite knowledge for students wishing to attend course 20532 Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions, or course 20533 Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions. During this course, aspirants will be introduced to the principles of cloud computing and will become familiar how these principles have been implemented in Microsoft Azure. In addition, this course will take aspirants through the process of implementing the core Azure infrastructure, consisting of virtual networks and storage. With this foundation, aspirants will learn how to create the most common Azure services, including Azure virtual machines (VMs), Web Apps, and SQL Databases. The course will conclude by describing features of Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) and methods of integrating it with on-premises Active Directory.

20532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist)

32 Hours | $2,356

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/01/2018


133

NetCom Learning™ 04/16/2018 – 04/19/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/21/2018

This course is intended for students who have experience building vertically scaled applications. Students should also have experience with the Microsoft Azure platform and a basic understanding of the services offered in Azure. This course offers students the opportunity to take an existing web application and expand its functionality as part of moving it to Azure. The course does not require any existing experience with the ASP.NET platform. This course focuses on the architectural considerations and decisions necessary when building a highly available solution in the cloud. This course also prepares the students for the 70-532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions certification exam.

20533: Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

40442: MOC Workshop: Architecting Microsoft Azure Solutions

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

This workshop is a chance for developers and IT Pros to come together and learn the architecture skills necessary to design solutions for Microsoft Azure. The classroom experience for this workshop is high-level review of the pre-requisite materials aspirants are expected to have completed in advance. Aspirants will assemble into groups to work on several real-world design case studies to design solutions for the Microsoft Azure platform.

55187: Linux System Administration

32 Hours | $2,356

Schedules

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/25/2018

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

03/12/2018 – 03/15/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/03/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/12/2018

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This course is intended for IT professionals who are familiar with managing on-premises IT deployments that include AD DS, virtualization technologies, and applications. The students typically work for organizations that are planning to locate some or all of their infrastructure services on Azure.

134

This course also is intended for IT professionals who want to take the Microsoft Certification exam, 70-533, Implementing Azure Infrastructure Solutions.

This course is designed to provide aspirants with the necessary skills and abilities to work as a professional Linux system administrator. The course covers how to administer, configure and upgrade Linux systems running one of the three major Linux distribution families: Red Hat, SUSE, Debian/Ubuntu, how to master the tools and concepts you’ll need to efficiently build and manage an enterprise Linux infrastructure. It also covers how to use


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

state-of-the-art system administration techniques in real-life scenarios via practical labs. This course prepares the user for the Linux Foundation Certified System Administrator (LFCS) exam, which is also a required component of the MCSA: Linux on Azure Certification.

Microsoft BizTalk Server BizTalk 2013 Administrator Deep Dive

40 Hours | $3,995

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Attendees of this course learn how to create and implement plans for performance tuning, scaling out, and automated monitoring. If you want to understand how to keep your BizTalk Server environments healthy, happy, and issue-free, this is the course for you. In this 5-day course, you will learn how to design and run a variety of tests in a BizTalk Server environment, including: performance testing, load testing, and integration testing. You will learn how to measure your tests and analyze your testing data so you can apply the lessons learned from your tests to configure your hardware, network, SQL Server, and BizTalk Server for ideal performance and sustained health. Furthermore, you will learn about the inner workings of BizTalk Server host instances and the databases that support BizTalk Server. At the end of this course you will be able to apply all the lessons learned to configure BizTalk Server throttling to ensure sustainable throughput. This is an advanced-level course. Attendees are expected to have a working understanding of BizTalk Server administration concepts, including: application deployment, application management, and basic troubleshooting.


135

NetCom Learning™

BizTalk 2016 Developer Deep Dive

40 Hours | $3,995

through the typical lifecycle of a BizTalk Server application at least once.

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

As a BizTalk Server developer, you know that learning BizTalk Server can be difficult. You’ve seen the power of BizTalk Server and know that there’s more waiting for you to tap into. QuickLearn Training can take you from novice to expert in just five days of training! This course is designed specifically for experienced BizTalk Server developers and focuses on best practices & pattern-based design while pulling back the curtain on some of BizTalk Server’s eccentricities. This course gives the deepest coverage of the BizTalk Server development topics that you need to know. We guarantee to challenge the way you think about BizTalk Server application design and development. In this course, you will learn how to apply best practices and design patterns to build smarter BizTalk Server applications. Furthermore, this course provides extensive coverage of BizTalk Server’s extensibility, including such topics as: custom functoids, custom pipeline components, and invoking external .NET methods. This course is intended for previous attendees of our BizTalk Server Developer Immersion course who have at least one year of hands-on experience developing BizTalk Server application solutions and wish to deepen their existing skill and knowledge. In this course, attendees will receive live instruction from one of our expert trainers, in-classroom demonstrations, challenging hands-on labs, and an electronic copy of the presentation materials and lab guide with hands-on activities. This is an advanced-level course. Attendees are expected to have working experience as BizTalk Server application developers. The lectures and labs in this course assume that attendees have been

136

BizTalk 2016 Developer Immersion

40 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Integration takes many forms, from simply moving files between an FTP site and a local file share, to complex trading partner connections using Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), and everything in between. BizTalk Server is Microsoft’s flagship integration technology and is used by companies all over the world to solve integration problems big and small. This course is designed to educate .NET developers on how to create enterprise-class integration solutions using Microsoft BizTalk Server. This intensive, yet entertaining and engaging, guided tour of BizTalk Server teaches developers the core skills needed to build integration applications. Join QuickLearn Training’s expert trainers and learn what it truly means to be a BizTalk Server developer. Whether you choose to receive the instruction face-to-face with one of our trainers, or attend the course remotely, rest assured that you will receive the very best training available to launch you into your BizTalk developer experience. In this course, attendees will receive live instruction from one of our expert trainers, in-classroom demonstrations, challenging hands-on labs, and an electronic copy of the presentation materials and lab guide with hands-on activities. This course includes three of QuickLearn Training’s After Hours modules. These prerecorded videos offer students optional content that would not


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

otherwise fit into the 2016 version of the course. Our After Hours videos feature the same top-quality training provided in the live portion of the course. Students have access to these modules for three months following their course attendance.

In this course, attendees will receive live instruction from one of our expert trainers, classroom demonstrations, challenging hands-on labs, and an electronic copy of the presentation materials and lab guide with hands-on activities.

BizTalk Server 2013 Administrator Immersion

40 Hours | $3,495

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

There’s much more to BizTalk Server administration than checking that the computer is powered on. Learning to install, configure, deploy, and manage a BizTalk Server environment can be difficult and time consuming. Become a more effective and confident BizTalk Server Administrator in just 5 days! This course teaches everything a new BizTalk Server Administrator needs to know to “hit the ground running“: installation and configuration, disaster recovery, tracking, troubleshooting, deployment, scripting, a variety of community tools, and, of course, best practices. If it concerns a BizTalk Server administrator, we cover it. All students work with their own multi-server BizTalk Server group. If you’re a Systems Administrator who deploys and manages BizTalk Server environments, or a Systems Engineer who designs and manages enterprise infrastructure, or even a BizTalk Developer who wants to see (and support) how the other half lives, this course will equip you with the skills and knowledge you need. Attendees are expected to have hands-on experience managing a Windows-based network environment, but no prior BizTalk Server experience is required.


137

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Cloud 20246: Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

• Build the core components delivering services on the fabric.

This course describes how to monitor and operate a cloud with Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. This course focuses on how to manage and administer a cloud environment, and it describes how you can monitor key infrastructure elements and applications that run within a cloud. It does not discuss planning and implementation, which is covered in 20247: Configuring and Deploying a Cloud with System Center 2012 R2.

for

• Allocate resources to a cloud and grant access to a cloud. • Understand how to Operations Manager.

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

necessary

monitor

clouds

using

• Understand the tools necessary to extend and customize Operations • Manager for cloud environments. • Set up, configure, and integrate the core components of Service Manager into a cloud fabric. • Configure a service catalog, and then publish it to the Self-Service Portal.

20247: Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course equips students with the skills they require to configure and deploy a cloud using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. Using hands-on labs, students learn the following: • Produce a high-level design that accounts for requirements for cloud environments. • Configure and deploy the cloud fabric. • Configure a PXE server, an update server, and a software update baseline. • Configure Microsoft Server Application Virtualization (App-V) so that it can be used to sequence and deploy an application virtually.

138

• Gain the knowledge necessary to deploy and configure Data Protection Manager in a cloud. • Deploy and configure Orchestrator in a cloud, and then integrate it with other System Center components.

20532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist)

32 Hours | $2,356

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/01/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/19/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/21/2018

This course is intended for students who have experience building vertically scaled applications. Students should also have experience with the Microsoft Azure platform and a basic understanding of the services offered in Azure.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course offers students the opportunity to take an existing web application and expand its functionality as part of moving it to Azure. The course does not require any existing experience with the ASP.NET platform. This course focuses on the architectural considerations and decisions necessary when building a highly available solution in the cloud. This course also prepares the students for the 70-532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions certification exam.

20533: Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist)

40 Hours | $2,945

MCSA: Cloud Platform Combo

72 Hours | $5,301

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/29/2018

This package is a combo of two courses: 20532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist), 20533: Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist),

MCSE: Private Cloud 2012 Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/22/2017

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This course is intended for IT professionals who are familiar with managing on-premises IT deployments that include AD DS, virtualization technologies, and applications. The students typically work for organizations that are planning to locate some or all of their infrastructure services on Azure. This course also is intended for IT professionals who want to take the Microsoft Certification exam, 70-533, Implementing Azure Infrastructure Solutions.

Companies are looking for IT professionals who can help them build private cloud solutions to optimize IT service delivery. With Windows Server 2008 and System Center 2012, you can build your Microsoft private cloud solution and gain the automation and flexibility you need for your IT infrastructure, now and in the future. Do you have experience with these technologies? Are you ready to begin the journey to cloud computing with a Microsoft private cloud implementation? Become Private Cloud certified and prove your knowledge and skills in managing and implementing Microsoft private cloud computing technologies. * The Private Cloud certification requires candidates to show continued ability to perform in this technology area by completing a recertification exam every three years. To earn your MCSE Private Cloud certification start with either a MCSA: Windows Server 2008 or MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification, then pass Exams 70-246 and 70-247. If you choose to earn the MCSE: Private Cloud certification with the MCSA: Windows


139

NetCom Learning™ Server 2012 certification, it will not be reflected on your transcript until November, 2012. If taking this class remotely / via Live Online, students must have dual SVGA monitors 17” or larger, supporting 1440x900 minimum resolution.

Microsoft Dynamics 365 81059: Customization in Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Sales and Customer Service

21 Hours | $1,795

Schedules 11/08/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/06/2017 – 12/08/2017

This course provides students with the tools to customize Dynamics 365 implementation for Sales and Service. The focus is on the using and understanding how the platform tools that are provided can be leveraged to create custom objects, modify the user interface, automate tasks, and other specific customizations.

81060: Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Sales and Customer Service

14 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/05/2017

This course provides students with the tools to configure a Dynamics 365 implementation for Sales and Service. The focus is on the using and understanding how the platform tools that are provided can be leveraged to create and maintain an organizational security structure, create guided business processes, automate tasks, and other specific customizations.

140


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

81066: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics 365

14 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017

Microsoft Dynamics AX 80219+80220+80302: Financials I, II and Fixed Assets in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated

50 Hours | $2,699

Schedules This course provides insight on the components within the Customer Service module to put customer service at the forefront of an organization’s intelligent customer engagement strategy. Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics 365 (CRM) course provides information on the basic concepts of Microsoft Dynamics 365. It discusses some of the terms, concepts and many of the components that make up the Microsoft Dynamics 365 system. In addition, it provides an overview of information about application navigation, setting up accounts, contacts and activities, using the sales, customer service, and marketing processes within Microsoft Dynamics 365.

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

NetCom’s Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Financials and Fixed Assets course explores some of the basic financial functionality available in Microsoft Dynamics AX. Students will be introduced to set up processes in General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, and the Bank module, as well as how to enter transactions in each. The second part of this course explores topics such as the setup and usage of budgeting, cash flow management, multicurrency, intercompany, and consolidated accounting. Additionally, students learn about the multiple advanced payment options, how to produce customer account statements, collection letters, complete year-end close functionality, and produce financial statements. The third part, Fixed Assets in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 examines and teaches students how to use the Fixed asset functionality in the application. The course focuses on the various setup requirements for Fixed Assets, transactions, and reports and inquiries. The following courses are covered: • 80219: Financials I in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 • 80220: Financials II in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 • 80302: Fixed Assets in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012


141

NetCom Learning™

80303+80304: Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Development I and II Accelerated

• 80339A: Bill of Materials in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012

Schedules

• 80306A: Distribution and Trade in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012

30 Hours | $2,759

12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/09/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/11/2018

NetCom’s Microsoft Dynamics Development I and II AX 2012 course provides students with an overview of the basic technical features of Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012, and the tools available in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 development environment. This course does not contain coding.

80305+80306+80339: Supply Chain Management, Distribution & Trade and Bill of Materials in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated

50 Hours | $2,699

Schedules 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

The first part of this course provides students with the necessary tools and resources to perform basic tasks in the trade and inventory flow in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012. The second part introduces advanced Trade & Logistics functionality. This part builds on information provided in the Supply Chain Foundation in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 course. Furthermore, the course introduces the features of Bill of Materials functionality in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012. The following courses are covered: • 80305A: Supply Chain Foundation in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012

142

80312: Development III in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated

20 Hours | $1,849

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/16/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/12/2018 – 07/13/2018

This two-day instructor-led course puts the techniques learnt in Development I in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 and Development II in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 courses into practice directly in the application. It also introduces more advanced features of X++ and MorphX, and encourages the use of the Testing Framework to build for more reliable coding.

80313: Development IV in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated

20 Hours | $1,849

Schedules 12/09/2017 – 12/10/2017 02/03/2018 – 02/04/2018 03/17/2018 – 03/18/2018 05/12/2018 – 05/13/2018 07/14/2018 – 07/15/2018

This two-day accelerated instructor-led course dives deeper into the programming architecture of Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012. It provides students


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

with a case study/hands-on approach to customizing the system. This course contains coding.

Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 – Development (I, II, III & IV) – Accelerated Combo

70 Hours | $6,457

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/10/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/04/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/18/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/13/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/15/2018

This 7-day class helps provide students with an overview of the basic technical features of Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012, and the tools available in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 development environment. Furthermore, the class builds on putting the techniques learned in Development I in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 and Development II in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 courses into practice directly in the application. It also introduces more advanced features of X++ and MorphX, and encourages the use of the Testing Framework to build for more reliable coding. This course also dives deeper into the programming architecture of Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012

NetCom’s Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Financials and Trade & Logistics course explores some of the basic financial functionality available in Microsoft Dynamics AX. Students will be introduced to set up processes in General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, and the Bank module, as well as how to enter transactions in each. The course goes on to explore topics such as the setup and usage of budgeting, cash flow management, multicurrency, intercompany, and consolidated accounting. Additionally, students learn about the multiple advanced payment options, how to produce customer account statements, collection letters, complete year-end close functionality, and produce financial statements. Fixed Assets in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 examines and teaches students how to use the Fixed asset functionality in the application. The course focuses on the various setup requirements for Fixed Assets, transactions, and reports and inquiries. The course also provides students with the necessary tools and resources to perform basic tasks in the trade and inventory flow in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012, and introduces advanced Trade & Logistics functionality. This part builds on information provided in the Supply Chain Foundation in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 course. Furthermore, the course introduces the features of Bill of Materials functionality in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012.

Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 – Financials and Trade and Logistics – Accelerated Combo

100 Hours | $5,398

Schedules 02/05/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/27/2018


143

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Dynamics CRM 80539: Installation and Deployment in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013

16 Hours | $1,295

Schedules

how each topic relates to the other topics to produce a full configured, effective solution.

80545: Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013

8 Hours | $695

02/24/2018 – 02/25/2018 04/07/2018 – 04/08/2018 06/09/2018 – 06/10/2018

Schedules 02/19/2018 – 02/19/2018

This two-day training course provides individuals with the skills to install and deploy Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013. The training material focuses on the components used within a Microsoft Dynamics CRM deployment, the hardware and software requirements needed to successfully deploy Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and the installation instructions for the primary Microsoft Dynamics CRM components: the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Server, the E-Mail Router, and Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Office Outlook. The course also covers upgrading from earlier versions, configuring an Internet-facing Deployment and administration tasks.

80542: Customization and Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013

24 Hours | $1,795

04/02/2018 – 04/02/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/04/2018 07/30/2018 – 07/30/2018

This course focuses on how an organization can nurture customer satisfaction through automation of business processes within Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013. This course provides an insight into all of the powerful Customer Service and Service Scheduling functionality capabilities within Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013. Additionally, this course guides you through the process of working with your customers in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013, including: resolution of customer complaints and services issues cost effectively, and provides insight on managing all related correspondence, documents, contacts and conversations. This course demonstrates the rich and relevant view of your customer that provides your team with actionable insights, including the use of knowledge management in a centralized knowledge base.

Schedules 02/21/2018 – 02/23/2018 04/04/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/06/2018 – 06/08/2018

This course describes the techniques required to customize Microsoft Dynamics CRM to meet the specialized needs of businesses. The topics covered include security; creation and configuration of entities; design of forms views and charts; auditing and solutions. The course describes each topic and

144

80546: Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013

8 Hours | $695

Schedules 02/20/2018 – 02/20/2018 04/03/2018 – 04/03/2018


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

06/05/2018 – 06/05/2018 07/31/2018 – 07/31/2018

This course introduces the capabilities of Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 that allow you to track and manage the sales process from potential to close. This course provides insight on sales process information, and introduces the tools available to analyze and report on sales information. This course guides you through the tools that help make the internal processes simpler and easier so your sales force can focus on what is important – creating a differentiated experience for your customers.

805725: Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015/2016

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/26/2018 – 02/28/2018

extensions, application event programming, and web resources. The 805725: Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015/2016 training also conveys a synopsis of integration between Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015 / 2013 and Windows Azure.

80729: Customization and Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016

21 Hours | $1,795

Schedules 12/20/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course provides students with the tools to customize and configure a Dynamic CRM implementation. The focus is on the using and understanding how the platform tools that are provided can be leveraged to create custom objects, modify the user interface, automate tasks, and other specific customizations. This course helps prepare you for exam MB2-712

The 805725: Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015/2016 training at NetCom Learning provides detailed insight into how to develop extensions for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015 / 2013. This interactive Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015/2016 course covers extension methods documented in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK. The Microsoft CRM 2015 Extending Development training provides instruction in how to use a number of Common Platform Operations, along with explaining how to query and execute these operations. The course also provides a concise understanding of business process implementation and workflows. With the assistance of experienced instructors, learners will explore the use of Plug-ins, client

80802 – Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016

21 Hours | $1,795

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

The Sales Management course within Microsoft Dynamics CRM provides a flexible framework for organizations to track, manage, and analyze parts of their sales cycle as well as its overall success. This course describes the components used in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Sales Management and explains how they can apply to various business scenarios. It also details the entities or record types that Microsoft Dynamics CRM uses to track sales


145

NetCom Learning™ from potential to close. With this information, organizations can determine which aspects of the Sales module framework are appropriate for their organization. The Sales Management course provides information on the full functionality of the Sales functionality of Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016. It provides information about various customer scenarios, lead through opportunity management, product catalog management, sales transaction processing, goal management, and sales analysis.

2016 as well as new modules and lessons covering Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016.

Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013: Applications Combo

16 Hours | $1,390

Schedules 02/19/2018 – 02/20/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/03/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/05/2018 07/30/2018 – 07/31/2018

80887: Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016

This 2-day package consists of the following Dynamics CRM 2013 courses, that maps to the following Dynamics CRM 2013 certification:

Schedules

• Microsoft Dynamics Certified Technology Specialist: Dynamics CRM 2013 Applications

21 Hours | $1,795

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017

The Microsoft Dynamics CRM Customer Service course focuses on how an organization can nurture customer satisfaction through automation of business processes. It provides an insight into all of the powerful Customer Service and Service Scheduling functionality capabilities within Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016. The Customer Service course guides you through the process of working with your customers in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016, including resolution of customer complaints and service issues cost effectively, and provides insight on managing all related correspondence, documents, contacts and conversations. This course demonstrates the rich and relevant view of your customer that provides your team with actionable insights, including the use of knowledge management in a centralized knowledge base.

The first course, 80545, focuses on how an organization can nurture customer satisfaction through automation of business processes within Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013. This course provides an insight into all of the powerful Customer Service and Service Scheduling functionality capabilities within Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013. Course 80546 introduces the capabilities of Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 that allow you to track and manage the sales process from potential to close. This course provides insight on sales process information, and introduces the tools available to analyze and report on sales information.

This course contains modules and lessons from 80726: Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM

146


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Excel Excel (2016/2013/2010) Combo

24 Hours | $1,080

go over foundational topics and build upon those to learn more intermediate and advanced skills needed to become a true professional in Excel 2013. This Excel 2013 Combo prepares you for MOS: Microsoft Office Excel 2013 Expert Certification by taking 77-427 and 77-428 exams.

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/11/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/09/2018

Excel 2013 Level 2

06/11/2018 – 06/13/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/18/2018

8 Hours | $360

Schedules This course is suited for those using Microsoft Excel (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Excel. Organizations the world over rely on information to make sound decisions regarding all manner of affairs. But with the amount of available data growing on a daily basis, the ability to make sense of all of that data is becoming more and more challenging. Fortunately, this is where the power of Microsoft Excel (2016/2013/2010) can help. Excel can help you organize, calculate, analyze, revise, update, and present your data in ways that will help the decision makers in your organization steer you in the right direction. It will also make these tasks much easier for you to accomplish, and in much less time, than if you used traditional pen-and-paper methods or non-specialized software. This course aims to provide you with a foundation for Excel knowledge and skills, which you can build upon to eventually become an expert in data manipulation.

Excel 2013 Combo

24 Hours | $1,080

Schedules

11/21/2017 – 11/21/2017

After learning the fundamentals of Excel 2013 in the Level 1 course, the Excel 2013 Level 2 course prepares candidates to work with large worksheets, and manage multiple workbooks effectively. This program builds on the foundational knowledge developed through the Excel 2013 introduction course. Learn the basics of Excel 2013 Level 2 at NetCom Learning and develop the proficiency to create advanced worksheets to analyze vast amounts of data and extract viable information. Microsoft Excel 2013 online training and ILT classes cover a wide range of spreadsheet topics, including tables, pictures, templates, outlines, and more. Aspirants are introduced to advanced formatting techniques, such as styles and themes, mimicking watermarks, special number formats, adding backgrounds, and more. Learners will be able to sort and filter data, protect worksheets, and merge workbooks. The Excel 2013 certification course provide comprehensive skill development to prepare for the certification exam.

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

Get trained in Microsoft Office Excel 2013 and gain the skills needed to express your ideas, solve problems, and connect with people. This course will


147

NetCom Learning™

8 Hours | $360

on workbooks, use conditional logic, and automate repetitive and complex tasks. Develop the proficiency to manage hard jobs seamlessly in Excel 2013.

Excel is an advanced and heavily utilized tool for analyzing and managing large amounts of data, as well as performing calculations. This Excel 2013 Introduction course at NetCom Learning explores the features and functionalities of Excel 2013.

The Microsoft Excel 2013 online training and ILT classes cover advanced functions, including INDEX, VLOOKUP, and MATCH. The Excel 2013 certification courses enhance knowledge of data validation, advanced data filtering, importing and exporting data, querying external databases, and analytical features of Excel 2013.

Excel 2013: Level 1 Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/20/2017

The Microsoft Excel 2013 online training and ILT classes explain how to open workbooks and navigate between worksheets while extracting and managing the required information sets. Learn the basics of Excel 2013 Level 1 and build your foundational knowledge and skills in Excel 2013. The Excel 2013 Level 1 course includes spreadsheet terminology and fundamental concepts, such as identifying Excel window components, downloading templates, and navigating worksheets. Learners also explore using simple functions and applying formatting techniques to worksheet data. Receive comprehensive preparation for your certification exam with this interactive Excel 2013 certification course.

Excel 2013: Level 3

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 11/22/2017 – 11/22/2017

The Excel 2013 Level 3 course builds on the foundational and intermediate-level knowledge gained in the Excel 2013 Introduction courses Level 1 and Level 2. This course teaches participants how to do more with Excel 2013 by using advanced functionalities and features. Learn Excel 2013 Level 3 at NetCom Learning and enhance your ability to collaborate with colleagues 148

Excel Level 1 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/04/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/15/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/12/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/12/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/09/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/07/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/11/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/16/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Excel Level 1 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Excel. Microsoft Excel is the most widely used spreadsheet program available, embraced by home, school, and business users alike to manage data. This Microsoft Office Excel Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) course is a beginner program that introduces learners to the basic concepts and fundamentals of this powerful Office application. Conducted by certified instructors at NetCom Learning, the Microsoft Office Excel training classes explain elementary details like how to open, save, and close files, how to format a spreadsheet, how to build basic charts, and how to enter formulae into a cell. Through comprehensive Excel online training and Instructor-Led Training (ILT), participants will


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

learn to use the most important features of Excel with full proficiency. Learn Office Excel to analyze, organize, calculate, revise, update, and present your data in the desired format easily and clearly. The Microsoft Office Excel Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) training familiarizes students with the different features for creating spreadsheets, providing the fundamentals upon which they can build their knowledge and skills to become experts in data manipulation.

creating advanced worksheets and workbooks. The Microsoft Office Excel training classes are conducted via a hands-on approach to build learner’s proficiency in advanced aspects of Excel.

Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 11/01/2017 – 11/01/2017 12/06/2017 – 12/06/2017 01/17/2018 – 01/17/2018

Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules

02/14/2018 – 02/14/2018 03/14/2018 – 03/14/2018 04/11/2018 – 04/11/2018 05/09/2018 – 05/09/2018 06/13/2018 – 06/13/2018 07/18/2018 – 07/18/2018

12/05/2017 – 12/05/2017 01/16/2018 – 01/16/2018 02/13/2018 – 02/13/2018 03/13/2018 – 03/13/2018 04/10/2018 – 04/10/2018 05/08/2018 – 05/08/2018 06/12/2018 – 06/12/2018 07/17/2018 – 07/17/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Excel. The Level 1 course explained how to create and manage simple workbooks and worksheets and to perform simple calculations and apply basic formulas The Microsoft Office Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) course introduces learners to the more advanced features of Excel. NetCom Learning provides in-depth coverage of the more advanced Excel features with comprehensive Microsoft Office Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) training. The Excel online training and Instructor-Led Training (ILT) focuses on developing the skills to extract actionable intelligence from massive amounts of raw data. Learn Office Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) to deepen your understanding of organizational intelligence by

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Excel. The Excel (2016/2013/2010) Level 1 and Level 2 courses cover diverse features of Excel, its formulas and functions, analysis and reporting of data, and tools for creating advanced workbooks and worksheets. The Microsoft Office Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) course lets learners build upon their foundation and intermediate knowledge of working with spreadsheets. Microsoft Office Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) introduces participants to high-end features, like collaborating with others, and automating complex or repetitive tasks. The Microsoft Office Excel training classes also focus on developing the skill to use conditional logic to construct and apply elaborate functions and formulas. Learn Office Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) to become more productive and efficient in working with large amounts of data. The Excel online training and Instructor-Led Training (ILT) program prepares the individual to become competent in handling complex spreadsheets easily.


149

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Exchange Server 20341: Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

The MCSE: Messaging certification requires candidates to show continued ability to perform in this technology area by completing a recertification exam every three years.

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to plan, deploy, manage, secure, and support Microsoftﾂｮ Exchange Server 2013. This course will teach you how to configure Exchange Server 2013 and supply you with the information you will need to monitor, maintain, and troubleshoot Exchange Server 2013. This course will also provide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help you optimize performance and minimize errors and security threats in Exchange Server 2013. The MCSE: Messaging certification requires candidates to show continued ability to perform in this technology area by completing a recertification exam every three years. Exam 70-341: Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013: counts as credit toward the following certification(s): Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE): Messaging

20342: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

150

This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to configure and manage a Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 messaging environment. This course will teach you how to configure Exchange Server 2013, and it will provide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help you optimize your Exchange Server deployment.

Exam 70-342: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013: counts as credit toward the following certification(s): Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE): Messaging

20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 is a 5-day instructor-led course teaches IT professionals how to administer and support Exchange Server 2016. Students will learn how to install Exchange Server 2016, and how to configure and manage an Exchange Server environment. The course covers how to manage mail recipients and public folders, including how to perform bulk operations using Exchange Management Shell. Students also will learn how to manage client connectivity, message transport and hygiene, how to implement and manage highly available Exchange Server deployments, and how to implement back up


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

and disaster recovery solutions. The course also teaches students how to maintain and monitor an Exchange Server 2016 deployment. In addition, students will learn how to administer Exchange Online in an Office 365 deployment.

20345-2: Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

Exchange 2013 is part of the new version of Office, making it easy for people to stay connected, access files anytime, and maintain messaging security. Get certified as an MCSE in Messaging and validate your ability to move your company to the cloud, increase user productivity and flexibility, reduce data loss, and improve data security for your organization. To earn your MCSE: Messaging certification, start with the MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification, then pass Exams 70-341 and 70-342.

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 Combo

04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

80 Hours | $5,890

20345-2: Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 course provides experienced Exchange Server administrators with the knowledge to design and implement an Exchange Server 2016 messaging environment. Students will learn how to design and configure advanced components in an Exchange Server 2016 deployment such as site resiliency, advanced security, compliance, archiving, and discovery solutions. In addition, students will learn about coexistence with other Exchange organizations or Exchange Online, and migration from previous versions of Exchange Server. The course will provide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help students optimize their Exchange Server deployment.

MCSE: Messaging (Exchange Server 2013) Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Schedules

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/23/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/22/2018

These courses teaches IT professionals how to administer and support Exchange Server 2016. Students will learn how to install Exchange Server 2016, and how to configure and manage an Exchange Server environment. The course covers how to manage mail recipients and public folders, including how to perform bulk operations using Exchange Management Shell. Students also will learn how to manage client connectivity, message transport and hygiene, how to implement and manage highly available Exchange Server deployments, and how to implement back up and disaster recovery solutions. The course also teaches students how to maintain and monitor an Exchange Server 2016 deployment. In addition, students will learn how to administer Exchange Online in an Office 365 deployment.

01/22/2018 – 02/02/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/29/2018


151

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) 10972: Administering the Web Server (IIS) Role of Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to configure and manage Internet Information Services. This course is intended to help provide pre-requisite skills supporting a broad range of Internet web applications, security, and knowledge to help support other products that use IIS such as Exchange and SharePoint. In keeping with that goal, this course will not focus on any particular web application or development practice.

Microsoft Lync Server 20336: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

This instructor-led course teaches IT professionals how to plan, design, deploy, configure, and administer a Microsoft Lync Server 2013 solution. The course emphasizes Lync Server 2013 Enterprise Unified Communications features with particular emphasis on coexisting with and migrating from legacy communication services. The labs in this course create a solution that includes IM and Presence, Conferencing, and Persistent Chat.

20337: Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

This five-day instructor-led course teaches how to design and configure enterprise voice in Microsoft Lync Server 2013 and Lync Online services. This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to configure and manage a Lync Server 2013 on premises, Lync Online in the cloud or in a mixed deployment. In addition, it will provide the skills needed by IT or telephony consultants to deliver a Lync based enterprise voice solution. This course will teach you how to configure Lync Server 2013, as well as provide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help you optimize your enterprise voice deployment.

152


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Office 365 20347: Enabling & Managing Office 365 (MCSA: Office 365)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

Office 365 for the End-User course is designed for information workers who are using or will use Office 365. This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to efficiently use Office 365 on a day-to-day basis. The course is designed with real world scenarios in mind. Students will learn how to use Outlook Online, Skype for Business, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online, and OneNote. At the end of this course students will be able to effectively navigate Office 365 and make use of all of the features of Office 365.

04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

Office 365 has gained significance as a widely used Office suite in the current cloud-based business environment. To obtain maximum benefit, business users and IT professionals who are migrating to Office 365 need to understand completely the deployment and operation of its service channels. NetCom Learning provides an interactive and comprehensive 20347: Enabling & Managing Office 365 course training to aspirants who want to learn to evaluate, plan, deploy, and operate Office 365 services. The 20347: Enabling & Managing Office 365 course covers Office 365 identities, requirements, dependencies, and supporting technologies. The 20347: Enabling & Managing Office 365 training class develops the necessary skills to set up an Office 365 tenant, including federation with existing user identities. The hands-on 20347 course training provides the knowledge to sustain an Office 365 tenant and its users.

55154: Office 365 for the End-User

8 Hours | $600

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/04/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/22/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/12/2018


153

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Outlook Outlook (2016/2013/2010) Combo

16 Hours | $720

Outlook 2016 Combo

16 Hours | $720

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/12/2018 – 04/13/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/14/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/20/2018

Email has become one of the most widely used methods of communication, whether for personal or business communications. In most organizations, large or small, email is the preferred form of communicating information amongst employees. As email grows in popularity and use, most organizations have found the need to implement a corporate mail management system such as Microsoft Office Outlook to handle the messages and meeting invitations sent among employees. In this course, you will use Outlook to send, receive, and manage email messages, manage your contact information, schedule appointments and meetings, create tasks and notes for yourself, and customize the Outlook interface to suit your working style. This course is the first in a series of two Microsoft Office Outlook (2016/2013/2010) courses. It will provide you with the basic skills you need to start using Outlook to manage your email communications, contact information, calendar events, tasks, and notes. You can also use this course to prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Certification exams for Microsoft Outlook (2016/2013/2010).

Email has become one of the most widely used methods of communication, whether for personal or business communications. In most organizations, large or small, email is the preferred form of communicating information amongst employees. As email grows in popularity and use, most organizations have found the need to implement a corporate mail management system such as Microsoft Office Outlook to handle the messages and meeting invitations sent among employees. In this course, you will use Outlook to send, receive, and manage email messages, manage your contact information, schedule appointments and meetings, create tasks and notes for yourself, and customize the Outlook interface to suit your working style. This course is the first in a series of two Microsoft Office Outlook 2016 courses. It will provide you with the basic skills you need to start using Outlook to manage your email communications, contact information, calendar events, tasks, and notes. You can also use this course to prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Certification exams for Microsoft Outlook 2016.

Outlook Level 1 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/07/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/18/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/15/2018 03/15/2018 – 03/15/2018 04/12/2018 – 04/12/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/10/2018

154


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

06/14/2018 – 06/14/2018 07/19/2018 – 07/19/2018

06/15/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/20/2018 – 07/20/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Outlook Level 1 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Outlook. Email has become one of the most widely used methods of communication, whether for personal or business communications. In most organizations, large or small, email is the preferred form of communicating information amongst employees. As email grows in popularity and use, most organizations have found the need to implement a corporate mail management system such as Microsoft Office Outlook to handle the messages and meeting invitations sent among employees. In this course, you will use Outlook to send, receive, and manage email messages, manage your contact information, schedule appointments and meetings, create tasks and notes for yourself, and customize the Outlook interface to suit your working style. This course is the first in a series of two Microsoft Office Outlook (2016/2013/2010) courses. It will provide you with the basic skills you need to start using Outlook to manage your email communications, contact information, calendar events, tasks, and notes. You can also use this course to prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Certification exams for Microsoft Outlook.

Outlook Level 2 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Outlook Level 2 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Outlook. Every day, millions of emails are exchanged among people within and between organizations. Email has a ubiquitous presence in the lives of many, and it’s likely that email technologies will continue to evolve with the changing needs of workplaces. After all, email communication has not been replaced, or its growth slowed, as many predicted with the rise of social media and the widespread adoption of mobile technologies. Many organizations have implemented mail management systems that combine the back-end power of Microsoft Exchange Server and the front-end intuitive user interface of Microsoft Office Outlook. In this course, you will customize command sets, configure mail accounts, set global options, perform advanced searches, apply filters to intercept mail and control spam, create rules to automate many management tasks, work with calendars and contacts, manage tasks, protect data with archiving and data files, as well as share and delegate access to your workspaces. In short, you’ll work with a wide range of features and options, and in so doing, understand why Outlook is a leading personal management system. This course builds upon the foundational knowledge presented in the Microsoft Office Outlook, Part 1 course and will help you customize a communication system well-suited to your work styles. In addition, this course will help you prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Certification exams for Microsoft Outlook.

Schedules 12/08/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/19/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/16/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/16/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/13/2018 – 04/13/2018 05/11/2018 – 05/11/2018


155

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft PowerPoint PowerPoint (2016/2013/2010) Combo

16 Hours | $720

You can also use the course to prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Certification exam for Microsoft PowerPoint.

Schedules 11/30/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018

PowerPoint 2016: Level 1

02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/08/2018 – 03/09/2018

Schedules

04/05/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/03/2018 – 05/04/2018

11/30/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/11/2018 02/08/2018 – 02/08/2018

06/07/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/12/2018 – 07/13/2018

It’s hard to imagine a day going by without people passing along large amounts of information. Messages are everywhere, and the number of messages we receive seems to be increasing each day. Whether via phone, email, mass media, or personal interaction, we are subjected to a constant stream of information. With so much communication to contend with, it can be difficult to grab people’s attention. But, we are often called upon to do just that. So, how do you grab and maintain an audience’s focus when you’re asked to present important information? By being clear,organized, and engaging. And, that is exactly what Microsoft Office PowerPoint (2016/2013/2010) can help you do. Gone are the days of flip charts or drawing on a white board to illustrate your point. Today audiences are tech savvy, accustomed to high-impact multimedia content, and stretched for time. By learning how to use the vast array of features and functionality contained within PowerPoint, you will gain the ability to organize your content, enhance it with high-impact visuals, and deliver it with a punch. In this course, you will use PowerPoint to begin creating engaging, dynamic multimedia presentations.

156

8 Hours | $360

03/08/2018 – 03/08/2018 04/05/2018 – 04/05/2018 05/03/2018 – 05/03/2018 06/07/2018 – 06/07/2018 07/12/2018 – 07/12/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft PowerPoint Level 1 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft PowerPoint. It’s hard to imagine a day going by without people passing along large amounts of information. Messages are everywhere, and the number of messages we receive seems to be increasing each day. Whether via phone, email, mass media, or personal interaction, we are subjected to a constant stream of information. With so much communication to contend with, it can be difficult to grab people’s attention. But, we are often called upon to do just that. So, how do you grab and maintain an audience’s focus when you’re asked to present important information? By being clear,organized, and engaging. And, that is exactly what Microsoft Office PowerPoint (2016/2013/2010) can help you do. Gone are the days of flip charts or drawing on a white board to illustrate your point. Today audiences are tech savvy, accustomed to high-impact multimedia content, and stretched for time. By learning how to use the vast array of features and functionality contained within PowerPoint, you will gain the ability to organize your content, enhance it


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

with high-impact visuals, and deliver it with a punch. In this course, you will use PowerPoint to begin creating engaging, dynamic multimedia presentations.



PowerPoint Level 2 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 12/01/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/12/2018 – 01/12/2018 02/09/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/09/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/06/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/04/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/08/2018 – 06/08/2018 07/13/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft PowerPoint Level 2 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft PowerPoint. Meetings, instruction, training, pitches; these are all a part of our daily lives. We are often called upon to deliver presentations with little notice, at multiple venues, and with varying requirements. And, some of these presentations include sensitive information that needs to be guarded. Given all the variables, it may seem an overwhelming task to deliver your content, on time, to all audiences, and to only those who need to see it. Microsoft Office PowerPoint (2016/2013/2010) provides you with a variety of such tools that can help you deliver content in nearly any situation, while saving time and effort. By taking advantage of these tools, you will be creating presentations that not only stand out from the crowd, but also don’t consume all of your available time.


157

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft PowerShell 10961: Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Learn how with Windows PowerShell 5.0, you can remotely manage multiple Windows based servers and automate day to day management and administration tasks. This course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to use Windows PowerShell for administering and automating administration of Windows servers. This course provides students the skills to identify and build the command they require to perform a specific task. In addition, students learn how to build scripts to accomplish advanced tasks such as automating repetitive tasks and generating reports. This course provides prerequisite skills supporting a broad range of Microsoft products, including Windows Server, Windows Client, Microsoft Exchange Server, Microsoft SharePoint Server, Microsoft SQL Server, System Center, and more. In keeping with that goal, this course will not focus on any one of those products, although Windows Server, which is the common platform for all of those products, will serve as the example for the techniques this course teaches.

10962: Advanced Automated Administration with Windows PowerShell

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules

Learn how to automate and streamline day to day management and administration tasks and functions in your Windows Server Infrastructure. This is a three-day course that will teach students how to automate administrative tasks using Windows PowerShell 5.1. Students will learn core scripting skills such as creating advanced functions, writing controller scripts, and handling script errors. Students will learn how to works with Windows PowerShell Workflow, the REST API and XML and JSON formatted data files, Students will also learn how to use new administration tools such Desired State Configuration (DSC) and Just Enough Administration (JEA) to configure and secure servers.

55039: Windows PowerShell Scripting and Toolmaking

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This five-day instructor-led course is intended for IT Professionals who have a working knowledge of Windows PowerShell 3.0 techniques and technologies, and who want to build reusable tools by using Windows PowerShell 3.0. Students of this course may administer a wide variety of server and client products and technologies that offer Windows PowerShell integration, including Microsoft Exchange Server, Microsoft Windows Active Directory Domain Services, Microsoft SharePoint Server, and more. This course focuses on the Windows PowerShell scripting language, and on the concepts and techniques needed to produce reusable, professional tools.

12/20/2017 – 12/22/2017

158


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Project

Microsoft SharePoint

Project 2016 Combo

20331: Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013

16 Hours | $998

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

Schedules

11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

Welcome to Microsoft Project 2016 : Level 1 & 2. This course is designed to familiarize you with the basic features and functions of Microsoft Project Professional 2016 so you can use it effectively and efficiently in a real-world environment. This course covers the critical knowledge and skills a project manager needs to create a project plan with Project 2016 during the planning phase of a project. In other words, if your supervisor assigns you to lead a project, this course will enable you to draft a project plan with Project 2016 and share it with your supervisor (and others) for review and approval.

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to configure and manage a Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 environment. This course will teach you how to configure SharePoint Server 2013, as well as provide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help you optimize your SharePoint server deployment. This is the first in a sequence of two courses for IT Professionals and will align with the first exam in the SharePoint Server 2013 IT Pro certification. Exam 70-331: Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013: counts as credit toward the following certification(s): Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE): SharePoint

20332: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

This five-day course examines how to plan, configure, and manage a Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 environment. Special areas of focus include implementing high availability, disaster recovery, service application architecture, Business Connectivity Services, social computing features,


159

NetCom Learning™ productivity and collaboration platforms and features, business intelligence solutions, enterprise content management, web content management infrastructure, solutions, and apps. The course also examines how to optimize the Search experience, how to develop and implement a governance plan. and how to perform an upgrade or migration to SharePoint Server 2013. Exam 70-332: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013: counts as credit toward the following certification(s): Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE): SharePoint

20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

This course will teach you how to plan, configure, and manage the advanced features in a SharePoint 2016 environment. The special areas of focus for this course include implementing high availability, disaster recovery, service application architecture, and Microsoft Business Connectivity Services. This course also focuses on social computing features, productivity, and collaboration platforms and features. Students also will learn about business intelligence solutions, Enterprise Content Management, web content management infrastructure, solutions, and apps. This course also covers how to develop and implement a governance plan, and how to perform an upgrade or a migration to SharePoint 2016. This is the second in a sequence of two courses for IT Professionals and is aligned with the SharePoint 2016 IT Pro certification.

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to plan and administer a Microsoft SharePoint 2016 environment. The course teaches you how to deploy, administer, and troubleshoot your SharePoint environment. This course also provides guidelines, best practices, and considerations that help you optimize your SharePoint deployment. This is the first in a sequence of two courses for IT professionals and is aligned with the SharePoint 2016 IT Pro certification.

20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016

20488: Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

In this course, students learn core skills that are common to almost all SharePoint development activities. These include working with the server-side and client-side object models, developing and deploying features, solutions, and apps, managing identity and permissions, querying and updating list data, managing taxonomy, using workflow to manage business processes, and customizing the user interface.

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

160


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20489: Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Advanced Solutions

55029: Introduction to SharePoint 2013 for Collaboration and Document Management

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,945

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

8 Hours | $589

11/13/2017 – 11/13/2017

This course provides SharePoint developers the information needed to implement SharePoint solutions using Enterprise Search, Managed Metadata Service (MMS), Business Connectivity Services (BCS), Enterprise Content Management (ECM), Web Content Management (WCM), Social Computing features and SharePoint Apps.

50547: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Site Collection and Site Administration

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

This five-day instructor-led Site Collection and Site Administrator course gives students who have SharePoint 2010 Owner permissions for a site the ability to manage, administer and modify a SharePoint 2010 site based on business needs and objectives. This course also provides the IT Business Analyst the necessary information to advise business units on which features are a best fit for their business processes. The course will provide students necessary information on SharePoint 2010 features and capabilities including how to implement and Best Practices for implementing the feature. The course will also focus on different aspects of Governance, Office 2010 integration, workflows, web parts and much more, helping students to understand the depth and breadth of SharePoint 2010.

SharePoint is a collaboration platform from Microsoft for customized web services and content management. It offers high-end capabilities for personalized access to documents, task lists, calendars, and other information. The SharePoint 2013: Introduction, Collaboration, and Document Management training provides comprehensive understanding of the features and functionalities of this tool for working in collaboration with others. The SharePoint document management classes offer an introduction to SharePoint terminology and an overview of SharePoint 2013 and Office 365. The SharePoint 2013 introduction and collaboration training is intended for users who want to leverage cloud-enabled team collaboration for managing their documents and tasks effectively. This course, 55029, also explores the social features of SharePoint 2013. The course is available through instructor-led and online training media.

55033: SharePoint 2013 Site Collection and Site Administration

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018

This five-day instructor-led course is intended for power users, who are tasked with working within the SharePoint 2013 environment. This course will provide a deeper, narrowly-focused training on the important and popular skills needed to be an administrator for SharePoint site collections and


161

NetCom Learning™ sites. SharePoint deployment or farm administration skills and tasks, which are required for IT professionals to manage SharePoint 2013, are available in separate Microsoft Official Courseware.

55035: Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 for the Site Owner/Power User

The focus of this course is on the SharePoint 2013 business intelligence platform and not on the SQL business intelligence services. As far as possible each of the modules is stand-alone allowing for customization of the course for those audiences that may not have an interest in a certain service.

16 Hours | $1,178

Schedules 01/24/2018 – 01/25/2018

This course designed for information workers or power users who serve as SharePoint Site Owners or Site Collection Administrators. Aspirants should take this course if they need to know how to manage the team collaboration, document management and social features of Microsoft SharePoint 2013. This class is an excellent prerequisite for IT Professionals who work as SharePoint Server Administrators attending 20331: Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013. This class can be delivered using Site Collections on an in-house server, virtual machines or Office 365.

55042: SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence

28 Hours | $2,356

24 Hours | $1,800

Schedules 12/06/2017 – 12/08/2017

This course is designed for the Power User, Collection Administrator and Developers that want to learn the new SharePoint 2013 workflow development process using SharePoint Designer 2013, the Visual Designer and Visio 2013. SharePoint 2016 maintains the same functionality as SharePoint 2013 for workflows and continues to use SharePoint Designer 2013.

55200: SharePoint 2016 Power User Training

16 Hours | $1,178

Schedules

Schedules

11/28/2017 – 12/01/2017

This course provides students with the necessary knowledge to work with all the associated SharePoint business intelligence services including PerformancePoint Service, Excel Services, Business Connectivity Services, and Visio Services. The new and improved Business Intelligence Center is explored, and all the exciting new features within the SharePoint 2013 release are covered.

162

55048: No-Code SharePoint 2013-2016 Workflows With SharePoint Designer 2013

12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/01/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/22/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/10/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/28/2018 – 06/29/2018

This SharePoint 2016 Power User training class is designed for individuals who need to learn the fundamentals of managing SharePoint sites.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

55234: SharePoint 2016 Site Collections and Site Owner Administration

40 Hours | $2,945

Metadata Service (MMS), Business Connectivity Services (BCS), Enterprise Content Management (ECM), Web Content Management (WCM), Social Computing features and SharePoint Apps.

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

MCSE: SharePoint 2016 Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

55234: SharePoint 2016 Site Collections and Site Owner Administration course is intended for power users, who are tasked with working within the SharePoint 2016 environment. This course will provide a deeper, narrowly-focused training on the important and popular skills needed to be an administrator for SharePoint site collections and sites. SharePoint deployment or farm administration skills and tasks, which are required for IT professionals to manage SharePoint 2016.

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/17/2017

This package is a combo of two courses (1) 20339- 1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016, (2) 20339- 2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016.

This course is designed to complement skills learned in other Microsoft courses, which focus on overall SharePoint 2016 server administration and deployment as well as overall Office 365 management: 20339-1, Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 20339-2, Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 20347, Enabling and Managing Office 365

MCSD: SharePoint 2013 Applications Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course provides SharePoint developers the information needed to implement SharePoint solutions using Enterprise Search, Managed Call to register: 888-563-8266

163

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft SharePoint EndUser

Microsoft Skype For Business

55199: SharePoint 2016 End User Training

20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015

Schedules

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,767

40 Hours | $2,945

12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

05/07/2018 – 05/09/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/27/2018

This SharePoint 2016 End User class is for end users working in a SharePoint 2016 environment. The course teaches SharePoint basics such as working with lists and libraries as well as basic page customizations.

Skype for Business is a high-end collaboration tool for users that supports multiple features, including instant messaging (IM), chat, conferencing, archiving, and monitoring. Business as well as individual users need a thorough functional understanding of this communication tool to leverage it effectively. The 20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 training from NetCom Learning trains learners in the on-premises deployment of Skype for Business. Skype for Business training courses focus on developing the proficiency necessary to plan, deploy, configure, and administer Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 solutions. The Microsoft Skype for Business training also provides information on how to migrate from previous versions of Lync Server, as well as how to effect the on-premises deployment of Skype for Business Online. Trainees will learn how to manage and maintain the infrastructure and how to troubleshoot arising problems through this hands-on Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 online training.

164


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Skype for Business

40409: Deploying Voice Workloads for Skype for Business Online and Server 2015

20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,945

40 Hours | $2,945

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

Skype for Business is a high-end collaboration tool for users that supports multiple features, including instant messaging (IM), chat, conferencing, archiving, and monitoring. Business as well as individual users need a thorough functional understanding of this communication tool to leverage it effectively. The 20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 training from NetCom Learning trains learners in the on-premises deployment of Skype for Business. Skype for Business training courses focus on developing the proficiency necessary to plan, deploy, configure, and administer Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 solutions. The Microsoft Skype for Business training also provides information on how to migrate from previous versions of Lync Server, as well as how to effect the on-premises deployment of Skype for Business Online. Trainees will learn how to manage and maintain the infrastructure and how to troubleshoot arising problems through this hands-on Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 online training.

This course teaches how to design, plan, and deploy the various voice solutions available with Skype for Business Online and Skype for Business Server 2015. This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills to configure and manage Cloud PBX with PSTN Calling, Cloud PBX with On-Premises PSTN Connectivity, Cloud Connector Edition, and on-premises Enterprise Voice. This course will also provide procedures, guidelines, best practices, and other important considerations that will help you implement, optimize, and troubleshoot Skype for Business Online and Skype for Business Server 2015 voice solutions. This course helps aspirants prepare for Microsoft Exam 70-333 ‘Deploying Enterprise Voice with Skype for Business 2015.’

MCSE: Communication 2015 Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/23/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/29/2018

This MCSE: Communication 2015 is a combo of two courses (1) 40409: Deploying Voice Workloads for Skype for Business Online and Server 2015, (2) 20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015


165

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft SQL Database 20764: Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

This course provides students who administer and maintain SQL Server databases with the knowledge and skills to administer a SQL server database infrastructure. Additionally, it will be of use to individuals who develop applications that deliver content from SQL Server databases. This course prepares to take Exam 70-764 that qualifies you to be a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA).

The 20765 Provisioning SQL Databases training covers conducting new installations as well as migrating from an existing older version. The program provides comprehensive knowledge about provisioning and managing a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database, both on-premises and in Azure across enterprises. Microsoft SQL Server 2016 Database training focuses on instilling the capability to efficiently manage, maintain, and administer SQL Server 2016 databases. The program also familiarizes learners with application development where the content is obtained from SQL Server databases. The hands-on training helps candidates to prepare for the Microsoft SQL Server 2016 Database certification exam.

20767: Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse (SQL Server 2016)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,950

02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills to provision a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database. The course covers SQL Server 2016 provision both on-premise and in Azure, and covers installing from new and migrating from an existing install.

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

NetCom Learning provides an interactive 20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016 training course for Database professionals who are looking to enhance their skills to provision a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database.

166


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20768: Developing SQL Data Models SQL Server

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules

Microsoft SQL Server 10985: Introduction to SQL Databases SQL Server 2016

24 Hours | $1,800

12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

04/09/2018 – 04/11/2018 05/30/2018 – 06/01/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/18/2018

01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018

This course is aimed at database professionals who fulfil a Business Intelligence (BI) developer role. This course looks at implementing multidimensional databases by using SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS), and at creating tabular semantic data models for analysis with SSAS. This course prepares to take Exam 70-768 that qualifies you to be a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA).

03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/25/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/06/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/11/2018

This course is aimed at people looking to move into a database professional role or whose job role is expanding to encompass database elements. The course describes fundamental database concepts including database types, database languages, and database designs.

10987: Performance Tuning and Optimizing SQL Databases

32 Hours | $2,356

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/16/2017

In this course students get knowledge about who to manage and maintain SQL Server databases with the knowledge and skills to performance tune and optimize their databases.

10988: Managing SQL Business Intelligence Operations

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules 11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017


167

NetCom Learning™ 10988: Managing SQL Business Intelligence Operations course is aimed at database professionals who manage Business Intelligence (BI) operations. This course looks at various options that provide the ability of business users to analyze data and share their findings, starting with managed BI data sources and expanding to personal and external/public data sources.

database. The course focuses on teaching individuals how to use SQL Server 2016 product features and tools related to developing a database.

20764: Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

20761: Querying Data with Transact-SQL (SQL Server 2016)

40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

This course is designed to introduce students to Transact-SQL. It is designed in such a way that the first three days can be taught as a course to students requiring the knowledge for other courses in the SQL Server curriculum. Days 4 & 5 teach the remaining skills required to take exam 70-761.

20762: Developing SQL Databases SQL Server 2016

40 Hours | $3,000

Schedules

This course provides students who administer and maintain SQL Server databases with the knowledge and skills to administer a SQL server database infrastructure. Additionally, it will be of use to individuals who develop applications that deliver content from SQL Server databases. This course prepares to take Exam 70-764 that qualifies you to be a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA).

20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,950

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018

01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills to develop a Microsoft SQL Server 2016

168

NetCom Learning provides an interactive 20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016 training course for Database professionals who are looking to


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

enhance their skills to provision a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database. The 20765 Provisioning SQL Databases training covers conducting new installations as well as migrating from an existing older version. The program provides comprehensive knowledge about provisioning and managing a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database, both on-premises and in Azure across enterprises. Microsoft SQL Server 2016 Database training focuses on instilling the capability to efficiently manage, maintain, and administer SQL Server 2016 databases. The program also familiarizes learners with application development where the content is obtained from SQL Server databases. The hands-on training helps candidates to prepare for the Microsoft SQL Server 2016 Database certification exam.

20768: Developing SQL Data Models SQL Server

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules 12/27/2017 – 12/29/2017 02/19/2018 – 02/21/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/11/2018 05/30/2018 – 06/01/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/18/2018

This course is aimed at database professionals who fulfil a Business Intelligence (BI) developer role. This course looks at implementing multidimensional databases by using SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS), and at creating tabular semantic data models for analysis with SSAS. This course prepares to take Exam 70-768 that qualifies you to be a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA).

20767: Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse (SQL Server 2016)

20778: Analyzing Data with Power BI

Schedules

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,767

40 Hours | $2,945 11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills to provision a Microsoft SQL Server 2016 database. The course covers SQL Server 2016 provision both on-premise and in Azure, and covers installing from new and migrating from an existing install.

The main purpose of the course is to give students a good understanding of data analysis with Power BI. The course includes creating visualizations, the Power BI Service, and the Power BI Mobile App.


169

NetCom Learning™

55123: Writing Reports with Report Builder and SSRS 2014 Level 1

16 Hours | $1,295

40 Hours | $3,950

Schedules

Schedules

11/27/2017 – 11/28/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/16/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/13/2018

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018

In this course, aspirants will continue their learning on the foundations of report writing with Microsoft SQL Server Report Builder and SSRS. The focus will be on report writing by connecting to a database and manipulating the data for presentation including: creating table and matrix reports, formatting reports, grouping report data, creating simple and complex expressions, displaying aggregated data, sorting and filtering data, charting data, and preparing reports for printing and exporting. Report Builder 3.0 is available for Microsoft SQL Server versions 2014, 2012, and 2008 R2.

55128: Writing Reports with Report Builder and SSRS 2014 Level 2

16 Hours | $1,295

Schedules 11/29/2017 – 11/30/2017 01/17/2018 – 01/18/2018 03/14/2018 – 03/15/2018

In this course, aspirants will continue their learning on the foundations of report writing with Microsoft SQL Server Report Builder and SSRS. The focus will be on report creation by connecting to a database and manipulating the data for presentation including: creating parameter reports, creating list reports, adding complex expressions to reports, adding images and subreports to reports, adding drilldown and drillthrough functionality, and adding sparklines, data bars, and indicators to reports. Report Builder 3.0 is available for Microsoft SQL Server versions 2014, 2012, and 2008 R2.

170

Advanced T-SQL Querying, Programming and Tuning for SQL Server 2012, 2014 and 2016

Advanced T-SQL Querying, Programming and Tuning for SQL Server 2012, 2014 and 2016 course focuses on writing and tuning queries and programming with T-SQL in SQL Server 2012, 2014 and 2016. In this course you will learn the details and capabilities of T-SQL in the following areas: Logical Query Processing; Query Tuning (Internals and Index Tuning, including Columnstore Indexes, Query Store, New Cardinality Estimator, Temporary Tables, Sets vs. Cursors, Query Tuning with Query Revisions); Subqueries and Table Expressions (Derived Tables, CTEs, Views, Inline Table-Valued Functions), Recursive Queries, APPLY Operator, Joins and Set Operators; Aggregating, Pivoting and Windowing (including Ranking, Aggregate and Offset Window Functions); TOP and OFFSET-FETCH; Data Modification; Working with Date and Time (including temporal tables); Programmable Objects (Dynamic SQL, User Defined Functions, Stored Procedures, Triggers, Transactions and Concurrency, Exception Handling); In-Memory OLTP. Along the course you will learn how to use T-SQL to solve practical problems such as: Relational Division, Missing and Existing Ranges (Gaps and Islands), Separating Elements, Pivoting and Unpivoting, Ranking and Offset, Running Totals, Moving Averages, YTD, Custom Aggregations, TOP and OFFSET-FETCH Problems, Paging, Top N Per Group, Median, Data De-Duplication, Handling Sequences, Merging Data, Treatment of Temporal Intervals (Intersection, Max Concurrent, Packing), Dynamic Filtering, Migrating On-Disk to Memory Optimized Data, and more. You will learn how to tune your queries, how to develop efficient routines including user defined functions, stored procedures and triggers, work in


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

multi-user environments with transactions and isolation levels, and use dynamic SQL securely and efficiently. The course provides a dedicated module focusing on query tuning. The module covers internals and index tuning, including coverage of Columnstore data, index access methods, cardinality estimations, query store, temporary tables, set vs. cursors, and query tuning using query revisions. Moreover, query tuning is in the heart of this course and is incorporated in the different modules throughout the course. With each querying/programming problem the discussions will revolve around logical aspects, set-based vs. procedural programming and optimization of the solutions. The course workbook also contains a bonus self-study appendix on Graphs and Recursive queries. This appendix covers graphs, trees and hierarchies. It explains how to model and query such structures. It also covers the HIERARCHYID datatype. About the Instructor : Itzik Ben-Gan is a Mentor and Co-Founder of SolidQ. A Data Platform Microsoft MVP (Most Valuable Professional) since 1999, Itzik has delivered numerous training events around the world focused on T-SQL Querying, Query Tuning and Programming. Itzik is the author of several books including T-SQL Fundamentals Third Edition and T-SQL Querying. He has written articles for SQL Server Pro, SolidQ Journal and MSDN. Itzik speaking activities include SQLPASS, SQLBits, SQL Nexus, SQLU, SQLTeach and various user groups around the world. Itzik is the author of SolidQ’s Advanced T-SQL Querying, Programming and Tuning and T-SQL Fundamentals courses along with being a primary resource within the company for their T-SQL related activities.

Building and Managing High Availability Solutions with SQL Server 2016 and 2014

24 Hours | $2,750

Schedules 02/27/2018 – 03/01/2018

This is a High-Availability course for the real-world. You’ll learn the essentials for building and managing a reliable high availability solution. Also learn about failover clustering, SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS), SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS), and SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

MCSA: SQL 2016 Business Intelligence Development Combo

64 Hours | $4,712

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/29/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/21/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/11/2018 05/21/2018 – 06/01/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/18/2018

This MCSA: SQL 2016 Business Intelligence Development package is a combo of two courses: 20767: Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse & 20768: Developing SQL Data Models SOL Server. To become an MCSA: SQL 2016 Business Intelligence Development Certified you have to clear all the exams followed by the courses mentioned above.

MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Administration Combo

80 Hours | $5,895

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/09/2018


171

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft System Center Manager

03/19/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/29/2018

This MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Administration Combo package is a combo of two courses: 20764: Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure & 20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016. To become an MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Administration Certified you have to clear all the exams followed by the courses above.

MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Development Combo

80 Hours | $6,000

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/23/2018 – 05/04/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/22/2018

This MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Development Combo package is a combo of two courses: 20761: Querying Data with Transact-SQL & 20762: Developing SQL Databases SQL Server 2016. To become an MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Development Certified you have two clear all the exams followed by the courses mentioned above.

10748: Planning and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

24 Hours | $1,767

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Get detailed instruction and hands-on practice planning and deploying Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and its associated site systems. This three-day Microsoft Official course is designed for IT Professionals who are responsible for designing and deploying one or more System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager sites and all supporting systems, as well as configuring and managing endpoints in those systems. You will learn how to plan for the deployment of the central administration site, one or more primary sites and secondary sites, and all associated site systems. You will also learn how to migrate from System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager. This course also helps candidates prepare for Exam 70-243, MCTS: Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager. Both Configuration Manager courses, 10747D and 10748C, or the equivalent knowledge and skills will be necessary to prepare for the exam.

10964: Cloud & Datacenter Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

172


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course equips students with the skills they require to deploy and configure System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. Using hands-on labs, students learn the following:

- How to troubleshoot an Operations Manager Management Group and perform disaster recovery procedures such as database and management server recovery.

- How to architect and implement a System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Management Group.

- How to use new features in System Center 2012 R2 including: Integration with System Center Advisor, Integration with Team Foundation Server, IntelliTrace, and Managing Windows Azure.

- How to upgrade and migrate from an existing Operations Manager 2007 R2 Management Group to System Center 2012 Operations Manager, System Center 2012 SP1 Operations Manager and System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. - Understand the key elements of Management Packs including Object Discoveries, Rules, Monitors, Targeting and Run As Accounts and Run As Profiles. This includes authoring Management Packs. - How to configure fabric and application monitoring in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager including both datacenter and cloud resources such as networking, storage and compute. - How to configure monitoring of .NET and Java based applications using Application Performance Monitoring. - How to configure end-to-end service monitoring including synthetic transactions and Distributed Application Diagrams. - How to configure Dashboards, Service Level Tracking Reporting and the SharePoint Web Part to enable visualization of key performance and availability metrics. - How to customize the Operations Manager Console to meet the needs of different application support teams. - How to integrate Operations Manager with other System Center 2012 R2 components and extend monitoring to include key business processes and procedures.

20246: Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course describes how to monitor and operate a cloud with Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. This course focuses on how to manage and administer a cloud environment, and it describes how you can monitor key infrastructure elements and applications that run within a cloud. It does not discuss planning and implementation, which is covered in 20247: Configuring and Deploying a Cloud with System Center 2012 R2.

20247: Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course equips students with the skills they require to configure and deploy a cloud using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. Using hands-on labs, students learn the following: • Produce a high-level design that accounts for requirements for cloud environments.


173

NetCom Learning™ • Configure and deploy the cloud fabric. • Configure a PXE server, an update server, and a software update baseline. • Configure Microsoft Server Application Virtualization (App-V) so that it can be used to sequence and deploy an application virtually. • Build the core components delivering services on the fabric.

necessary

for

• Allocate resources to a cloud and grant access to a cloud. • Understand how to Operations Manager.

monitor

clouds

using

• Understand the tools necessary to extend and customize Operations • Manager for cloud environments. • Set up, configure, and integrate the core components of Service Manager into a cloud fabric. • Configure a service catalog, and then publish it to the Self-Service Portal. • Gain the knowledge necessary to deploy and configure Data Protection Manager in a cloud. • Deploy and configure Orchestrator in a cloud, and then integrate it with other System Center components.

20409: Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center 2012

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Get hands-on instruction and practice implementing Microsoft Server Virtualization with Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V and System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager in this 5-day Microsoft Official Course. This course provides the hands-on training that can help you prepare for the Microsoft Specialist exam 74-409: Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center. You will learn the skills you need to deploy and manage a Microsoft Server Virtualization infrastructure in an enterprise environment. You will learn how to configure, manage, and maintain Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V and System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager including networking and storage services. You will learn how to configure key Microsoft Server Virtualization features such as Generation 2 Virtual Machines, Replication Extension, Online Export, Cross-Version Live Migration, Online VHDX Resizing, Live Migration Performance tuning as well as Dynamic Virtual Switch Load Balancing and virtual Receive Side Scaling (vRSS). As part of the learning experience, you will perform hands-on exercises in a virtual lab environment. NOTE: This course is based on Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview and System Center 2012 R2 Preview. This course is designed for experienced IT professionals who support medium to large enterprises and have experience administering Windows Server 2012.

174


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20695: Deploying Windows Desktops and Enterprise Applications

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course describes how to assess operating system and application deployment options, determine the most appropriate deployment strategy, and then implement a deployment solution for Windows devices and apps that meets your environment needs. Solutions that this course details include operating system deployment scenarios ranging from high-touch solutions to zero-touch solutions. It also discusses the technologies that you use to implement these solutions, including the MDT and Configuration Manager.

20696: Administering System Center Configuration Manager and Intune (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Get expert instruction and hands-on practice configuring and managing clients and devices by using Microsoft System Center v1511 Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, and their associated site systems. In this five-day course, you will learn day-to-day management tasks, including how to manage software, client health, hardware and

software inventory, applications, and integration with Intune. You also will learn how to optimize System Center Endpoint Protection, manage compliance, and create management queries and reports. Additionally, this course, in conjunction with Microsoft Official Course 20695C, also helps certification candidates prepare for Exam 70-696: Managing Enterprise Devices and Apps. Note: This is the replacement course of Microsoft 10747: Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

MCSE: Private Cloud 2012 Combo

80 Hours | $5,890

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/22/2017

Companies are looking for IT professionals who can help them build private cloud solutions to optimize IT service delivery. With Windows Server 2008 and System Center 2012, you can build your Microsoft private cloud solution and gain the automation and flexibility you need for your IT infrastructure, now and in the future. Do you have experience with these technologies? Are you ready to begin the journey to cloud computing with a Microsoft private cloud implementation? Become Private Cloud certified and prove your knowledge and skills in managing and implementing Microsoft private cloud computing technologies. * The Private Cloud certification requires candidates to show continued ability to perform in this technology area by completing a recertification exam every three years. To earn your MCSE Private Cloud certification start with either a MCSA: Windows Server 2008 or MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification, then pass Exams 70-246 and 70-247. If you choose to earn the MCSE: Private Cloud certification with the MCSA: Windows


175

NetCom Learning™ Server 2012 certification, it will not be reflected on your transcript until November, 2012. If taking this class remotely / via Live Online, students must have dual SVGA monitors 17” or larger, supporting 1440x900 minimum resolution.

Microsoft Virtualization 20413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

20413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) course provides you with the skills and knowledge needed to plan, design, and deploy a physical and logical Windows Server 2012 Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) infrastructure. The course also provides the skills to perform name resolution, application integration, optimization of automate remediation and maintenance of network services.

20414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

20414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) course, students will learn how to plan and implement some of the more advanced features available in Windows Server 2012. Course 20413 is a prerequisite course for Course 20414.

176


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Windows 10982: Supporting and Troubleshooting Windows 10

20695: Deploying Windows Desktops and Enterprise Applications

40 Hours | $2,945

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills required to install and configure Windows 10 desktops and devices in a Windows Server domain corporate environment.

20398: Planning for and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Enterprise Mobility Suite (EMS) & On-Premises Tools

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 02/19/2018 – 02/23/2018

This course describes how to assess operating system and application deployment options, determine the most appropriate deployment strategy, and then implement a deployment solution for Windows devices and apps that meets your environment窶冱 needs. Solutions that this course details include operating system deployment scenarios ranging from high-touch solutions to zero-touch solutions. It also discusses the technologies that you use to implement these solutions, including the MDT and Configuration Manager.

20696: Administering System Center Configuration Manager and Intune (System Center 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course teaches IT professionals how to use the Enterprise Mobility Suite to manage devices, users, and data. In addition, this course teaches students how to use other technologies, such as Group Policy and other Windows Server sed technologies, to manage devices and secure data. Aspirants will learn how to design and implement cloud-based and on-premises solutions for managing Windows-based, iOS, and Android devices, and they will learn how to provide secure and efficient access to data and applications.

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Get expert instruction and hands-on practice configuring and managing clients and devices by using Microsoft System Center v1511 Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, and their associated site systems. In this five-day course, you will learn day-to-day management tasks, including how to


177

NetCom Learning™ manage software, client health, hardware and software inventory, applications, and integration with Intune. You also will learn how to optimize System Center Endpoint Protection, manage compliance, and create management queries and reports. Additionally, this course, in conjunction with Microsoft Official Course 20695C, also helps certification candidates prepare for Exam 70-696: Managing Enterprise Devices and Apps. Note: This is the replacement course of Microsoft 10747: Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

20697-1: Implementing and Managing Windows 10

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/13/2018

This course provides aspirants with the knowledge and skills required to install and configure Windows 10 desktops and devices in a corporate Windows Server domain environment. The skills that this course details include learning how to install and customize Windows 10 operating systems and apps, and configure local and remote network connectivity and storage. Aspirants also will learn how to configure security for data, devices, and networks, and maintain, update, and recover Windows 10.

20697-2: Deploying and Managing Windows 10 Using Enterprise Services

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/21/2018 – 05/25/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

This course provides administrators with the knowledge and skills necessary to deploy and manage Windows 10 desktops, devices, and applications in an enterprise environment. Students learn how to plan and implement Windows 10 deployments in large organizations. Students also learn how to manage the Windows 10 installations after deployment to provide secure identity and data access using technologies related to Group Policy, Remote Access, and Workplace Join. To support a variety of device and data management solutions, Microsoft Azure Active Directory, Microsoft Intune, and Microsoft Azure Rights Management are introduced. These services are part of the Enterprise Mobility Suite, which provides identity and access management, and cloud-based device, application, and update management. In addition, Enterprise Mobility Suite offers more secure data access to information stored both in the cloud and on location within corporate networks.

20698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/23/2018

178


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

05/07/2018 – 05/11/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This course provides IT professionals with the knowledge and skills required to install and configure Windows 10 desktops in a Windows Server small to medium-sized AD DS domain environment. These skills include learning how to install and customize Windows 10 operating systems and apps, configure local and remote network connectivity, and configure local and online storage. Students also will learn how to configure security in addition to how to maintain, update, and recover Windows 10.

MCSA: Windows 10 Combo

120 Hours | $8,835

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/19/2018 – 04/06/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/25/2018 06/25/2018 – 07/20/2018

This package is designed to provide aspirants with the knowledge and skills required to install and configure Windows 10 desktops and devices in a Windows Server domain corporate environment. These skills include learning how to install and customize Windows 10 operating systems and apps, and configure local and remote network connectivity and storage. Aspirants will also learn how to configure data security, device security, and network security, and maintain, update, and recover Windows 10.

Microsoft Windows Server 10969: Active Directory Services with Windows Server 2012

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Get hands-on instruction and practice administering Active Directory technologies in Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 in this 5-day Microsoft Official Course. You will learn the skills you need to better manage and protect data access and information, simplify deployment and management of your identity infrastructure, and provide more secure access to data from virtually anywhere. You will learn how to configure some of the key features in Active Directory such as Active Directory Domain Services, Group Policy, Dynamic Access Control, Work Folders, Workplace Join, Certificate Services, Rights Management Services and Federation Services, as well as integrating your on premise environment with cloud based technologies such as Windows Azure Active Directory. As part of the learning experience, you will perform hands-on exercises in a virtual lab environment. This course is based on Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2. This course is designed for experienced IT professionals who support medium to large enterprises and have fundamental knowledge and experience administering Active Directory.

This package follows the exam objectives for exam: 70-697: Configuring Windows Devices and 70-698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10, both of which are required exams for MCSA: Windows 10.


179

NetCom Learning™

10972: Administering the Web Server (IIS) Role of Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

This course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to configure and manage Internet Information Services. This course is intended to help provide pre-requisite skills supporting a broad range of Internet web applications, security, and knowledge to help support other products that use IIS such as Exchange and SharePoint. In keeping with that goal, this course will not focus on any particular web application or development practice.

20409: Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center 2012

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

NOTE: This course is based on Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview and System Center 2012 R2 Preview. This course is designed for experienced IT professionals who support medium to large enterprises and have experience administering Windows Server 2012.

20410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

Get hands-on instruction and practice implementing Microsoft Server Virtualization with Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V and System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager in this 5-day Microsoft Official Course. This course provides the hands-on training that can help you prepare for the Microsoft Specialist exam 74-409: Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center. You will learn the skills you need to deploy and manage a Microsoft Server Virtualization infrastructure in an enterprise environment. You will learn how to configure, manage, and maintain

180

Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V and System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager including networking and storage services. You will learn how to configure key Microsoft Server Virtualization features such as Generation 2 Virtual Machines, Replication Extension, Online Export, Cross-Version Live Migration, Online VHDX Resizing, Live Migration Performance tuning as well as Dynamic Virtual Switch Load Balancing and virtual Receive Side Scaling (vRSS). As part of the learning experience, you will perform hands-on exercises in a virtual lab environment.

The course is part one, of a series of three courses, which provide hands-on instruction and practice on installing and configuring Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2. The three courses in total collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining, and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the courses, this course primarily covers the initial implementation and configuration of those core services, such as Networking, Storage, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Group Policy, File and Print Services, and Hyper-V.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Exam 70410:Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012, which is the first of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential.

This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Exam 70411: Administering Windows Server 2012, which is the second of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential.

Note: Labs in this course are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.


20411: Administering Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

20412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services (R2 Update)

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,945

40 Hours | $2,945

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

This course is part two of a series of three courses, which provides hands-on instruction and practice administering Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2. The three courses in total will collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the courses, this course will primarily cover the administration tasks necessary to maintain a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure, such as configuring and troubleshooting name resolution, user and group management with Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Group Policy, implementing Remote Access solutions such as DirectAccess, VPNs and Web Application Proxy, implementing Network Policies and Network Access Protection, Data Security, deployment and maintenance of server images, as well as update management and monitoring of Windows Server 2012 environments.

The course is part three, of a series of three courses, which provides hands-on instruction and practice configuring advanced Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2 services. The three courses in total will collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the three courses this course will primarily cover advanced configuration and services tasks necessary to deploy, manage and maintain a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure, such as advanced networking services, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS), Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS), Network Load Balancing, Failover Clustering, business continuity and disaster recovery services as well as access and information provisioning and protection technologies such as Dynamic Access Control (DAC), and Web Application Proxy integration with AD FS and Workplace Join.


181

NetCom Learning™ This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Exam 70412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services, which is the third of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential. Note: Labs in this course are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.

20414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) course, students will learn how to plan and implement some of the more advanced features available in Windows Server 2012. Course 20413 is a prerequisite course for Course 20414.

20740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

20413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/27/2017 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/13/2018 – 01/27/2018 01/29/2018 – 02/19/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018 04/07/2018 – 04/21/2018

01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

04/16/2018 – 04/20/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/21/2018

20413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) course provides you with the skills and knowledge needed to plan, design, and deploy a physical and logical Windows Server 2012 Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) infrastructure. The course also provides the skills to perform name resolution, application integration, optimization of automate remediation and maintenance of network services.

06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018 06/16/2018 – 06/30/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

This course is designed primarily for IT professionals who have some experience with Windows Server. It is designed for professionals who will be responsible for managing storage and compute by using Windows Server 2016, and who need to understand the scenarios, requirements, and storage and compute options that are available and applicable to Windows Server 2016.

20414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012)

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

182


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp

30 Hours | $2,500

Schedules

20741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp

30 Hours | $2,500

Schedules 12/19/2017 – 12/21/2017 03/06/2018 – 03/08/2018 05/22/2018 – 05/24/2018

12/16/2017 – 12/18/2017 03/03/2018 – 03/05/2018 05/19/2018 – 05/21/2018

This course is a part of a 9-day MCSA Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp.ﾂInstallation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016ﾂcourse is designed primarily for IT professionals who have some experience with Windows Server. It is beneficial for the professionals who will be responsible for managing storage and compute by using Windows Server 2016, and who need to understand the scenarios, requirements, and storage and compute options that are available and applicable to Windows Server 2016.

This course is a part of a 9-day MCSA Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp, provides the fundamental networking skills required to deploy and support Windows Server 2016 in most organizations. It covers IP fundamentals, remote access technologies, and more advanced content including Software Defined Networking.

20742: Identity with Windows Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules

20741: Networking with Windows Server 2016

01/04/2018 – 01/22/2018 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

Schedules

03/15/2018 – 04/05/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018

40 Hours | $2,945

11/30/2017 – 12/20/2017

02/17/2018 – 03/03/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/16/2018

05/12/2018 – 05/26/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018 06/18/2018 – 07/02/2018

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 01/28/2018 – 02/11/2018 02/21/2018 – 03/14/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018 04/22/2018 – 05/06/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 05/23/2018 – 06/14/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018 07/01/2018 – 07/15/2018

This course provides the fundamental networking skills required to deploy and support Windows Server 2016 in most organizations. It covers IP fundamentals, remote access technologies, and more advanced content including Software Defined Networking.

This course teaches IT Pros how to deploy and configure Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) in a distributed environment, how to implement Group Policy, how to perform backup and restore, and how to monitor and troubleshoot Active Directory’s related issues with Windows Server 2016. Additionally, this course teaches how to deploy other Active Directory server roles such as Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) and Active Directory Certificate Services (AD CS).


183

NetCom Learning™

20742: Identity with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp

aspirants’ existing Windows Server knowledge and skills, as they pertain to Windows Server 2016.

30 Hours | $2,500

Schedules 12/22/2017 – 12/24/2017 03/09/2018 – 03/11/2018 05/25/2018 – 05/27/2018

MCSA: Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) Combo

120 Hours | $8,835

This course teaches IT Pros how to deploy and configure Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) in a distributed environment, how to implement Group Policy, how to perform backup and restore, and how to monitor and troubleshoot Active Directory related issues with Windows Server 2016. Additionally, this course teaches how to deploy other Active Directory server roles such as Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) and Active Directory Certificate Services (AD CS).

20743: Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA: Windows Server 2016

40 Hours | $2,945

Schedules 01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/09/2018

12/04/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/16/2018 03/26/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/22/2018

The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server 2012 certification shows that you have the primary set of Windows Server skills that are relevant across multiple solution areas in a business environment. The MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification is a prerequisite for earning the MCSE: Server Infrastructure certification or the MCSE: Desktop Infrastructure certification. This package is comprised of a series of three courses that follows the exam objectives for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification. MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exams:

This course explains how to implement and configure new Windows Server 2016 features and functionality. This course is for information technology (IT) professionals who want to upgrade their technical skills from Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2012 to Windows Server 2016. This course presumes a high level of knowledge about previous Windows Server technologies and skills equivalent to the Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2012 credential. This course is not a product-upgrade course, detailing considerations for migrating and upgrading aspirants’ specific environment to Windows Server 2016. Rather, this course provides updates to 184

Schedules

• MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 1: 70-410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 • MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 2: 70-411: Administering Windows Server 2012 • MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 3: 70-412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services. Labs in the courses in this package are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Combo

120 Hours | $8,835

Schedules

MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Prep Boot Camp

90 Hours | $7,500

Schedules

11/06/2017 – 01/22/2018 01/08/2018 – 01/26/2018 01/13/2018 – 03/03/2018

12/16/2017 – 12/24/2017 03/03/2018 – 03/11/2018 05/19/2018 – 05/27/2018

01/29/2018 – 04/05/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/16/2018 04/07/2018 – 05/26/2018 04/16/2018 – 05/04/2018 04/30/2018 – 07/11/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/22/2018

The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server 2016 certification shows that you have the primary set of Windows Server skills that are relevant across multiple solution areas in a business environment. Earning an MCSA: Windows Server 2016 certification qualifies you for a position as a network or computer systems administrator or as a computer network specialist, and it is the first step on your path to becoming a Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE). This package is comprised of a series of three courses that follows the exam objectives for MCSA: Windows Server 2016 certification. MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exams:

NetCom’s 9-day MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp package includes all the Microsoft recommended courses to prepare you for the 3 exams required to achieve your MCSA in Windows Server 2016 certification. This package is comprised of a series of three courses that follows the exam objectives for MCSA: Windows Server 2016 certification. MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exams MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 1: 740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 2: 741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 3: 742: Identity with Windows Server 2016

• MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 1: 740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 • MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 2: 741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 • MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Exam 3: 742: Identity with Windows Server 2016


185

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Windows Server 2012

20411: Administering Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

20410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update)

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,945

40 Hours | $2,945

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018 06/11/2018 – 06/15/2018

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/02/2018 03/26/2018 – 03/30/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/08/2018

The course is part one, of a series of three courses, which provide hands-on instruction and practice on installing and configuring Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2. The three courses in total collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining, and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the courses, this course primarily covers the initial implementation and configuration of those core services, such as Networking, Storage, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Group Policy, File and Print Services, and Hyper-V. This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Exam 70410:Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012, which is the first of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential. Note: Labs in this course are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.

This course is part two of a series of three courses, which provides hands-on instruction and practice administering Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2. The three courses in total will collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the courses, this course will primarily cover the administration tasks necessary to maintain a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure, such as configuring and troubleshooting name resolution, user and group management with Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Group Policy, implementing Remote Access solutions such as DirectAccess, VPNs and Web Application Proxy, implementing Network Policies and Network Access Protection, Data Security, deployment and maintenance of server images, as well as update management and monitoring of Windows Server 2012 environments. This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Exam 70411: Administering Windows Server 2012, which is the second of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential. Note: Labs in this course are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.

186


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services (R2 Update)

MCSA: Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) Combo

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $2,945

120 Hours | $8,835

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

12/04/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/29/2018 – 02/16/2018

02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/09/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/18/2018 – 06/22/2018

03/26/2018 – 04/13/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/22/2018

The course is part three, of a series of three courses, which provides hands-on instruction and practice configuring advanced Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2 services. The three courses in total will collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. While there is some cross-over in skillset and tasks across the three courses this course will primarily cover advanced configuration and services tasks necessary to deploy, manage and maintain a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure, such as advanced networking services, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS), Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS), Network Load Balancing, Failover Clustering, business continuity and disaster recovery services as well as access and information provisioning and protection technologies such as Dynamic Access Control (DAC), and Web Application Proxy integration with AD FS and Workplace Join. This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Exam 70412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services, which is the third of three exams required for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential.

The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server 2012 certification shows that you have the primary set of Windows Server skills that are relevant across multiple solution areas in a business environment. The MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification is a prerequisite for earning the MCSE: Server Infrastructure certification or the MCSE: Desktop Infrastructure certification. This package is comprised of a series of three courses that follows the exam objectives for MCSA: Windows Server 2012 certification. MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exams: • MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 1: 70-410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 • MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 2: 70-411: Administering Windows Server 2012 • MCSA: Windows Server 2012 Exam 3: 70-412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services. Labs in the courses in this package are based on the General Availability release of Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1.



187

NetCom Learning™

Microsoft Word

04/02/2018 – 04/02/2018

Word (2016/2013/2010) Combo

24 Hours | $1,080

Schedules

04/30/2018 – 04/30/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/04/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/09/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Word (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Word. Today’s ffast-paced world could not function without word processing software, and the dominant software in today’s market is Microsoft Word. Microsoft Word contains rich features and powerful tools for creating documents tailored to every need.

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/04/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/02/2018 06/04/2018 – 06/06/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/11/2018

These days, most people take electronic word processing for granted. While we may still write out our grocery lists with pen and paper, we expect to use a computer to create the majority of our documents. Its impossible to avoid word-processing software in many areas of the business world. Managers, lawyers, clerks, reporters, and editors rely on this software to do their jobs. Whether you are an executive secretary or a website designer, you’ll need to know the ins and outs of electronic word processing. Microsoft Word (2016/2013/2010) is designed to help you move smoothly through the task of creating professional-looking documents. Its rich features and powerful tools can make your work easy, and even fun. In this course, you’ll learn how to use Word to create and edit simple documents; format documents; add tables and lists; add design elements and layout options; and proof documents.

NetCom Learning provides a comprehensive Word Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) training class with a hands-on approach that will have you navigating Word in no time. The Microsoft Office Word training is conducted by certified instructors through online and in-class media. Word Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) training covers the creation and editing of documents, formatting, adding tables and lists, adding design elements, and layout options. Learn Microsoft Word Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) by exploring all the built-in options that make work easy and fun. This Microsoft Office Word 2016 essential training is the first step toward becoming an expert in working with Word.

Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 11/28/2017 – 11/28/2017

Word Level 1 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/27/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/08/2018 02/05/2018 – 02/05/2018

01/09/2018 – 01/09/2018 02/06/2018 – 02/06/2018 03/06/2018 – 03/06/2018 04/03/2018 – 04/03/2018 05/01/2018 – 05/01/2018 06/05/2018 – 06/05/2018 07/10/2018 – 07/10/2018

03/05/2018 – 03/05/2018

188


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Word. The Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) course is the next step after covering the fundamentals of creating, editing, and saving a Microsoft Word document in the Level 1 course. The Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) training class focuses on more advanced features of Word, enabling the user to create professional, complex documents with proficiency. NetCom Learning provides an interactive Microsoft Office Word training for students and working professionals, enhancing their overall ability to automate intricate tasks like creating a business letter. This Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) essential training is especially for those who are involved in drafting high-level documents. The Microsoft Office Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) essential training is conducted by certified trainers via a hands-on approach and guides learners through the multiple options and tools available in the application. The program is designed to build the user’s expertise for all their word processing objectives.

features and customization tools of Microsoft Word, it is time to know more than simple word processing. The Microsoft Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) course from NetCom Learning provides an insight into collaboration features, creating forms, and working with lengthy Word documents. The Word Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) training class covers tools other than word processing, like manipulation tools, cross-referencing and linking tools, security features, entry forms and data collection, and document production automation tools. Candidates explore how to create lengthy documents in an easy manner, and how to collaborate with others through this Word Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) training. Imparted by certified instructors, the proactive Microsoft Office Word training prepares aspirants to accomplish tasks by using Word efficiently. The training includes a hands-on approach to ensure learners are able to handle complex tasks easily upon course completion.

Word Level 3 (2016/2013/2010)

8 Hours | $360

Schedules 11/29/2017 – 11/29/2017 01/10/2018 – 01/10/2018 02/07/2018 – 02/07/2018 03/07/2018 – 03/07/2018 04/04/2018 – 04/04/2018 05/02/2018 – 05/02/2018 06/06/2018 – 06/06/2018 07/11/2018 – 07/11/2018

This course is suited for those using Microsoft Word Level 3 (2016/2013/2010). This course will be taught using Microsoft Word. After you have learned to draft documents by getting familiar with the full


189

NetCom Learning™

Midrange Servers (System i) Control Language Programming Workshop for IBM i

32 Hours | $3,500

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/14/2017

Learn to write easy to use and efficient control language (CL) programs which may be used to perform a variety of system and application control functions. You are taught to write basic and intermediate level, interactive, and batch CL programs, user commands, and CL programs that function as user tools (programs that use the output of display commands as input). You will learn to write Control Language (CL) programs which may be used to perform a variety of system and application control functions. You will be taught to write basic and intermediate level interactive and batch CL programs as well as programs that function as user tools (programs that use the output of display commands as input).

IBM i Recovery and Availability Management

16 Hours | $1,240

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017

Learn how to plan for, implement, and manage the ongoing operations of Power Systems with IBM i. Emphasis is on system availability and backup and recovery. Also, get an introduction to the architecture and terminology of Power Systems with IBM i.

190

Oracle Database Oracle 12c Database Administration I

40 Hours | $2,695

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

In this course, you will learn about the Oracle Server architecture, expand the size of the database, implement security, and how to perform specific database administration tasks.

Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop I Release 2

40 Hours | $3,750

Schedules 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/27/2018 07/16/2018 – 07/20/2018

This course is designed to give aspirants a firm foundation in basic administration of Oracle Database 11g. In this class, aspirants learn how to install and maintain Oracle Database 11g. Aspirants gain a conceptual understanding of the Oracle database architecture and how its components work and interact with one another. Aspirants learn how to create an operational database and properly manage the various structures in an effective and efficient manner including performance monitoring, database security, user management, and backup/recovery techniques. The lesson topics are reinforced with structured hands-on practices.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop II Release 2

40 Hours | $3,750

Schedules 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/04/2018 07/23/2018 – 07/27/2018

In this course, the concepts and architecture that support backup and recovery, along with the steps of how to carry it out in various ways and situations, are covered in detail. This includes how to define and test your own backup and recovery scenarios. Also, the students learn to manage memory effectively and to perform some performance evaluation and tuning tasks, including using some of the advisors. All types of flashback technologies, scheduling jobs inside and outside of the database, and controlling system resource usage are covered. Topics are reinforced with hands-on practices.

Oracle Database 11g: Introduction to SQL

24 Hours | $1,249

Schedules 01/29/2018 – 01/31/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/18/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/11/2018

In this course students learn the concepts of relational databases. This course provides the essential SQL skills that allow developers to write queries against single and multiple tables, manipulate data in tables, and create database objects. Students learn to control privileges at the object and system level.

in order to query and manipulate data within the database, use the dictionary views to retrieve metadata and create reports about their schema objects. Students also learn some of the date-time functions available in the Oracle Database. This course discusses how to use the regular expression support in SQL. In this course, students use Oracle SQL Developer as the main development tool. SQL*Plus is introduced as an optional development tool.

Oracle DBA Track (11g) Release 2 Combo

104 Hours | $8,749

Schedules 01/29/2018 – 02/16/2018 04/16/2018 – 05/04/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/27/2018

The process of becoming Oracle Database certified broadens your knowledge and skills by exposing you to a wide array of important database features, functions and tasks. Oracle Database certification teaches you how to perform complex, hands-on activities through labs, study and practice. According to Oracle’s 2012 Salary and Satisfaction Survey, more than 38% of DBAs reported receiving a promotion, compensation increase or other improvements to their careers as a result of becoming certified.

This course covers creating indexes and constraints, and altering existing schema objects. Students also learn how to create and query external tables. Students learn to use the advanced features of SQL


191

NetCom Learning™

Oracle E-Business Suite R12.2 Oracle General Ledger Management Fundamentals

40 Hours | $4,500

R12.2 Oracle Order Management Fundamentals

32 Hours | $3,600

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

This R12.2 Oracle General Ledger Management Fundamentals will help you maximize accounting process efficiency across the enterprise, while still achieving a high level of information and setup security. It will teach you how Oracle General Ledger integrates with the eBusiness Suite of applications. Learn To: • Understand the steps for completing the full accounting cycle, as well as the ledger concept. • Describe the considerations.

various

implementation

• Use the capabilities of securing data within Oracle General Ledger.

This R12.2 Oracle Order Management Fundamentals training teaches you how to perform the basic order capture and order fulfillment flows that Oracle Order Management facilitates. Participate in hands-on activities to solidify new skills; use the functionality described in the class and apply it to your daily job. Learn To: • Set up Oracle Order Management • Manage exceptions and holds • Use key order flows • Set up inventory, receivables, shipping execution, and basic pricing functionality • Define credit checking.

• Perform simultaneous accounting for multiple reporting requirements.

• Create price lists

• Access and process data for multiple ledgers and legal entities at the same time using the power of ledger sets.

• Define processing constraints, transaction types, defaulting rules, order holds, and user defined attributes at the order header and line level that enable you to record additional information on the sales order

• Understand how Oracle General Ledger integrates with the eBusiness Suite of applications • Understand the steps for completing the full accounting cycle

• Create subinventories, units of measure, and items • Create customers, payment terms, and defining credit checking • Create price lists, as well as discount and freight and special charge list modifiers • Set up shipping execution, including freight carriers, freight cost types, document sets, and container load details

192


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

R12.2 Oracle Payables Management Fundamentals

• Understand the Order to Cash Lifecycle.

Schedules

• Manage parties and customer accounts.

32 Hours | $3,600

12/11/2017 – 12/14/2017

This R12.x Oracle Payables Management Fundamentals training teaches you how to set up and use Oracle Payables to manage the accounts payable process. You’ll learn how to create and manage suppliers and supplier bank accounts, process individual and recurring invoices, match invoices to purchase orders or receipts and more. Learn To: • Manage suppliers.

• Understand the Oracle Receivables process.

• Process invoices using Auto-Invoice. • Utilize the processes.

bill

presentment

architecture

• Set up credit management, the receipt process, tax processing and period closing.

R12.2 Oracle Subledger Accounting Fundamentals

• Process invoices and payments.

16 Hours | $1,800

• Generate key payables reports.

Schedules

• Import and approve invoices and expense reports for payment. • Process, stop, and void payments. • Set up bank accounts.

12/02/2017 – 12/03/2017

This R12.2 Oracle Subledger Accounting Fundamentals Ed 1 training teaches you about the rule-based accounting engine, toolset and repository that supports Oracle E-Business Suite modules. Expert Oracle University instructors will begin with with an overview of Subledger Accounting key concepts and terminology. Learn To:

R12.2 Oracle Receivables Management Fundamentals

• Create and modify the setup for subledger journal entries and application accounting definitions for Oracle subledger applications.

Schedules

• Create journal entries and transfer them to General Ledger.

32 Hours | $3,600

12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

This R12.2 Oracle Receivables Management Fundamentals Ed 1 training is ideal for customers who have implemented Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12, 12.1 or R12.2. Expert Oracle University instructors will teach you how to set up and use Oracle Receivables to manage receivables processing. Learn To:

• Inquire and report on subledger journal entries. • Understand how Oracle Subledger Accounting integrates with the Oracle eBusiness Suite applications.


193

NetCom Learning™ • Understand the major Subledger Accounting.

features

of

Oracle

• Use Accounting Methods Builder (AMB) to create and modify subledger journal line setups and application accounting definitions.

Oracle Operating Systems Oracle Solaris 11 System Administration – Accelerated

70 Hours | $5,500

Schedules 01/22/2018 – 01/28/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/22/2018 07/09/2018 – 07/15/2018

This Oracle Solaris 11 System Administration training teaches you the full range of introductory system administration tasks. Learn how to monitor basic troubleshooting and install the operating system on a single system. Learn complex and integrated administration concepts through a combination of lessons and hands-on exercises that will reinforce your learning. This is an advanced course which dives into the details of configuring and administering an Oracle Solaris 11 system.

194


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Oracle Primavera Primavera P6 Fundamentals Rel 16

24 Hours | $2,250

PMI Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) PMI Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP)

24 Hours | $1,795

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Schedules

This Primavera P6 Fundamentals training teaches you how to create a project, add activities and relationships, assign resources, adjust the project plan to account for schedule delays and overallocated resources and analyze portfolios. You’ll also learn how to customize the Personal Workspace and the Project Workspace to monitor project progress and communicate with team members.

11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/10/2018 03/12/2018 – 03/14/2018 05/07/2018 – 05/09/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/27/2018

If you’re experienced using agile approaches, have good collaboration skills, eagerly embrace complexity and thrive on rapid response times, then your talents are in demand. The Project Management Institute Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP)ﾂｮ formally recognizes your knowledge of agile principles and your skill with agile techniques. It will make you shine even brighter to your employers, stakeholders and peers. The PMI-ACP spans many approaches to agile such as Scrum, Kanban, Lean, extreme programming (XP) and test-driven development (TDD.) So it will increase your versatility, wherever your projects may take you. Organizations that are highly agile and responsive to market dynamics complete more of their projects successfully than their slower-moving counterparts 75 percent versus 56 percent as shown in our 2015 Pulse of the Profession report. What you will receive: - Expert led lectures - Real-life examples - 24 PMI PDUs (Based on course delivery & assignment hours) - Tips and tricks to conquer the exam - Assistance with the PMI application process


195

NetCom Learning™

Project Management Professional (PMP) Project Management Professional (PMP)

QuickBooks Comprehensive QuickBooks 2015 Combo

16 Hours | $700

35 Hours | $1,999 Schedules

Schedules

12/18/2017 – 12/19/2017

11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/16/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018

This package is a combo of both Get Going With QuickBooks 2015 & Keep Going With QuickBooks 2015 for Windows.

01/08/2018 – 01/11/2018 01/15/2018 – 02/12/2018 02/26/2018 – 03/01/2018 03/12/2018 – 04/09/2018 04/23/2018 – 04/26/2018 04/30/2018 – 05/30/2018

Get Going With QuickBooks 2015

06/18/2018 – 07/18/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/28/2018

8 Hours | $350

The Project Management Professional (PMP) Certification program is led by the industry’s top PMP instructors, who prepares you to pass the PMP exam, earning one of the most valued credentials around. The PMP exam content is majorly focused on A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge – Fifth Edition, (PMBOK Guide) and other sources, this program features a wide variety of proven learning tools and study aids. What you will receive: - Expert led lectures - Real-life examples - 35 PMI PDUs (Based on course delivery & assignment hours) - Tips and tricks to conquer the exam - Assistance with the PMI application process Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM). Click Here for the full list of NetCom courses pre-approved for Professional Development Units (PDUs). Recent Changes in PMP Exam (2016) A recently completed Role Delineation Study (RDS) provided an updated description of the project management professional role. It serves as the foundation for the PMP exam and ensures its validity and relevance. The RDS captures perspectives of project management practitioners from all industries, work settings, and regions. Research included a large-scale survey of global Project Management Professional (PMP) certification holders to validate updates to domains, tasks, knowledge, and skills.

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/18/2017

This training course is dedicated to providing you with a flexible, high-performance learning system. This dedication has resulted in a unique and progressive training method. Unlike other training methods that focus on theory or high-tech training products that overwhelm you, this training method provides a simple approach to learning computer software. Each guide is written to assume the user has no prior computer skills. If you are using the software for the first time, you will be introduced to its primary features. If you are familiar with the software, you will quickly learn the new features and functionality of this version. Regardless of your skill level, you will learn with the greatest of ease.

Keep Going With QuickBooks 2015 for Windows

8 Hours | $350

Schedules 12/19/2017 – 12/19/2017

196


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This training course is dedicated to providing you with a flexible, high-performance learning system. This dedication has resulted in a unique and progressive training method. Unlike other training methods that focus on theory or high-tech training products that overwhelm you, this training method provides a simple approach to learning computer software. Each guide is written to assume the user has no prior computer skills. If you are using the software for the first time, you will be introduced to its primary features. If you are familiar with the software, you will quickly learn the new features and functionality of this version. Regardless of your skill level, you will learn with the greatest of ease.

Rational Essentials of IBM Rational Functional Tester, Java Scripting, V8.0

16 Hours | $1,400

Schedules 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017

This introductory course is designed to familiarize testing professionals with the basics of the IBM Rational test automation tools for use in testing Java and Web applications. Testers can build, enhance, and maintain scripts in a full-function Java IDE that integrates with the IBM Rational Software Delivery Platform products. Hands-on instruction is provided for those who want to explore the power of using IBM Rational Functional Tester. The Rational Functional Tester application builds effective and resilient test scripts using Java code and IBM ScriptAssure technology. The focus is on the practical application of Rational Functional Tester to resolve common Java and Web automated testing challenges. Additionally, some basics about Java code relevant to creating scripts for testing are covered.This course focuses on getting started with Rational Functional Tester.


197

NetCom Learning™

Salesforce Authorized Courses Administrative Essentials for New Admins In Lightning Experience (ADX-201)

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Extensive and interactive, Administrative Essentials in Lightning Experience is the core training that ensures your success with Salesforce Lightning. It’s a must for new administrators, and we recommend completing this course before starting a Salesforce deployment or when taking over an existing deployment.

Declarative Development for Platform App Builders (DEV-402)

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Are you ready to move beyond Salesforce administration to unlock even greater capabilities through declarative programming? Master Salesforce’s suite of click-not-code options for developing valuable apps and functionality over five days of guided scenarios, lectures, and discussion. Build your knowledge of app deployment, automation tools, security, UI customization, and more!

Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming using Apex (ADM-231) Certification Preparation for Advanced Administrator (CRT-211)

8 Hours | $900

Schedules 12/01/2017 – 12/01/2017

Are you ready to be recognized for your mastery of Salesforce administration by becoming a Salesforce Certified Advanced Administrator? By covering the details around the exam objectives, this course will help hone your knowledge of of next-level techniques to administer and manage Salesforce CRM capabilities through guided scenarios, lecture, and discussion.

198

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming using Apex course is designed for Salesforce administrators who would like to learn the basics of implementing business logic using Apex, the primary programming language of the Salesforce platform. First, you’ll learn how to read Apex code and then you will gradually increase your programming skills from writing single debugging statements to programming multiple, multi-line blocks of code.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Programmatic Development Using Apex and Visualforce (DEV-450)

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

Please note: This course is intended to replace the DEV501, Apex and Visualforce Controllers course as of October 31, 2015 Are you a programmer who wants to understand how to customize applications programmatically on the Force.com platform? In this course, you will learn the core of the Apex programming language and Visualforce markup in order to customize your Force.com applications. You will get hands-on experience building data objects (sObjects) and programmatically retrieving, manipulating, and storing the data associated with those objects. You will write custom logic using Apex triggers and classes, and test that logic using the built-in testing framework. You will explore how Apex code interacts with declarative customizations on the platform, and the nuances of working on a multi-tenant platform. You will then examine common techniques for designing solutions in Apex. These activities will culminate in an exercise building a complex trigger that takes advantage of the declarative aspects of the platform. You will get hands-on experience writing Visualforce pages to customize your user interface and Visualforce controllers (in Apex) to modify the controller behavior behind the interface. You will also explore design techniques and the built-in testing framework around Visualforce.

Sales Cloud Training for Sales Managers (SLS-201)

8 Hours | $600

Schedules 11/09/2017 – 11/09/2017

Sales Cloud Training for Sales Managers helps sales managers analyze and improve sales processes from lead assignment to deal cloure. In this interactive course, discuss best practices and gain hands-on experience running sales reports, forecasting with realtime data, tracking quota attainment, and using productivity tools to successfully manage sales teams.

Sales Cloud Training for Sales Reps (SLS-101)

8 Hours | $600

Schedules 11/08/2017 – 11/08/2017

Sales Cloud Training for Sales Reps is a must for Sales Representatives who are new to Salesforce Sales Cloud and need to quickly get up to speed on its productivity tools. Sales Reps will learn how to use the Sales Cloud to prospect for clients, manage accounts and opportunities, manage their workflow, communicate with clients, and run reports. This course is structured in a modular format and adds up to one full day of content.

Salesforce Building Lenses, Dashboards and Apps in Einstein Analytics (ANC-201)

8 Hours | $600

Schedules 11/21/2017 – 11/21/2017

Ready to start building in Einstein Analytics? In this course, you will find out how to design and create an effective dashboard layout to help explorers quickly find their way around. You will learn how to build lenses and add them into your dashboards using the Einstein Analytics Dashboard Designer to create selectors, filters, and widgets, plus how to create a


199

NetCom Learning™ faceted dashboard which automatically updates as explorers interact with it. Once you have created a dashboard, you will also learn advanced functionality, such as creating mobile layouts and modifying lens queries. You will also learn how to organize your lenses and dashboards using apps and ensure that only the right users have access to them.

Salesforce CPQ Admin Essentials for New Administrators (CPQ-201)

16 Hours | $1,800

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/14/2017 – 11/15/2017

Hands-on foundational training providing you with the basic knowledge needed to set up, configure, and maintain a Salesforce CPQ instance,enabling your success with Salesforce CPQ. We recommend new administrators take this course before starting a Salesforce CPQ implementation or when taking over an existing implementation.

Salesforce: Administration Essentials for Experienced Admins (ADM-211)

32 Hours | $3,600

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

Comprehensive and hands-on, this course is for administrators who are ready to significantly ramp up their skills and knowledge about how Salesforce can solve their most pressing business needs. Using real-world scenarios, Administration Essentials for Experienced Admins covers topics such as extending Salesforce with custom objects and apps, generating complex reports and dashboards, and automating complex business processes to help you work more efficiently and get more out of Salesforce.

200

Salesforce: Administration Essentials for New Admins (ADM-201)

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Comprehensive and hands-on, Administration Essentials for New Admins is the core training that ensures your success with Salesforce. It’s a must for new administrators. We recommend administrators take this course before starting a Salesforce deployment or when taking over an existing deployment.

Salesforce: Integrating with Force.com (DEV-502)

40 Hours | $4,500

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Integrating with Force.com covers the key elements of how to design and implement all types of integrations with the Force.com cloud platform. The course introduces the major integration mechanisms available on the Force.com platform, such as the APIs and the built-in declarative functionalities. In subsequent modules, participants explore the technologies that play critical roles in integrating with the platform, including the Force.com SOAP and REST APIs, Apex, and outbound messaging.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Salesforce: Preparing for Your Salesforce.com Administrator Certification (CRT-101)

Salesforce: Service Cloud Administration (ADM-261)

16 Hours | $1,800

8 Hours | $900

Schedules

Schedules 11/08/2017 – 11/09/2017

11/22/2017 – 11/22/2017

Are you ready to take the next step in your career by becoming a Salesforce.com Certified Administrator? Instructors will present real-world business scenarios that will help hone your problem-solving skills and reinforce your knowledge of key topics covered on the Certified Administrator exam. You will complete practice questions related to these scenarios to help prepare you for your exam.

Salesforce: Sales Cloud Administration: Products, Quotes, Orders and Collaborative Forecasts (ADM-251)

8 Hours | $900

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/20/2017

Service Cloud Administration is a must for experienced administrators who need to configure and maintain the Service Cloud for their organizations. Using real-world scenarios, this course will teach administrators how to configure Salesforce Knowledge, set up service contracts with milestones and entitlements, create the Console for Service application, configure the SoftPhone using Open CTI, and set up Live Agent. This course will also teach administrators how to configure a Customer Community and create a more interactive experience for the support representative with case feed and the Console.

Salesforce: What’s Possible: Salesforce Fundamentals (STR-101)

24 Hours | $2,700

Sales Cloud Administration: Products, Quotes, Orders, and Collaborative Forecasts is a must for all administrators who need to configure and maintain these features for their organizations. Using realworld scenarios, this course will teach administrators how to set up products, price books, quotes, and orders to streamline their processes. This course will also teach administrators how to configure Collaborative Forecasts to generate accurate forecasts and track quota attainment.

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017

Are you a business analyst or project manager who is looking to learn more about how Salesforce can solve specific business issues? Whats Possible: Salesforce Fundamentals provides the information to enable you to effectively engage with your business stakeholders. The course walks through a series of typical business challenges to provide you with the background to solve your specific business needs.


201

NetCom Learning™

SAP BI Data Services – Platform and Transforms (DS10v10_DATA SERVICES 4.2)

This course is based on the following software release: - SAP ASE 16.0

24 Hours | $2,010

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/17/2018

This course is based on software release SAP BusinessObjects Data Services 4.2.

SAP Overview [SAP01v16_016]

24 Hours | $2,010

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/20/2017 01/24/2018 – 01/26/2018 03/19/2018 – 03/21/2018

This course is based on software release SAP ERP 6.07.

System and Database Administration: Adaptive Server Enterprise (EDB358v15_ASE 16)

40 Hours | $3,350

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018

Learn how to build, run and stabilize an ASE 16.0 database environment. Identify the major tasks of system and database administration with emphasis given to resource management, system security, monitoring, and troubleshooting. 202


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

SAP BO ABAP Objects (BC401v16)

40 Hours | $3,350

Schedules

SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform: Administering Servers (Windows) (BOE320v16)

24 Hours | $2,010

Schedules

02/26/2018 – 03/02/2018

12/20/2017 – 12/22/2017

In this course, you will be able to strengthen your ABAP skills by gaining a full understanding of the use of object-oriented programming techniques, and how to apply them practically in your ABAP applications. Note: This course is based on software release ECC6.0 EHP8 SP00 / NW 7.5 SP01 and is aimed exclusively at individuals without any knowledge of object-oriented programming.

Information Design Tool I (BOID10v15)

40 Hours | $3,350

01/24/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/21/2018 – 02/23/2018 03/14/2018 – 03/16/2018

In the course, you will learn how to manage and configure the SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence platform. Note: This course is based on software release SAP Business Objects Business Intelligence Platform 4.2.

SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform: Administration and Security (BOE310v16)

16 Hours | $1,340

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017

In this course, you will gain the comprehensive skills and in-depth knowledge needed to create SAP BusinessObjects universes using the SAP BusinessObjects Information Design Tool. You will learn how to work with the Information Design Tool, which enables designers to extract, define, and manipulate metadata from relational and OLAP sources to create and deploy SAP BusinessObjects universes.

12/18/2017 – 12/19/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/09/2018

In this course, you will learn the fundamentals of SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform. You will learn how to manage and secure content and applications. Note: This course is based on software release SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform 4.2.

In this course you learn how to use data from different source systems (SAP and non-SAP) with the SAP BusinessObjects BI client tools. This course is based on software release SBOP BI PLATFORM 4.1.


203

NetCom Learning™

SAP BusinessObjects Planning and Consolidation: Reporting and Planning (BPC430v16)

Note: This course is based on software release SBOP BI Platform 4.2.

40 Hours | $3,350

Schedules

SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence: Report Design II (BOW320v16)

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/16/2018

16 Hours | $1,340

This course is taught on the SAP NetWeaver platform; therefore, not all topics are relevant to the Microsoft version of the application. This course is based on software release SAP Business Planning and Consolidation, version for SAP NetWeaver 10.0. Certification: SAP Certified Application Associate – SAP Business Planning and Consolidation 10.0 SAP Certified Application Associate – SAP Planning and Consolidation 7.5

SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence: Report Design I (BOW310v16)

Schedules 11/15/2017 – 11/16/2017 12/06/2017 – 12/07/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018

In this course, you will learn how to access, analyze, and share data using SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence (BI) launch pad and SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence. Note: This course is based on software release SAP BI Platform 4.2.

SAP Crystal Reports – Business Reporting and Report Processing [BOC320v15_BO BI 4.1]

24 Hours | $2,010


Schedules

12/06/2017 – 12/08/2017

11/13/2017 – 11/14/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/05/2017 01/09/2018 – 01/10/2018

In this course, you will learn how to access, analyze, and share data using SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence (BI) launch pad and SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence. You will learn how to create Web Intelligence documents for your reporting needs, retrieve data by building queries using SAP BusinessObjects universes, and use Web Intelligence to enhance documents for easier analysis. You will also learn how to organize, manage, and distribute documents using the BI launch pad.

204

In this course, you will learn how use SAP Crystal Reports 2013 to create advanced reports that will help you analyze and interpret data. As a business benefit, you will be able to increase your understanding of formulas, variables, arrays, templates, parameters, summaries and sections, which will help you to make more effective report design decisions and create more efficient reports. This course is based on software release SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Suite 4.1.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

SAP Crystal Reports for Enterprise: Advanced Report Design (BOCE20v15)

24 Hours | $2,010

Schedules

SAP HANA ABAP Programming for SAP HANA (HA400v12)

32 Hours | $2,680

11/29/2017 – 12/01/2017

Schedules In this course, you will learn how to create complex reports. You will also get a comprehensive overview of the functionality of Crystal Reports for Enterprise. This course is based on software release SAP Crystal Reports for Enterprise and SAP BusinessObjects BI platform 4.1.

SAP Crystal Reports: Fundamentals of Report Design [BOC310v15_BIP 4.1 SP2]

16 Hours | $1,340

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/05/2017 01/15/2018 – 01/16/2018

In this course, you will learn how to design, explore, visualize and deliver reports via the web or embedded in enterprise application. You will also gain comprehensive skills and in-depth knowledge to plan and create reports that will help you analyze and interpret data. This course is based on software release BIP 4.1 SP2 (BIP41 FENCED WTS 61 GB RAM).

12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

In this course, you learn how you can use SAP HANA and new features in the ABAP programming language to optimize existing ABAP code and to develop innovative ABAP applications to enhance your business. This course is for developers and consultants who are familiar with programming database access using ABAP and ABAP Objects programming and want to learn how to use SAP HANA to speed up such access. The course covers many new ABAP features for database access that are not limited to SAP HANA as underlying database Note: This course is based on software release Application Server ABAP 7.50 SP01, SAP HANA SPS12.

Implementing SAP HANA on IBM Power Systems

16 Hours | $1,695

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018 03/08/2018 – 03/09/2018

This course provides an overview of in-memory computing, SAP HANA, Linux on Power, as well as SAP HANA on IBM Power Systems (HoP). You will learn about the basics of IBM Power8 Servers, PowerVM, virtualization fundamentals, and Linux on IBM Power Systems.


205

NetCom Learning™

SAP HANA Installation & Operations (HA200v12)

40 Hours | $3,350

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Accessing SAP Data using SAP Work Manager 6.2 [MOBILE PLATFORM 3.0 SP05_MOB310v15]

40 Hours | $3,350

In this course you will learn how to install and operate SAP HANA SPS12. The course covers the most important tasks for the daily work of an SAP HANA system administrator. Furthermore, it provides details about starting and stopping, changing the configuration, troubleshooting and assuring the high-availability of an SAP HANA SPS12 system. Note: This course based on software release SAP HANA SPS12

206

SAP Mobile

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/22/2018 – 01/26/2018

In this course, you will learn how to implement a typical SAP Work Manager 6.2 to access SAP data to meet the needs of mobile applications built on the SAP Agentry component of SAP Mobile Platform 3.0. This course delivers a sophisticated skill set for developers currently comfortable with SAP Mobile Platform metadata driven apps paradigm, concepts, development tools, and server configurations, as well as ABAP programming. This course builds on the knowledge gained from the MOB300 course, which is a prerequisite to this course. If participants are not conversant in ABAP programming, it is essential that they also attend both BC400 and BC401 to understand and deliver an end-to-end solution.


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

SAP Netweaver AS ABAP – Performance Analysis (ADM315v15)

24 Hours | $2,010

SAP Sales & Distribution Business Process in Sales and Distribution (SCM600v15)

40 Hours | $3,350

Schedules 01/03/2018 – 01/05/2018

Schedules

In this course, you will learn about performance monitoring and tuning of SAP systems based on AS ABAP. This course is based on software release EHP7 FOR ERP 6.0.

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

In this course, you will learn about the functions in sales and distribution processing in SAP ERP. This course is based on sales order processing for tangibles, products, and materials. You will learn how to perform the most important functions in the process chain, from presales to customer payment, in the SAP system. This course is based on software release SAP ERP Central Component 6.0 EHP 7.

Order Fulfillment I & II Combo

160 Hours | $19,820

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/22/2017

This package is a combo of two courses: (1) TSCM60: Order Fulfillment I, (2) TSCM62: Order Fulfillment II


207

NetCom Learning™

SAP SCM & EHS Introduction to SAP SuccessFactors Academy (THR80v53)

40 Hours | $3,375

SAS Business Intelligence SAS Business Intelligence Reporting 1: Essentials

16 Hours | $1,439

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

Schedules

01/15/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/05/2018 – 02/09/2018

12/11/2017 – 12/12/2017

In this course, you will learn about the basics of the SAP SuccessFactors HCM Cloud Suite platform. Additionally, you will learn how to perform configurations to common elements and populate user data. This course is based on software release: SuccessFactors Cloud HCM Suite, Collection 53.

This course teaches how to access reports and analyze data using several of the business user applications in the platform for SAS Business Analytics.

SAS Business Intelligence Reporting 2: Additional Topics

16 Hours | $1,439

Schedules 12/13/2017 – 12/14/2017

This course expands on the knowledge learned in the SAS Business Intelligence Reporting 1: Essentials course and provides additional information for using several of the business user applications in the platform for SAS Business Analytics.

SAS Business Intelligence Reporting Combo

32 Hours | $2,878

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/14/2017

This class is designed to teach how to access reports and analyze data using several of the business user applications in the platform for SAS Business Analytics.

208


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

SAS Programming 1: Essentials

24 Hours | $1,650

Schedules 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

SAS Programming 1: Essentials course is for users who want to learn how to write SAS programs. It is the entry point to learning SAS programming and is a prerequisite to many other SAS courses. If you do not plan to write SAS programs and you prefer a point-and-click interface, you should attend the SAS Enterprise Guide 1: Querying and Reporting course. This course can help prepare you for the following certification exam(s): SAS Base Programming Exam for SAS 9, SAS Certified Clinical Trials Programmer Using SAS 9.

SAS Programming, BASE Authorization, Security and Scenarios (HA240v12)

16 Hours | $1,340

Schedules 11/16/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/12/2017 01/04/2018 – 01/05/2018

This course focuses on the authorization, security, and integrated scenarios for SAP HANA. Note: This course is based on software release: SAP HANA SPS12 SAP BW 7.5 SAP BASIS 7.5


209

NetCom Learning™

Soft skills, Leadership & Management Project Management Essentials

Symantec IT Management Suite 8.0 for Administrators

40 Hours | $4,500


Schedules

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

In this course, students will identify and apply generally recognized practices in project management.

Project Management: Fundamentals

8 Hours | $850

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/27/2017 12/27/2017 – 12/27/2017

Project Management: Fundamentals overviews the basics of project management. It provides the theory and core methodology you will need to manage projects or participate on project teams.

The Symantec IT Management Suite 8.0 for Administrators course is designed for professionals tasked with using Symantec IT Management Suite (ITMS) to manage their software and hardware resources in their organizations. This five-day, instructor-led, hands-on course teaches students the underlying components and concepts of the Symantec Management Platform along with the Symantec Management Console that is used by ITMS to perform its management functions. Students learn how to use ITMS software solutions to collect inventory, manage their software, account for and track assets, apply software updates and to manage license compliance. Students also learn how to use the platform consoles and reports to analyze and monitor their environment.

This course does not make use of any project management software application, but instead focuses on the conceptual underpinnings that students must know in order to use any project management software application effectively.

210


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Tableau Courses Tableau Advanced Analytics with R

8 Hours | $595

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/20/2017 12/20/2017 – 12/20/2017 01/17/2018 – 01/17/2018 02/14/2018 – 02/14/2018

Moving from data visualization into deeper, more advanced analytics? This course will intensify data skills for data viz-savvy users who want to move into analytics and data science in order to enhance their businesses by harnessing the analytical power of R and the stunning visualization capabilities of Tableau. Together, Tableau and R offer accessible analytics by allowing a combination of easy-to-use data visualization along with industry-standard, robust statistical computation. Readers will come across a wide range of machine learning algorithms and learn how descriptive, prescriptive, predictive, and visually appealing analytical solutions can be designed with R and Tableau. In order to maximize learning, hands-on examples will ease the transition from being a data-savvy user to a data analyst using sound statistical tools to perform advanced analytics.

Tableau Desktop Level 1: Introduction

Tableau has for some time been one of the most popular Business Intelligence and data visualization tools available. Why? Because, quite simply, it’s a tool that’s responsive to the needs of modern businesses. But it’s most effective when you know how to get what you want from it. It might make your business intelligent, but it isn’t going to make you intelligent We will make sure you are well prepared to take full advantage of Tableau 10 new features. Whether you’re an experienced data analyst that wants to explore 2016’s new Tableau, or you are a beginner that wants to expand their skillset and bring a more professional and sharper approach to their organization, we havegot you covered. Beginning with the fundamentals, such as data preparation, you’ll soon learn how to build and customize your own data visualizations and dashboards, essential for high-level visibility and effective data storytelling. You’ll also find out how to so trend analysis and forecasting using clustering and distribution models to inform your analytics. But it’s not just about you when it comes to data it’s all about availability and access. That’s why we show you how to share your Tableau visualizations. It’s only once insights are shared and communicated that you and your organization It’ll start making smarter and informed decisions. And really, that’s exactly what this guide is for.

Tableau Desktop Level 2: Intermediate

16 Hours | $1,195

16 Hours | $1,095

Schedules 11/14/2017 – 11/15/2017 12/12/2017 – 12/13/2017 01/09/2018 – 01/10/2018 01/23/2018 – 01/24/2018 02/06/2018 – 02/07/2018

Schedules 11/02/2017 – 11/03/2017 11/16/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/14/2017 – 12/15/2017 01/11/2018 – 01/12/2018 01/25/2018 – 01/26/2018 02/08/2018 – 02/09/2018


211

NetCom Learning™ Tableau has emerged as one of the most popular Business Intelligence solutions in recent times, thanks to its powerful and interactive data visualization capabilities. This book will empower you to become a master in Tableau by exploiting the many new features introduced in Tableau 10.0.

This course provides in-depth coverage of Tableau Server administration. The knowledge and skills acquired are best geared toward those who will be administering a Tableau Server installation, including managing content, users, and permissions.

You will embark on this exciting journey by getting to know the valuable methods of utilizing advanced calculations to solve complex problems. These techniques include creative use of different types of calculations such as row-level, aggregate-level, and more. You will discover how almost any data visualization challenge can be met in Tableau by getting a proper understanding of the tool’s inner workings and creatively exploring possibilities. You’ll be armed with an arsenal of advanced chart types and techniques to enable you to efficiently and engagingly present information to a variety of audiences through the use of clear, efficient, and engaging dashboards. Explanations and examples of efficient and inefficient visualization techniques, well-designed and poorly designed dashboards, and compromise options when Tableau consumers will not embrace data visualization will build on your understanding of Tableau and how to use it efficiently. By the end of the book, you will be equipped with all the information you need to create effective dashboards and data visualization solutions using Tableau.

Tableau Server Administration

16 Hours | $1,195

Schedules 11/21/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/21/2017 – 12/22/2017 01/18/2018 – 01/19/2018 02/15/2018 – 02/16/2018

212


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

TOGAF TOGAF 9.1 Training Course: Level 1 and 2 Combined

32 Hours | $3,895

UNIX Servers (System p) Advanced Tools for AIX Performance Analysis

32 Hours | $3,500

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017

Schedules

TOGAF, an Open Group standard, is a proven enterprise architecture methodology and framework used by the world’s leading organizations to improve business efficiency. TOGAF helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment. TOGAF is an industry-standard architecture framework that may be used freely by your organization to develop an information systems architecture. In this course, you will gain the knowledge needed to prepare for and achieve both TOGAF 9.1 Level 1 certification, known as TOGAF 9.1 Foundation, and TOGAF Level 2 certification, known as TOGAF 9.1 Certified. You will learn the technology, structure, and concepts of TOGAF 9.1. In addition to gaining the knowledge and comprehension of TOGAF 9.1, you will learn to analyze and apply this knowledge.

11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/21/2017

Develop the skills to use kernel traces, trace based utilities, and svmon to measure and analyze CPU, memory, and I/O performance issues on IBM systems running AIX. Reinforce each lecture during extensive hands-on lab exercises and get practical experience applicable to their performance management requirements.

AIX Network Installation Management Concepts and Configuration

16 Hours | $1,600

Schedules 12/07/2017 – 12/08/2017

The primary goal of this course is to provide you with a working knowledge of the fundamental capabilities of the Network Installation Management (NIM) facility of the AIX 7.1 operating system. This course uses a combination of instructor lecture and machine exercises to provide you with practical background knowledge of the topics covered.


213

NetCom Learning™

Vendor Neutral – Technical Advanced Python Programming

32 Hours | $2,495

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017

Python has often been thought of as clean scripting language or a simple language to glue “real” applications together. This view is completely out of sync with the real possibilities of the Python language. This course will show you the true power of the language and the ecosystem. You will see that entire high-performance application stacks can be built in Python.

class introduces AJAX; a hot technology that many believe is the future of website development. Upon learning the material, participants will qualify for entry level web developer positions, and have the knowledge base to advance much farther. Those with no web development background should attend the entire Website Development Professional course, which begins 2.5 days before this 4 day course, for a total of 7-days of expert-led training without interruption.

CyberSec First Responder: Threat Detection and Response

40 Hours | $3,295

Schedules

Advanced Website Development with MySQL, PHP, and AJAX

32 Hours | $2,189

Schedules 11/16/2017 – 11/19/2017 02/15/2018 – 02/18/2018 04/19/2018 – 04/22/2018

Advanced Website Development with MySQL, PHP, and AJAX is an intensive programming course covering the industry’s hottest web development skills: • MySQL • PHP 5.x • AJAX This course begins with an in-depth exploration of PHP and MySQL. The combination of the PHP programming language and MySQL database technology allows participants to develop increasingly complex web applications. Finally the

214

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

CyberSec First Responder: Threat Detection and Response course covers the duties of those who are responsible for monitoring and detecting security incidents in information systems and networks, and for executing a proper response to such incidents. Depending on the size of the organization, this individual may act alone or may be a member of a computer security incident response team (CSIRT). The course introduces strategies, frameworks, methodologies, and tools to manage cybersecurity risks, identify various types of common threats, design and operate secure computing and networking environments, assess and audit the organization’s security, collect, and analyze cybersecurity intelligence, and handle incidents as they occur. The course also covers closely related information assurance topics such as auditing and forensics to provide a sound basis for a comprehensive approach to security aimed toward those on the front lines of defense. In addition, this course can help students who are looking to fulfill DoD directive 8570.01 for


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

information assurance (IA) training. This program is designed for personnel performing IA functions, establishing IA policies and implementing security measures and procedures for the Department of Defense and affiliated information systems and networks.

node, and also gain an understanding of basic container orchestration. Additionally, you will learn how to scale Docker across multiple nodes in a simple swarm cluster. Docker for Enterprise Operations is a role-based course is designed for Docker Operations teams to accelerate their Docker journey in the enterprise. Students will learn the many advanced features of Docker EE and how to apply them at scale with enterprise workloads.

Department of Defense (DoD) Risk Management Framework (RMF)

32 Hours | $2,150

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/30/2017

ES: Artificial Intelligence on The Microsoft Platform

24 Hours | $2,300

01/22/2018 – 01/25/2018 05/14/2018 – 05/17/2018

Schedules

Risk Management Framework (RMF) is the unified information security framework for the entire federal government that is replacing the legacy Certification and Accreditation (C&A) processes within federal government departments and agencies, the Department of Defense (DOD) and the Intelligence Community (IC). DoD officially began its transition from the legacy DIACAP process to the new “RMF for DoD IT” process.

02/05/2018 – 02/07/2018 03/05/2018 – 03/07/2018

This course gives developers practical skills of dealing with today’s massive volumes of data, drawing conclusions from this data, and feeding it back in the application, thus providing a better user experience.

ES: Cassandra For Developers Docker Fundamentals Plus Enterprise Operations

32 Hours | $2,995

24 Hours | $2,300

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/09/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

This course includes the full Docker for Enterprise Operations course as well as the prerequisite Docker Fundamentals course in a single intensive training experience.

This course will introduce Cassandra a popular NoSQL database. It will cover Cassandra principles, architecture and data model.

You will learn the foundational concepts and practices of containerization on a single Docker


215

NetCom Learning™

ES: Data Analytics With R

24 Hours | $2,300

Schedules

ES: Kafka

16 Hours | $1,600

Schedules

11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

11/06/2017 – 11/07/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/05/2017

R is a very popular, open source environment for statistical computing, data analytics and graphics. This course introduces R programming language to students. It covers language fundamentals, libraries and advanced concepts. Advanced data analytics and graphing with real world data.

This course will teach Apache Kafka a popular message queue to students.

ES: Machine Learning with Spark

24 Hours | $2,300

ES: Hadoop for Administrators

24 Hours | $2,300

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

Apache Hadoop is the most popular framework for processing Big Data on clusters of servers. In this course, attendees will learn about the business benefits and use cases for Hadoop and its ecosystem, how to plan cluster deployment and growth, how to install, maintain, monitor, troubleshoot and optimize Hadoop.

Schedules 11/20/2017 – 11/22/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/13/2017

Spark is a new and very popular Big Data processing engine. Spark MLLib is a de facto standard for machine learning in Big Data. This course is intended for data scientists and software engineers. It maintains an optimal balance of theory and practice. For each machine learning concept, we first discuss the foundations, its applicability and limitations. Then we explain the implementation and use, and specific use cases. This is achieved through a combination of about 50% lecture, 50% lab work.

ES: Hadoop For Developers

32 Hours | $2,750

Schedules

ES: Spark V2 For Developers

12/04/2017 – 12/07/2017

24 Hours | $2,300

Apache Hadoop is the most popular framework for processing Big Data on clusters of servers. This course will introduce a developer to Hadoop ecosystem.

216

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

This course will introduce Apache Spark. The students will learn how to use Spark for data analysis and write Spark applications.


Course Catalog

Essential Python

Over 1,000 Courses

32 Hours | $2,495

Schedules

24 Hours | $1,639

Schedules

12/11/2017 – 12/14/2017

The Python language has been emerging as a very powerful, flexible, and simple programming tool for building all manner of applications. Maybe you’re one of the many developers looking get started with Python. If so, then this hands-on language course is just the thing for you.

Introduction to JavaScript

Introduction to Website Development with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript

24 Hours | $1,575

11/13/2017 – 11/15/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/14/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/18/2018

Introduction to Website Development with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript is a comprehensive introduction to implementing a website on the Internet or corporate Intranet. This intensive class teaches the primary skills that the modern web developer professional must know to succeed including: • HTML • CSS

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 11/29/2017

• JavaScript

This course will teach the core functionality of the JavaScript language. Students learn to use JavaScript effectively to make their web pages more dynamic and functional and to reduce the number of roundtrips to the server.

Introduction to Python Programming

24 Hours | $1,995

Schedules

The class begins with HTML, the mark-up language that is the basis of the entire web. The class continues to teach JavaScript, which is the most common client side language on the web. Upon learning the material taught in this boot camp, participants will qualify for entry level web developer positions, and have the knowledge base to advance much farther. The class currently goes over the latest versions: HTML 4.01, XHTM and HTML 5.

12/04/2017 – 12/06/2017

Python has been around for decades, but it’s still one of the most versatile and popular programming languages out there. Whether you’re relatively new to programming or have been developing software for years, Python is an excellent language to add to your skill set. In this course, you’ll learn the fundamentals of programming in Python, and you’ll develop applications to demonstrate your grasp of the language.

Mastering Python Programming

40 Hours | $2,795

Schedules 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

Python has been one of the premier, flexible, and powerful open-source language that is easy to learn, easy to use, and has powerful libraries for data manipulation and analysis. For over a decade,


217

NetCom Learning™ Python has been used in scientific computing and highly quantitative domains such as finance, oil and gas, physics, and signal processing. This course will cover both basic and advance concepts of Python like writing python scripts, sequence and file operations in python, Machine Learning in Python, Web Scraping, Map Reduce in Python, Hadoop Streaming, Python UDF for Pig and Hive. You will also go through important and most widely used packages like pydoop, pandas, scikit, numpy scipy etc.

PHP and MySQL follows. The combination of the PHP programming language and MySQL database technology allows participants to develop increasingly complex web applications. Finally the class introduces AJAX: a red hot technology that many believe is the future of website development. Upon learning the material taught in this course, participants will qualify for entry level web developer positions, and have the knowledge base to advance much farther.

Website Development Professional Combo

56 Hours | $3,828

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/19/2017 02/12/2018 – 02/18/2018 04/16/2018 – 04/22/2018

NetCom’s Website Development Professional course is a comprehensive, hands-on lesson in creating and maintaining a full-featured website on the Internet or corporate Intranet, featuring the implementation of dynamic content. This expert-led, 7-day class teaches the primary and advanced skills that the modern web developer professional must know to succeed including HTML, CSS, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, and AJAX. The class currently goes over the latest versions of HTML and PHP: HTML 4.01, XHTML, HTML 5 and PHP 5.x. Only NetCom integrates the industry’s hottest web development skills, PHP and AJAX, into our introductory Web Development program, making this course not only the industry’s best value, but a solid investment in your future as well. The class begins with HTML, the mark-up language that is the basis of the entire web, then continues to teach JavaScript, which is the most common client side language on the web. A hands-on exploration of

218


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Veritas

VMware

Veritas NetBackup 8.0: Advanced Administration

VMware Horizon: Design and Deploy [V6]

Schedules

Schedules

40 Hours | $3,750

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017

40 Hours | $4,125

11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017

Acquire the skills to make your data protection strategy successful with the Veritas NetBackup 8.0: Advanced Administration course. You will learn advanced NetBackup topics, including NetBackup performance, disaster recovery, application backups on physical and virtual machines, virtual machine accelerator backups, and security. This course also covers using NetBackup to manage Oracle, Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft SQL, and Microsoft SharePoint database backups.

This course presents a methodology for designing and deploying a VMware Horizon solution. The design methodology includes recommendations for the type of information and data that must be gathered and analyzed to make sound design decisions for the client systems, the desktop options, the VMware vSphere infrastructure, and the Horizon components. VMware best practices are presented for each phase of the design process. During this class, you apply your new knowledge by working with other participants to design and deploy a Horizon solution for a real-world project.

VMware Horizon: Install, Configure, Manage 7.0

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course gives you the skills to deliver virtual desktops and applications through a single virtual desktop infrastructure platform. This course builds your skills in installing, configuring, and managing VMware Horizon 7 through a combination of lecture and hands-on labs. You will learn how to configure and deploy pools of virtual machines, how to manage access and security of the machines, and how to provide a customized desktop environment to end users.


219

NetCom Learning™

VMware Mirage [V5.0] and Horizon with View [V6.0]: Fast Track

40 Hours | $6,265

VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage (6.1)

16 Hours | $1,795

Schedules

Schedules

12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

11/09/2017 – 11/10/2017

This extended-hours, hands-on training course provides students with skills that they need to deploy a unified image management system using VMware Mirage as well as installing, configuring, and managing the VMware Horizon View component of VMware Horizon. Students learn how to configure security, manage images, perform a Windows migration, set up endpoint protection, and perform various management functions with Mirage. Students will also gain practical experience with View concepts through the completion of hands-on labs that include VMware View Manager, VMware View Composer, and the View security server.

VMware Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.1] course, you will gain the knowledge needed to install, configure, and manage VMware Site Recovery Manager 6.1. This course also equips you with the knowledge to assist in writing and testing disaster recovery plans that use SRM.

VMware vCloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage [V8.10]

40 Hours | $4,125

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage 6.2

40 Hours | $4,125

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017

This comprehensive, fast-paced training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware NSX. This course presents VMware NSX as a part of the software-defined data center. You will learn how to use logical switching in VMware NSX to virtualize your switching environment. The course also details logical routing to enable you to dynamically route between different virtual environments. And you will learn how to use gateway services, firewall configurations, and security services to help secure and optimize your VMware NSX environment.

220

In this course, you will focus on designing, installing, configuring, and managing VMware vCloud Director 8.10 for service providers. You will learn about self-service provisioning, the creation of organizations, virtual data centers, and catalog services that include predefined virtual machines, and on-demand VMware NSX networks as well as the integrated use of VMware Virtual SAN. This course also covers interfacing vCloud Director with other systems through the use of various APIs.

VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage v6.2

24 Hours | $2,475

Schedules 11/01/2017 – 11/03/2017


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

This course focuses on deploying and managing a software-defined storage solution with VMware Virtual SAN 6.2. In this course, you will learn how Virtual SAN is used as an important component in the VMware software-defined data center (SDDC). You will also gain practical experience with these concepts through the completion of hands-on labs. The course is based on the VMware ESXi 5.5 Update 1 and the VMware vCenter Server 5.5 Update 1, VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage v5.5.

VMware vRealize Automation: Install, Configure, Manage (V7.0)

40 Hours | $4,125

Schedules

VMware vRealize Operations Manager: Install, Configure, Manage (6.2) course, designed for experienced VMware vSphere users, teaches you how to use VMware vRealize Operations Manager as a forensic and predictive tool. Based on VMware ESXi 6, VMware vCenter Server 6, and vRealize Operations Manager 6.2, this course includes instruction on advanced capabilities, including customization and management.

VMware vSphere: Fast Track V6.5

40 Hours | $6,265

Schedules 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

VMware vRealize Automation: Install, Configure, Manage (V7.0) course, will focus on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vRealize Automation. You will learn about the configuration and use of the vRealize Automation platform, including self-service provisioning and the creation of catalog services that include predefined virtual machines, software components, and on-demand VMware NSXﾂｮ networks. This course also covers interfacing vRealize Automation with other systems, using VMware vRealize Orchestrator to leverage workflows, and creating approval cycles and managing machine lifecycles to conserve resources. In addition, you will better understand and know how to achieve the benefits of automation as a component of the software-defined data center.

This VMware vSphere: Fast Track course focuses on installing, configuring, managing, and troubleshooting VMware vSphere 6.5, which includes VMware ESXi 6.5 and VMware vCenter Server 6.5. This course prepares you to administer a vSphere infrastructure for an organization of any size. It is the foundation for most other VMware technologies in the software-defined data center. The material is presented in the Fast Track format.

VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage v6.0

40 Hours | $3,995

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 01/08/2018 – 01/12/2018 04/02/2018 – 04/06/2018

VMware vRealize Operations Manager: Install, Configure, Manage (6.2)

40 Hours | $4,495

Schedules 11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017

05/14/2018 – 05/18/2018 06/25/2018 – 06/29/2018

This authorized VMware training course features intensive hands-on training that focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware


221

NetCom Learning™ vSphere 6, which includes VMware ESXi 6 and VMware vCenter Server 6. Approximately 45 percent of class time is dedicated to completing hands-on labs. This course will give you a solid understanding of how to administer a vSphere infrastructure for an organization of any size.

have the greatest effect. This course will deepen your understanding of vSphere and how its advanced features and controls can benefit your organization. Product Alignment 窶｢ ESXi 6.5

VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage V6.5

窶｢ vCenter Server 6.5

40 Hours | $4,195

Schedules

VMware vSphere: Troubleshooting Workshop V6.0

11/06/2017 – 11/10/2017 11/13/2017 – 11/17/2017 12/04/2017 – 12/08/2017 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

40 Hours | $4,475

Schedules 12/18/2017 – 12/22/2017

This course features intensive hands-on training that focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vSphere 6.5, which includes VMware ESXi 6.5 and VMware vCenter Server 6.5. You will learn how to administer a vSphere infrastructure for an organization of any size. It is the foundation for most other VMware technologies in the software-defined data center.

VMware vSphere: Optimize and Scale V6.5

40 Hours | $4,475

Schedules

This hands-on training workshop provides you with the advanced knowledge, skills, and abilities to achieve competence in troubleshooting the VMware vSphere environment. This workshop also increases your skill and competence in using the command line interface to analyze problems. The workshop is based on VMware ESXi 6 and VMware vCenter Server 6. You will spend approximately 75 percent of class in hands-on labs.

VMware vSphere: What New [V5.5 to V6.5]

24 Hours | $2,475

11/27/2017 – 12/01/2017 12/11/2017 – 12/15/2017

Schedules 11/06/2017 – 11/08/2017

This five-day course will teach you advanced skills for configuring and maintaining a highly available and scalable virtual infrastructure. Through a mix of lecture and hands-on labs, you will configure and optimize the VMware vSphereﾂｮ 6.5 features that build a foundation for a truly scalable infrastructure, and you will discuss when and where these features

222

In this VMware vSphere course, you will explore the new features and enhancements in VMware vCenter Server 6.5 and VMware ESXi 6.5. Real-world use case deployment scenarios, hands-on lab exercises, and lectures will teach you the skills that you need to effectively implement and configure VMware


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

vSphere 6.5. This course is recommended for customers who want to deploy vSphere 6.5 into their

existing vSphere environment.


223

NetCom Learning™

Index 1 10748: Planning and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager | 172 10961: Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell | 158 10962: Advanced Automated Administration with Windows PowerShell | 158 10964: Cloud & Datacenter Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager (System Center 2012) | 172 10969: Active Directory Services with Windows Server 2012 | 179 10972: Administering the Web Server (IIS) Role of Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) | 152, 180 10979: Microsoft Azure Fundamentals | 133 10982: Supporting and Troubleshooting Windows 10 | 177 10985: Introduction to SQL Databases SQL Server 2016 | 167 10987: Performance Tuning and Optimizing SQL Databases | 167 10988: Managing SQL Business Intelligence Operations | 167 2 20246: Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud (System Center 2012) | 138, 173 20247: Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud (System Center 2012) | 138, 173 20331: Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 | 159 20332: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 | 159 20334: Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 | 164, 165 20336: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 | 152 20337: Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 | 152 20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 | 160 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 | 160

224

20341: Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 | 150 20342: Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 | 150 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 | 150 20345-2: Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 | 151 20347: Enabling & Managing Office 365 (MCSA: Office 365) | 153 20398: Planning for and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Enterprise Mobility Suite (EMS) & On-Premises Tools | 177 20409: Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center 2012 | 174, 180 20410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) | 180, 186 20411: Administering Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) | 181, 186 20412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services (R2 Update) | 181, 187 20413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) | 176, 182 20414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure (Windows Server 2012) | 176, 182 20480: Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 (Visual Studio 2012) | 125 20483: Programming in C# (Visual Studio 2012) | 126 20484: Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# (Visual Studio 2012) | 126 20485: Advanced Windows Store App Development Using C# (Visual Studio 2012) | 126 20486: Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications (Visual Studio 2013) | 126 20488: Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions | 160 20489: Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Advanced Solutions | 161 20532: Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist) | 133, 138 20533: Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions (Microsoft Specialist) | 134, 139


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

20695: Deploying Windows Desktops and Enterprise Applications | 175, 177 20696: Administering System Center Configuration Manager and Intune (System Center 2012) | 175, 177 20697-1: Implementing and Managing Windows 10 | 178 20697-2: Deploying and Managing Windows 10 Using Enterprise Services | 178 20698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10 | 178 20740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 | 182 20740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp | 183 20741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 | 183 20741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp | 183 20742: Identity with Windows Server 2016 | 183 20742: Identity with Windows Server 2016 Boot Camp | 184 20743: Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA: Windows Server 2016 | 184 20761: Querying Data with Transact-SQL (SQL Server 2016) | 168 20762: Developing SQL Databases SQL Server 2016 | 168 20764: Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure | 166, 168 20765: Provisioning SQL Databases SQL Server 2016 | 166, 168 20767: Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse (SQL Server 2016) | 166, 169 20768: Developing SQL Data Models SQL Server | 167, 169 20778: Analyzing Data with Power BI | 169 4 40409: Deploying Voice Workloads for Skype for Business Online and Server 2015 | 165 40442: MOC Workshop: Architecting Microsoft Azure Solutions | 134 5 50547: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Site Collection and Site Administration | 161 55029: Introduction to SharePoint 2013 for Collaboration and Document Management | 161

55033: SharePoint 2013 Site Collection and Site Administration | 161 55035: Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 for the Site Owner/Power User | 162 55039: Windows PowerShell Scripting and Toolmaking | 158 55042: SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence | 162 55048: No-Code SharePoint 2013-2016 Workflows With SharePoint Designer 2013 | 162 55123: Writing Reports with Report Builder and SSRS 2014 Level 1 | 170 55128: Writing Reports with Report Builder and SSRS 2014 Level 2 | 170 55154: Office 365 for the End-User | 153 55187: Linux System Administration | 134 55199: SharePoint 2016 End User Training | 164 55200: SharePoint 2016 Power User Training | 162 55234: SharePoint 2016 Site Collections and Site Owner Administration | 163 8 80219+80220+80302: Financials I, II and Fixed Assets in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated | 141 80303+80304: Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Development I and II Accelerated | 142 80305+80306+80339: Supply Chain Management, Distribution & Trade and Bill of Materials in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated | 142 80312: Development III in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated | 142 80313: Development IV in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 Accelerated | 142 80539: Installation and Deployment in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 | 144 80542: Customization and Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 | 144 80545: Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 | 144 80546: Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 | 144 805725: Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2015/2016 | 145 80729: Customization and Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016 | 145 80802 – Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016 | 145


225

NetCom Learning™ 80887: Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2016 | 146 81059: Customization in Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Sales and Customer Service | 140 81060: Configuration in Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Sales and Customer Service | 140 81066: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics 365 | 141 A ABAP Objects (BC401v16) | 203 ABAP Programming for SAP HANA (HA400v12) | 205 Access (2016/2013/2010) Combo | 131 Access 2016 Combo | 131 Access Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) | 132 Access Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) | 132 Access Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) | 133 Accessing SAP Data using SAP Work Manager 6.2 [MOBILE PLATFORM 3.0 SP05_MOB310v15] | 206 Acrobat Fundamentals: An Introduction to Acrobat DC | 3 Active Directory | 52, 53, 133, 158, 176, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 186, 187 Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise, Part 1 v10.0 – AUCCE1 (Collaboration) | 50 Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise, Part 2 v10.0 – AUCCE2 (Collaboration) | 50 Administering IBM Operational Decision Manager V8.5 | 99 Administering IBM Web Content Manager 8.0 | 100, 123 Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5 | 98 Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5.5 | 102 Administrative Essentials for New Admins In Lightning Experience (ADX-201) | 198 Adobe Acrobat | 3 Adobe After Effects | 3 Adobe Animate CC | 4 Adobe Audition | 5 Adobe Captivate | 5 Adobe Captivate – Beyond the Essentials | 5 Adobe Captivate Essentials – An Introduction to Captivate | 5

226

Adobe ColdFusion | 6 Adobe Dreamweaver | 7 Adobe Flash | 7 Adobe Illustrator | 8 Adobe Illustrator CC Advanced | 8 Adobe Illustrator CC Combo | 8 Adobe Illustrator Fundamentals: An Introduction to Illustrator CC | 8 Adobe InDesign | 9 Adobe InDesign CC Advanced | 9 Adobe InDesign CC Combo | 9 Adobe InDesign Fundamentals: An Introduction to InDesign CC | 9 Adobe Photoshop | 10 Adobe Photoshop CC Advanced – Web and Video | 10 Adobe Photoshop CC Advanced: Print and Photography | 10 Advanced Adobe After Effects CC | 3 Advanced Architecting on AWS | 23 Advanced ColdFusion 10 Development | 6 Advanced IBM Web Content Manager 8.0 concepts | 100 Advanced Python Programming | 214 Advanced Scripting for Cisco Unified Contact Center Express v8.0 – ASCCX | 51 Advanced Security Practitioner | 81, 83 Advanced Tools for AIX Performance Analysis | 213 Advanced T-SQL Querying, Programming and Tuning for SQL Server 2012, 2014 and 2016 | 170 Advanced Website Development with MySQL, PHP, and AJAX | 214 AIX Network Installation Management Concepts and Configuration | 213 AJAX | 214, 218 An Introduction to Flash CC | 7 An Introduction to the z/OS Environment | 124 Android | 4, 7, 11, 177 Android and iPhone | 11 Android Programming with Java Basics | 11 Animate CC Fundamentals: An Introduction to Animate CC | 4 Apple Final Cut Pro X | 12 Apple Logic Pro X | 13 Apple macOS Sierra | 13 Apple Service Fundamentals | 14


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Apple Technician | 14 Architecting on AWS | 23 Architecting with Google Cloud Platform: Design and Process | 96 Architecting with Google Cloud Platform: Infrastructure | 96 AS ABAP – Performance Analysis (ADM315v15) | 207 Audition Fundamentals: An Introduction to Audition CC | 5 Authorization, Security and Scenarios (HA240v12) | 209 AutoCAD Civil 3D 2017: Fundamentals | 15 AutoCAD Civil 3D Grading | 15 AutoCAD Electrical Fundamentals – NFPA | 15 Autodesk AutoCAD | 15 Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Combo | 15 Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 1: Essentials | 16 Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 2: Intermediate | 16 Autodesk AutoCAD 2017 Level 3: Advanced | 17 Autodesk Fusion | 17 Autodesk Fusion 360 Essentials for Existing 3D CAD Users | 17 Autodesk Fusion 360 Intermediate | 17 Autodesk Inventor | 18 Autodesk Inventor 2017: Advanced Assembly Modeling | 18 Autodesk Inventor 2017: Advanced Part Modeling | 18 Autodesk Inventor 2017: Introduction to Solid Modeling | 18 Autodesk Inventor 2017: Sheet Metal Design | 19 Autodesk Naviswork | 20 Autodesk Navisworks 2017 Essentials | 20 Autodesk Revit | 20 Autodesk Revit 2017 Architecture: Site and Structural Design | 20 Autodesk Revit Architecture 2017 Fundamentals | 20 Autodesk Revit BIM Management 2017: Template and Family | 21 Autodesk Revit MEP 2017 Fundamentals | 21 Autodesk Revit Structure 2017 Fundamentals | 22 AWS Architecting | 23 AWS Business Essentials | 24 AWS Developing | 24 AWS Essentials | 24 AWS Operations | 25

AWS Speciality Technical Courses | 25 AWS Technical Essentials | 24 B Basic z/OS Tuning Using the Workload Manager | 124 Basics of z/OS RACF Administration | 101 BIM | 21 BizTalk 2013 Administrator Deep Dive | 135 BizTalk 2016 Developer Deep Dive | 136 BizTalk 2016 Developer Immersion | 136 BizTalk Server 2013 Administrator Immersion | 137 BizTalk Server 2016 Administrator Deep Dive | 127 BizTalk Server 2016 Administrator Immersion | 127 Blue Coat | 26 Blue Coat Certified Proxy Administrator (BCCPA) | 26 Blue Coat Certified Proxy Professional (BCCPP) | 26 Build and Release Management Using TFS 2015 | 128 Build and Release Management Using TFS 2017 | 128 Building and Managing High Availability Solutions with SQL Server 2016 and 2014 | 171 Building the IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 Infrastructure | 123 Business Process in Sales and Distribution (SCM600v15) | 207 C CAP Certification Course | 27 CAP: Certified Authorization Professional | 27 CCDA v3.0 Prep Boot Camp | 42, 45 CCNA Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 (Associate) Combo | 45 CCNA Security | 49 CCNA v3, CCENT (ICND1, ICND2) and CCDA (DESGN) – Prep Boot Camp | 45 CCNA Wireless | 65 CCSA: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator (R80.10) | 34 CCSA: Check Point Security Administration (R77.30 GAiA) | 34 CCSA+CCSE: Check Point Cyber Security Administrator and Engineering Bundle (R80.10) | 34 CCSA+CCSE: Check Point Security Administration and Security Engineering Bundle (R77.30 GAiA) | 34 CEH & CNDA | 27


227

NetCom Learning™ Certification Preparation for Advanced Administrator (CRT-211) | 198 Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) | 28 Certified Information Privacy Manager (CIPM) Prep Course | 28 Certified Information Privacy Professional (CIPP) | 29 Certified Information Privacy Professional and Manager U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPM) Prep | 29 Certified Information Privacy Professional and Technologist U.S. Private Sector (CIPP/US, CIPT) Prep | 30, 32 Certified Information Privacy Professional Canada (CIPP/C) | 30 Certified Information Privacy Professional US Government (CIPP/G) Prep Course | 31 Certified Information Privacy Professional US Private-Sector (CIPP/US) Prep Course | 31 Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) | 32 Certified Information Privacy Technologist (CIPT) Prep Course | 33 Check Point | 34 CICS | 35 CICS V5 CICSPlex System Manager Administration | 102 CICS V5 Fundamentals | 35 CISA | 36 CISA Certification Course | 36 Cisco Certified Design Associate | 42, 45 Cisco Certified Network Associate | 45, 62 Cisco Cloud Track | 36 Cisco Collaboration Track | 37 Cisco Data Center Track | 39 Cisco Deploying Basic Wireless LANs v1.2 – (WDBWL) | 51 Cisco Design Track | 42 Cisco Internetwork Infrastructure | 45 Cisco Nexus 9000 Design and Configuration (DCINX9K) | 51 Cisco Routing & Switching Track | 45 Cisco Security Track | 49 Cisco Specialist | 50 Cisco UCS Director Foundation v5.4 – UCSDF (Data Center) | 52 Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Administration v11.5 – UCCE-A | 52

228

Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Advanced Administration v11.5 – UCCE-AA | 52 Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Deployment v11.5 – UCCE-D | 53 Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for Advanced Users v1.1 – CUICAU | 53 Cisco Unified Intelligence Center for End Users v1.1 – CUICEU | 54 Cisco Wireless Track | 64 CISM | 67 CISM Prep Course | 67 Citrix NetScaler | 67 Citrix Provisioning Services | 70 Citrix ShareFile | 71 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop | 71 Citrix XenMobile | 74 Citrix XenServer | 75 CMB-310: Citrix XenApp, XenDesktop, and Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration (Fast Track) | 71 CNS-200: Citrix NetScaler SD-WAN Hands-on Workshop | 67 CNS-219 Citrix NetScaler Traffic Management | 67 CNS-220: Citrix NetScaler Essentials and Traffic Management | 68 CNS-221: Citrix NetScaler Unified Gateway | 68 CNS-222: Citrix NetScaler 12.x Essentials and Unified Gateway | 69 CNS-318 Citrix NetScaler Advanced Topics – Secure Web Applications | 69 CNS-319 Citrix NetScaler Advanced Topics – Management and Optimization | 69 CNS-320: Citrix NetScaler Security, Management and Optimization | 70 Cognos | 75 Communications Manager Administration v11.0 -CMA | 54 Comprehensive QuickBooks 2015 Combo | 196 CompTIA A+ | 77, 78, 79, 84, 85, 86, 87 CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Combo | 77, 84 CompTIA A+ and Network+ Certification Prep Boot Camp | 78, 85 CompTIA A+ Certification | 79, 86 CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) | 81


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) Certification | 81 CompTIA CTT+ | 82 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) | 83 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) Certification | 83 CompTIA Linux+ | 83 CompTIA Linux+ Certification Powered by LPI | 83 CompTIA Network+ | 77, 78, 80, 84, 85, 86, 87 CompTIA Network+ Certification | 80, 87 CompTIA Security+ | 83, 88, 89 CompTIA Security+ Certification | 88 CompTIA Security+ Certification Prep Boot Camp | 89 CompTIA Server+ | 90 CompTIA Server+ Certification | 90 CompTIA Train the Trainer (CTT+) Certification | 82 Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers v4.0 – BGP | 54 Configuring Cisco MDS 9000 Series Switches v2.0 – DCMDS(Associate) | 55 Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switches v3.0 – DCNX5K | 55 Configuring Cisco Nexus 5000 Switches v3.1 – DCNX5K (Data Center) | 55 Configuring Cisco Nexus 7000 Switches v3.1 – DCNX7K (Data Center) | 56 Configuring Data Center Unified Computing v3.0 – DCUCS | 56 Control Language Programming Workshop for IBM i | 190 Creating Responsive Projects with Captivate | 6 Crystal Reports | 90 Crystal Reports 2016 Combo | 90 Crystal Reports 2016 Level: 1 | 90 Crystal Reports 2016 Level: 2 | 91 CSF-201 Citrix ShareFile Enterprise Essentials | 71 CSS | 125, 129, 130, 217, 218 CXD-105 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Help Desk Support | 71 CXD-210 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Administration | 72 CXD-250 Moving to XenApp and XenDesktop Service on Citrix Cloud | 72 CXD-303 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Optimization and Troubleshooting | 72

CXD-304 Citrix Provisioning Services 7.1x Administration | 70, 73 CXD-310 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.1x Advanced Administration | 73 CXD-400: Designing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop | 74 CXM-303: Deploying Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile | 74 CXS-301: Citrix XenServer 7.1 LTSR Administration | 75 Cyber Security Nexus (CSX) | 91 CyberSec First Responder: Threat Detection and Response | 214 D Dassault Systemes SOLIDWORKS | 92 Data Center Application Centric Infrastructure Fundamentals v2.0 – DCACIF | 56 Data Engineering on Google Cloud Platform | 96 Data Services – Platform and Transforms (DS10v10_DATA SERVICES 4.2) | 202 Data to Insights with Google Cloud Platform | 96 Data Warehousing on AWS | 25 DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for AIX | 105 DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for Linux and Windows | 105 DB2 10 for z/OS Implementation Workshop | 105 DB2 10.5 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows Quickstart for Experienced Relational DBAs | 105 DB2 for LUW Performance Tuning and Monitoring Workshop – DB2 10.1 | 106 DB2 SQL Workshop for Experienced Users | 106 Declarative Development for Platform App Builders (DEV-402) | 198 Department of Defense (DoD) Risk Management Framework (RMF) | 215 Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express v6.0 – UCCXD | 57 Deploying Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WIDEPLOY (Professional) | 64 Deploying OpenStack Cloud – Fundamentals v3.0 – OCDCU | 57 Deploying Unified Contact Center Enterprise v10.0 – DUCCE (Collaboration) | 57 Designing and Implementing Cisco Network Programmability v1.0 – NPDESI | 58


229

NetCom Learning™ Designing Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCID (Professional) | 39 Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures v3.0 – ARCH (Professional) | 42 Designing Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WIDESIGN (Professional) | 64 Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions v3.0 – DESGN (Associate) | 43 Developing IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2 Applications Advanced XPage Design | 123 Developing IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2 Applications Intermediate XPage Design | 124 Developing on AWS | 24 Developing with Cisco Network Programmability v4.0 – NPDEV | 58 DevOps Engineering on AWS | 24, 25 DevOps Using Visual Studio TFS 2015 | 128 DFSMS Implementation | 104 DFSMShsm Implementation | 104 Docker Fundamentals Plus Enterprise Operations | 215 Dreamweaver Fundamentals: An Introduction to Dreamweaver CC | 7 E EC-Council CEH: Certified Ethical Hacker v9 & CNDA: Certified Network Defense Architect | 27 EC-Council Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) v9 iClass|iWeek | 28 EC-Council Certified Network Defender (CND) | 93 EC-Council Certified Security Analyst (ECSA) v9 iClass|iWeek | 93 EC-Council Certified Security Analyst / Licensed Penetration Training (ECSA/LPT) | 93 Eclipse Development Environment | 11 EIGRP | 43, 46, 48 ES: Artificial Intelligence on The Microsoft Platform | 215 ES: Cassandra For Developers | 215 ES: Data Analytics With R | 216 ES: Hadoop for Administrators | 216 ES: Hadoop For Developers | 216 ES: Kafka | 216 ES: Machine Learning with Spark | 216 ES: Spark V2 For Developers | 216 Essential Python | 217 Essentials for IBM Cognos Analytics (v11.0) | 99

230

Essentials for IBM Cognos BI (V10.2.2) | 75 Essentials of IBM Rational Functional Tester, Java Scripting, V8.0 | 197 Essentials of IBM Rational Rhapsody for Systems Engineers V8.1.1 | 101 Excel (2016/2013/2010) Combo | 147 Excel 2013 Combo | 147 Excel 2013 Level 2 | 147 Excel 2013: Level 1 | 148 Excel 2013: Level 3 | 148 Excel Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) | 148 Excel Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) | 149 Excel Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) | 149 Exploiting the Advanced Features of RACF | 124 F F5 Networking | 94 F5 Networks Administering BIG-IP | 94 F5 Networks Configuring BIG-IP LTM: Local Traffic Manager v13 | 94 Fast Track to ColdFusion 10 | 6 FCP 101 – Introduction to Final Cut Pro X | 12 Fundamental System Skills in z/OS | 125 G Get Going With QuickBooks 2015 | 196 Google AdWords & Google Analytics | 94 Google Analytics & AdWords Combo | 94 Google Cloud | 96 Google Cloud Fundamentals: Big Data and Machine Learning | 97 Google Cloud Fundamentals: Core Infrastructure | 97 Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals for AWS Professionals | 97 H HTML | 4, 6, 7, 76, 125, 129, 130, 217, 218 I IBM BigFix Platform Foundations | 102 IBM Business Process Management | 98 IBM Cloud | 99 IBM Cognos Analytics – Author Reports Fundamentals v11.0 | 75 IBM Cognos Analytics – Author Reports with Multidimensional Data (V11.0) | 100 IBM Cognos Analytics – Enterprise Administration v11.0 | 103 IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2) | 75


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2.2) | 76 IBM Cognos Framework Manager Design Metadata Models (V10.2.2) | 98 IBM Cognos Query Studio: Build Ad Hoc Reports (V10.1/10.2) | 76 IBM Cognos Report Studio Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2) | 104 IBM Cognos Transformer: Design OLAP Models (v10.2.2) | 76 IBM DataBase | 99 IBM Domino 9 Administration Fundamentals | 124 IBM i Recovery and Availability Management | 190 IBM InfoSphere Advanced DataStage – Parallel Framework v11.5 | 104 IBM InfoSphere BigMatch v11.4 for Apache Hadoop | 103 IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials v11.3 | 100 IBM InfoSphere Information Analysis 9.1 | 106 IBM InfoSphere Information Server Administrative Tasks V11.5 | 103 IBM iOT | 100 IBM Rational Software | 101 IBM Security Systems | 101 IBM Server | 102 IBM Storage Track | 104 IBM System | 104 Implementing Advanced Cisco ASA Security v2.1 – SASAA | 58 Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine v2.1 – SISE | 59 Implementing Cisco Collaboration Applications v1.0 – CAPPS (Professional) | 37 Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices v1.0 – CICD (Associate) | 37 Implementing Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCII (Professional) | 40 Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Computing v6.0 – DCUCI (Professional) | 40 Implementing Cisco Data Center Virtualization and Automation v6.0 – DCVAI (Professional) | 40 Implementing Cisco IP Routing v2.0 – ROUTE (Professional) | 43, 46 Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks v2.0 – SWITCH (Professional) | 43, 46 Implementing Cisco IP Telephony and Video, Part 1 – CIPTV1 (Professional) | 38

Implementing Cisco IP Telephony and Video, Part 2 – CIPTV2 (Professional) | 38 Implementing Cisco MPLS v3.0 – MPLS | 59 Implementing Cisco Network Security v3.0 – IINS (Associate) | 49 Implementing Cisco Quality of Service v2.5 – QOS | 59 Implementing Cisco Threat Control Solutions v1.5 – SITCS (Professional) | 49 Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals v1.0 – WIFUND (Associate) | 65 Implementing Core Cisco ASA Security v1.0 – SASAC | 60 Implementing SAP HANA on IBM Power Systems | 205 Information Design Tool I (BOID10v15) | 203 Information Management | 105 Installing Cisco UC on UCS in a Virtualized Environment v4.5 – UC-UCS | 60 Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 1 v 3.0 – ICND1 (Entry) | 44, 46, 49, 65 Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices, Part 2 v3.0 – ICND2 (Associate) | 47 Intermediate Adobe After Effects CC | 3 Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking v6.0 – DCICN (Associate) | 41 Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies v6.0 – DCICT (Associate) | 41 Introducing Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS Mode v1.0 – DCINX9K (Data Center) | 61 Introducing Python and Web Services Programmability for Network Engineers v3.0 – IPWSP-NE | 61 Introduction to 802.1X Operations for Cisco Security Professionals (802.1X) v1.0 | 61 Introduction to Adobe After Effects CC | 4 Introduction to Google AdWords | 94 Introduction to Google Analytics | 95 Introduction to JavaScript | 217 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming using Apex (ADM-231) | 198 Introduction to Python Programming | 217 Introduction to SAP SuccessFactors Academy (THR80v53) | 208 Introduction to Website Development with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript | 217


231

NetCom Learning™ iPad | 12 iPhone | 11, 12 iPhone / iPad Programming | 11 IPv6 Fundamentals, Design and Deployment v3.0 – IP6FD | 62 ISACA | 36, 67 ISACA CSX Practitioner I: Identification and Protection | 91 ISACA CSX Practitioner II: Detection | 91 ISACA CSX Practitioner III: Respond and Recover | 92 IT Management Suite 8.0 for Administrators | 210 ITIL Expert | 107 ITIL Foundation | 108 ITIL Foundation with Certification Exam | 108 ITIL Intermediate | 110 ITIL Practitioner | 122 ITIL Practitioner with Certification Exam | 122 ITIL-CSI: Intermediate Lifecycle: ITIL Continual Service Improvement with Certification Exam | 110 ITIL-MALC: Expert Level: Managing Across the Lifecycle with Certification Exam | 107 ITIL-OSA: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Operational Support and Analysis with Certification Exam | 111 ITIL-PPO: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Planning, Protection, and Optimization with Certification Exam | 112 ITIL-RCV: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Release Control and Validation with Certification Exam | 114 ITIL-SD: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Design with Certification Exam | 115 ITIL-SO: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Operation with Certification Exam | 116 ITIL-SOA: Intermediate Capability: ITIL Service Offerings and Agreements with Certification Exam | 117 ITIL-SS: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Strategy with Certification Exam | 119 ITIL-ST: Intermediate LifeCycle: ITIL Service Transition with Certification Exam | 120 J Java Programming Language | 11 JavaScript | 92, 125, 129, 130, 217, 218

232

K Keep Going With QuickBooks 2015 for Windows | 196 L Logic 101 – Introduction to Logic Pro X | 13 Lotus | 123 M Mac Integration Basics 10.12 | 13 macOS Support Essentials 10.12 | 13 Mainframe Servers | 124 Managing Agile Projects Using TFS 2017 | 129 Managing Industrial Networks for Manufacturing with Cisco Technologies v1.0 – IMINS2 | 62 Mastering Python Programming | 217 MCSA: Cloud Platform Combo | 139 MCSA: SQL 2016 Business Intelligence Development Combo | 171 MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Administration Combo | 171 MCSA: SQL 2016 Database Development Combo | 172 MCSA: Web Applications Combo | 129 MCSA: Windows 10 Combo | 179 MCSA: Windows Server 2012 (R2 Update) Combo | 184, 187 MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Combo | 185 MCSA: Windows Server 2016 Prep Boot Camp | 185 MCSD: SharePoint 2013 Applications Combo | 163 MCSD: Windows Store Apps Using C# (Visual Studio 2012) Combo | 129 MCSE: Communication 2015 Combo | 165 MCSE: Messaging (Exchange Server 2013) Combo | 151 MCSE: Private Cloud 2012 Combo | 139, 175 MCSE: SharePoint 2016 Combo | 163 Microsoft .NET Framework / Visual Studio | 125 Microsoft Access | 131 Microsoft Azure | 133 Microsoft BizTalk Server | 135 Microsoft Cloud | 138 Microsoft Dynamics 365 | 140 Microsoft Dynamics AX | 141 Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 – Development (I, II, III & IV) – Accelerated Combo | 143 Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 – Financials and Trade and Logistics – Accelerated Combo | 143


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

Microsoft Dynamics CRM | 144 Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013: Applications Combo | 146 Microsoft Excel | 147 Microsoft Exchange Server | 150 Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 Combo | 151 Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) | 152 Microsoft Lync Server | 152 Microsoft Office 365 | 153 Microsoft Office Specialist | 154, 155, 156, 157 Microsoft Outlook | 154 Microsoft PowerPoint | 156 Microsoft PowerShell | 158 Microsoft Project | 159 Microsoft SharePoint | 159 Microsoft SharePoint EndUser | 164 Microsoft Skype for Business | 165 Microsoft Skype For Business | 164 Microsoft SQL Database | 166 Microsoft SQL Server | 167 Microsoft System Center Manager | 172 Microsoft Virtualization | 176 Microsoft Windows | 177 Microsoft Windows Server | 179 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 | 186 Microsoft Word | 188 Midrange Servers (System i) | 190 Mobile Development Professional Combo | 11 MorphX | 142, 143 N National Institute of Standards and Technology | 27 NetScaler | 67, 68, 69, 70 Network Programmability for the Data Center v1.0 – NPDC | 63 Network Programmability for the Enterprise v1.0 – NPEN | 63 NIST | 27 O Objective C | 11, 12 OLAP | 76, 203 Oracle 12c Database Administration I | 190 Oracle Database | 190 Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop I Release 2 | 190 Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop II Release 2 | 191

Oracle Database 11g: Introduction to SQL | 191 Oracle DBA Track (11g) Release 2 Combo | 191 Oracle E-Business Suite | 192 Oracle Operating Systems | 194 Oracle Primavera | 195 Oracle Solaris 11 System Administration – Accelerated | 194 Order Fulfillment I & II Combo | 207 Outlook (2016/2013/2010) Combo | 154 Outlook 2016 Combo | 154 Outlook Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) | 154 Outlook Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) | 155 P Photoshop Fundamentals: An Introduction to Photoshop CC | 10 PHP | 214, 218 PMI Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) | 195 PowerPoint (2016/2013/2010) Combo | 156 PowerPoint 2016: Level 1 | 156 PowerPoint Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) | 157 Primavera P6 Fundamentals Rel 16 | 195 Programmatic Development Using Apex and Visualforce (DEV-450) | 199 Project 2016 Combo | 159 Project Management Body of Knowledge | 196 Project Management Essentials | 210 Project Management Professional (PMP) | 196 Project Management: Fundamentals | 210 Q QoS | 38, 47, 59 QuickBooks | 196 R R12.2 Oracle General Ledger Management Fundamentals | 192 R12.2 Oracle Order Management Fundamentals | 192 R12.2 Oracle Payables Management Fundamentals | 193 R12.2 Oracle Receivables Management Fundamentals | 193 R12.2 Oracle Subledger Accounting Fundamentals | 193 Rational | 197 Risk Management Framework | 215 RMF | 27, 124, 215


233

NetCom Learning™ Routing & Switching (ICND1 and ICND2) v3.0 Prep Boot Camp – CCNAX (Associate) | 48 S Sales Cloud Training for Sales Managers (SLS-201) | 199 Sales Cloud Training for Sales Reps (SLS-101) | 199 Salesforce Authorized Courses | 198 Salesforce Building Lenses, Dashboards and Apps in Einstein Analytics (ANC-201) | 199 Salesforce CPQ Admin Essentials for New Administrators (CPQ-201) | 200 Salesforce: Administration Essentials for Experienced Admins (ADM-211) | 200 Salesforce: Administration Essentials for New Admins (ADM-201) | 200 Salesforce: Integrating with Force.com (DEV-502) | 200 Salesforce: Preparing for Your Salesforce.com Administrator Certification (CRT-101) | 201 Salesforce: Sales Cloud Administration: Products, Quotes, Orders and Collaborative Forecasts (ADM-251) | 201 Salesforce: Service Cloud Administration (ADM-261) | 201 Salesforce: What’s Possible: Salesforce Fundamentals (STR-101) | 201 SAP BI | 202 SAP BO | 203 SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform: Administering Servers (Windows) (BOE320v16) | 203 SAP BusinessObjects Business Intelligence Platform: Administration and Security (BOE310v16) | 203 SAP BusinessObjects Planning and Consolidation: Reporting and Planning (BPC430v16) | 204 SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence: Report Design I (BOW310v16) | 204 SAP BusinessObjects Web Intelligence: Report Design II (BOW320v16) | 204 SAP Crystal Reports – Business Reporting and Report Processing [BOC320v15_BO BI 4.1] | 204 SAP Crystal Reports for Enterprise: Advanced Report Design (BOCE20v15) | 205 SAP Crystal Reports: Fundamentals of Report Design [BOC310v15_BIP 4.1 SP2] | 205 SAP HANA | 205

234

SAP HANA Installation & Operations (HA200v12) | 206 SAP Mobile | 206 SAP Netweaver | 207 SAP Overview [SAP01v16_016] | 202 SAP Sales & Distribution | 207 SAP SCM & EHS | 208 SAS Business Intelligence | 208 SAS Business Intelligence Reporting 1: Essentials | 208 SAS Business Intelligence Reporting 2: Additional Topics | 208 SAS Business Intelligence Reporting Combo | 208 SAS Programming 1: Essentials | 209 SAS Programming, BASE | 209 Security Operations on AWS | 25 Server Virtualization | 174, 180 Sierra 100: Introduction to macOS 10.12 | 14 Sierra 201: OS X Server 5 Essentials | 14 Soft skills, Leadership & Management | 210 Software Testing Using TFS 2017 or VSTS | 130 SOLIDWORKS Advanced Part Modeling | 92 Symantec | 210 System and Database Administration: Adaptive Server Enterprise (EDB358v15_ASE 16) | 202 System Center | 138, 139, 158, 172, 173, 174, 175, 177, 178, 180 Systems Operations on AWS | 25 T Tableau Advanced Analytics with R | 211 Tableau Courses | 211 Tableau Desktop Level 1: Introduction | 211 Tableau Desktop Level 2: Intermediate | 211 Tableau Server Administration | 212 TFS 2017 Configuration and Administration | 130 TOGAF | 213 TOGAF 9.1 Training Course: Level 1 and 2 Combined | 213 Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks v2.0 – TSHOOT (Professional) | 48 Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Infrastructure v6.0 – DCIT (Professional) | 42 Troubleshooting Cisco IP Telephony and Video – CTCOLLAB (Professional) | 38 Troubleshooting Cisco Wireless Enterprise Networks v1.1 – WITSHOOT (Professional) | 66


Course Catalog

Over 1,000 Courses

U Understanding Cisco Cloud Fundamentals v1.0 – CLDFND (Associate) | 36 Understanding the Cloud Business Application & Vendor Landscape | 97 Unity Connection Administration v11.0 – UCA | 63 UNIX Servers (System p) | 213 Updating Your TFS Administration Skills for TFS 2017 | 131 V vCenter | 60, 61, 221, 222 Vendor Neutral – Technical | 214 Veritas | 219 Veritas NetBackup 8.0: Advanced Administration | 219 VLANs | 44, 45, 46 VMware | 219 VMware Horizon: Design and Deploy [V6] | 219 VMware Horizon: Install, Configure, Manage 7.0 | 219 VMware Mirage [V5.0] and Horizon with View [V6.0]: Fast Track | 220 VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage 6.2 | 220 VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage (6.1) | 220 VMware vCloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage [V8.10] | 220 VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage v6.2 | 220

VMware vRealize Automation: Install, Configure, Manage (V7.0) | 221 VMware vRealize Operations Manager: Install, Configure, Manage (6.2) | 221 VMware vSphere: Fast Track V6.5 | 221 VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage v6.0 | 221 VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage V6.5 | 222 VMware vSphere: Optimize and Scale V6.5 | 222 VMware vSphere: Troubleshooting Workshop V6.0 | 222 VMware vSphere: What New [V5.5 to V6.5] | 222 W Website Development Professional Combo | 218 WLAN | 51, 65 Word (2016/2013/2010) Combo | 188 Word Level 1 (2016/2013/2010) | 188 Word Level 2 (2016/2013/2010) | 188 Word Level 3 (2016/2013/2010) | 189 X X++ | 142, 143 XAML | 130 XCode | 12 XenApp | 69, 70, 71, 72, 73 XenDesktop | 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74 XenServer | 75 XML | 5, 6, 53, 63, 158


235

NetCom LEARNING

TM

Passionate about Learning™ Call Us: (888) 563-8266

www.netcomlearning.com

About NetCom Learning

Contact:

NetCom Learning is an innovative leader in IT, business, and executive training to companies, individuals, and government agencies, dedicated to promoting the values of lifelong learning. NetCom Learning has trained over 80% of the Fortune 100 and helped advance the skills of more than

NetCom Learning

customer-driven culture have resulted in building a trust factor that can be seen in our high instructor evaluations of 8.6 out of a possible 9. Our instructors have an average of 20.75 years of experience, and our courses have produced more than 2,300 client testimonials, with 96% of our clients recommending our services. Our quality customized learning solutions have earned us the respect of the Learning industry, being named Microsoft's Worldwide Training Partner of the Year, Inc. Magazine 5000's fastest growing company, and TrainingIndustry.com's 2014 Top 20 IT Training Company.

519 8th Ave 2nd Floor New York, NY 10018 Phone: (212) 629-7265 Fax: (646) 292-5170 [email protected] www.netcomlearning.com

NetCom LEARNING

TM

Passionate about Learning™

GO

Learning Solutions PARTNER OF THE YEAR

Windows OS I Windows Server OS I SharePoint I Exchange Lync I Private Cloud I Hyper-V I System Center I Powershell SQL Server I Visual Studio I .Net I Office 365 I Azure Microsoft Office I Microsoft Dynamics I And More

NetComLearning.com Call Us: (888) 563-8266

Locations New York, NY 519 8th Ave 2nd Floor New York, NY 10018 (212) 629-7265

Las Vegas, NV 195 E. Reno Ave Suite C Las Vegas, NV 89119 (702) 979-2143

Live Online Training Everywhere (888) 563-8266

Washington, DC 1627 K St. NW Suite 910 Washington, DC 20006 (888) 563-8266

Princeton, NJ 100 Ovefrlook Center Princeton, NJ 08450 (888) 563-8266

Private Training Anytime, anywhere (888) 563-8266